all | frequencies |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
exhibits | applications |
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
manuals | photo | labels |
app s | submitted / available | |||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
|
Host laptop manual 1 | Users Manual | 2.99 MiB | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
|
Host laptop manual 2 | Users Manual | 2.08 MiB | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
|
Host laptop manual 3 | Users Manual | 2.97 MiB | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
|
Revised users manual | Users Manual | 1.73 MiB | November 12 2003 | |||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
|
User Manual | Users Manual | 750.41 KiB | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
|
External Photos and Antenna Location | External Photos | 405.55 KiB | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
|
BT system label | ID Label/Location Info | JPEG Image | 72.76 KiB | December 18 2003 | ||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | ID Label/Location Info | December 11 2003 / December 18 2003 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | ID Label/Location Info | December 11 2003 / December 18 2003 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
|
WLAN system label | ID Label/Location Info | 228.98 KiB | December 18 2003 | |||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Parts List/Tune Up Info | |||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Cover Letter(s) | |||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | External Photos | |||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Test Setup Photos | |||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Test Report | |||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
|
Test Report 1 | Test Report | 1.07 MiB | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
|
Test Report 2 | Test Report | 3.50 MiB | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
|
5G SAR Attachment 1 | RF Exposure Info | 312.91 KiB | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
|
5G SAR Attachment 2 | RF Exposure Info | 1.59 MiB | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
|
5G SAR Attachment 3 | RF Exposure Info | 844.52 KiB | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
|
5G SAR Attachment 4 | RF Exposure Info | 2.71 MiB | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
|
5G SAR Report | RF Exposure Info | 1.10 MiB | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
|
Antenna info | Operational Description | 1.40 MiB | November 12 2003 | |||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
|
CRN26066 response | Cover Letter(s) | 8.53 KiB | November 12 2003 | |||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
|
Class II Change Letter | Cover Letter(s) | 96.61 KiB | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
|
Revised 5G SAR report | RF Exposure Info | 1.27 MiB | November 12 2003 | |||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
|
SAR liquid spec | RF Exposure Info | 205.30 KiB | November 12 2003 | |||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
|
UNII Setup Photos | Test Setup Photos | 220.40 KiB | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
|
UNII Test Report | Test Report | 1.12 MiB | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
|
Antanna info | Operational Description | 1.40 MiB | November 12 2003 | |||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
|
CRN 26065 response | Cover Letter(s) | 8.56 KiB | November 12 2003 | |||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
|
DTS Setup Photos | Test Setup Photos | 220.42 KiB | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
|
DTS Test Report | Test Report | 1.30 MiB | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
|
SAR Report | RF Exposure Info | 1012.90 KiB | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
|
SAR attachment 1 dipole | RF Exposure Info | 645.06 KiB | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
|
SAR attachment 2 device | RF Exposure Info | 2.90 MiB | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
|
SAR attachment 3 probe | RF Exposure Info | 1.08 MiB | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
|
SAR attachment 4 dipole | RF Exposure Info | 695.83 KiB | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Cover Letter(s) | |||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Parts List/Tune Up Info | |||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | External Photos | |||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | ID Label/Location Info | |||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Internal Photos | |||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Cover Letter(s) | |||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Cover Letter(s) | |||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Cover Letter(s) | |||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Cover Letter(s) | |||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Test Setup Photos | |||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Parts List/Tune Up Info | |||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | RF Exposure Info | August 04 2003 | ||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Cover Letter(s) | |||||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Test Setup Photos |
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Host laptop manual 1 | Users Manual | 2.99 MiB |
331734-001.book Page i Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Hardware Guide HP Tablet PC Series Document Part Number: 331734-001 October 2003 This guide explains how to identify, use, modify, and maintain the hardware features on the tablet PC and keyboard. It also includes power, networking, and environmental specifications, which may be helpful when traveling with the tablet PC. 331734-001.book Page ii Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM 2003 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Microsoft and Windows are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or other countries. SD Logo is a trademark. The information contained herein is subject to change without notice. The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and services. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty. HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein. Hardware Guide HP Tablet PC Series First Edition October 2003 Reference Number: TC1100/TR1105 Document Part Number: 331734-001 331734-001.book Page iii Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Contents 1 External Components Pen Components. 11 Tablet PC Components . 12 Front: Lights and Bluetooth. 12 Front: Pen-Activated Buttons . 13 Right Side: Power Switch and Power/Standby Light . 14 Right Side: Windows Security and Display Toggle Buttons . 15 Right Side: Esc, Tab and Q Menu Buttons . 16 Right Side: Jog Dial and Antenna . 17 Lower Side. 18 Left Side: Attachment Slots and Keyboard Connector . 19 Left Side: Security Cable Slot, Vent and Antenna . 110 Top: Connectors and Jacks . 111 Top: Pen Holder and LAN Connection Lights . 112 Top: Card Slots, Buttons and Tether Eyelet . 113 Back: Attachment Features and Hard Drive Bay . 114 Back: Battery Bay . 115 Back: Memory and Mini PCI Compartment . 116 Back: Labels . 117 Back: Tilt Feet and Pad Feet . 118 Hardware Guide iii 331734-001.book Page iv Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Contents Additional Tablet PC Standard Components . 119 Documentation CDs . 120 Cords and Cables . 121 Adapters and Accessories . 122 Tablet PC Keyboard Components . 123 Front: Lights and Pointing Device. 123 Front: Keys . 124 Front: Positioning and Security Features. 125 Top. 126 Back . 127 Additional Keyboard Standard Component . 128 2 Pen, Command Controls and Keyboards Pen . 21 Entering Information with the Pen . 22 Calibrating the Pen . 24 Setting Pen Preferences . 25 Command Controls . 26 Identifying Command Controls . 26 Command Controls Quick Reference . 27 Using Command Controls . 28 Setting Command Control Preferences . 214 On-Screen Keyboard . 217 Tablet PC Keyboard. 218 Using the Pointing Device. 219 Using the Keypad . 220 Using F11/F12 . 223 iv Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page v Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Contents 3 Battery Packs Running the Tablet PC on Battery Power . 31 Replacing a Battery Pack . 32 Removing a Battery Pack . 32 Inserting a Battery Pack. 34 Securing a Battery Pack . 36 Accessing the Battery Pack Security Screw . 36 Inserting a Battery Pack Security Screw . 37 Charging a Battery Pack. 38 Charging a New Battery Pack . 39 Charging an In-Use Battery Pack . 39 Monitoring the Charge in a Battery Pack. 310 Obtaining Accurate Charge Information . 310 Displaying Charge Information on the Screen . 310 Displaying Charge Information on a Battery Pack. 312 Managing Low-Battery Conditions . 313 Identifying Low-Battery Conditions . 313 Resolving Low-Battery Conditions . 314 Initiating and Resuming from Standby or Hibernation . 315 Calibrating a Battery Pack . 316 When to Calibrate . 316 How to Calibrate . 316 Battery Conservation Procedures and Settings . 319 Conserving Power as You Work . 319 Selecting Power Conservation Settings. 319 Storing a Battery Pack . 320 Disposing of a Used Battery Pack . 321 Finding More Power Information . 321 Hardware Guide v 331734-001.book Page vi Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Contents 4 Drives Adding a Drive to the System . 41 Understanding Drive Terms. 42 Terms for Types of Drives. 42 Terms for Drive Media . 42 Caring for Drives . 43 Inserting or Removing Drive Media . 44 Inserting a CD or DVD . 44 Removing a CD or DVD (with Power) . 45 Removing a CD or DVD (Without Power) . 46 Inserting a Diskette . 47 Removing a Diskette . 47 Using Drive Media. 48 Avoiding Standby and Hibernation . 48 Displaying Media Contents . 48 Caring for Drive Media . 49 Finding More Drive Software Information . 410 5 Audio Adjusting Volume . 51 Using the Volume Control Icon. 51 Using the Q Menu . 52 Using the Internal Speakers . 53 Using the Internal Microphone . 54 Connecting an Audio Device . 55 Identifying Audio Jacks. 55 Using the Audio-Out Jack . 56 Using the Headset Jack . 56 Using the Microphone Jack . 57 Finding Audio and Video Software Information . 57 vi Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page vii Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Contents 6 Internal Modem Connecting the Modem . 62 Selecting Connectors . 62 Connecting the Modem to an RJ-11 Jack . 63 Connecting the Modem with an Adapter. 64 Setting Country Preferences. 65 Displaying the Current Country Configuration . 65 Adding a Country Configuration. 65 Solving Travel Connection Problems . 66 Accessing Communication Software . 68 Finding AT Command Information . 68 7 Network Connections Connecting the Network Cable . 72 Turning a Network Connection Off and On . 73 Using the LAN Connection Lights . 73 Accessing the Network at Startup . 74 Enabling a NIC for Startup . 74 Responding to a Network Service Boot Prompt . 75 Finding Wireless LAN Information . 75 8 External Device Connections Standard Device . 81 USB Device . 82 Tablet PC Keyboard. 83 Attaching the Tablet PC to the Keyboard . 83 Adjusting the Tablet PC and Keyboard. 85 Closing the Tablet PC and Keyboard . 86 Transporting the Tablet PC and Keyboard . 87 Detaching the Tablet PC from the Keyboard . 88 Cable Lock . 810 Hardware Guide vii 331734-001.book Page viii Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Contents 9 Additional Hardware Options Obtaining Upgrades . 91 Using a PC Card. 91 Selecting a PC Card. 92 Configuring a PC Card . 92 Inserting a PC Card . 93 Stopping and Removing a PC Card. 93 Using an SD Card. 94 Configuring an SD Card . 95 Inserting an SD Card . 95 Stopping and Removing an SD Card. 96 Increasing Memory . 97 Displaying Memory Information. 97 Removing or Inserting a Memory Module . 98 10Maintenance, Shipping and Travel Maintaining Software. 101 Protecting Hardware. 102 Using Portfolios. 103 Attaching a Portfolio . 103 Detaching a Portfolio. 105 Cleaning Hardware. 106 Cleaning the Screen . 106 Cleaning a Tablet PC Keyboard . 107 Replacing Hardware. 108 Replacing the System Hard Drive . 108 Replacing a Pointing Stick Cap . 1013 Preparing the Tablet PC for Shipping or Travel . 1014 Traveling with the Tablet PC . 1015 Checklist for Travelers . 1015 Contacting HP . 1016 viii Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page ix Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Contents 11Specifications Tablet PC and Tablet PC Keyboard Dimensions. 111 Tablet PC Operating Environment. 112 Tablet PC Rated Input Power. 112 Modem Specifications . 113 Finding More Environmental Information. 113 Index Hardware Guide ix 331734-001.book Page 1 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM 1 External Components Pen Components Component 1 Pen tip 2 Pen button 3 Pen tether eyelet Description Interacts with the tablet PC whenever the tip is touching the screen or within 1.27 cm (0.5 inch) of the screen. When tapped on or held over a pen-activated button, activates the button. Functions like the right button on an external mouse. Used with the tether eyelet on the tablet PC, enables you to tether the pen to the tablet PC. Hardware Guide 11 331734-001.book Page 2 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM External Components Tablet PC Components Front: Lights and Bluetooth Component 1 AC adapter light 2 Battery light 3 Bluetooth antenna 4 Wireless activity light Description On: AC power is being supplied through the AC adapter. On: A battery pack is charging. Flashing: A battery pack that is the only available power source has reached a low-battery condition. Sends and receives Bluetooth*
Integrated Wireless signals. On: The wireless mini PCI and/or Bluetooth are on. Off: The wireless mini PCI and/ or Bluetooth are off.
*Bluetooth is not available on all models For optimal performance when using Bluetooth, keep the area around the antenna free from obstructions. 12 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 3 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Front: Pen-Activated Buttons External Components Component Description 1 Tablet PC Input Panel launch button*
2 Journal launch button*
3 Rotate button*
When Windows is running, opens the Microsoft Tablet PC Input Panel application, which includes a handwriting pad and an on-screen keyboard. When Windows is running, opens and closes the Microsoft Journal application, which supports handwriting. Switches the image between landscape and portrait orientation.
*This table describes default settings. For information about changing the functions of the Tablet PC Input Panel launch, Journal launch, and rotate buttons, see Chapter 2, Pen, Command Controls and Keyboards. Hardware Guide 13 331734-001.book Page 4 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM External Components Right Side: Power Switch and Power/Standby Light Component 1 Power switch*
2 Power/standby light Description When the tablet PC is:
Off: Turns on the tablet PC. On: Initiates Standby.*
In Standby: Resumes tablet PC from Standby. In Hibernation: Resumes tablet PC from Hibernation.*
If the system has stopped responding and Windows shut down procedures cannot be used, slide and hold for 4 seconds to turn off the tablet PC. On: Tablet PC is on. Flashing: Tablet PC is in Standby. Off: Tablet PC is off or in Hibernation.
*This table describes default settings. For information about changing the functions of the power switch and about using Standby and Hibernation, refer on this CD to the Software Guide, Power chapter. 14 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 5 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM External Components Right Side: Windows Security and Display Toggle Buttons Component Description 1 Windows Security button*
When pressed with the pen tip or a small object like the end of a paper clip while:
Windows is open, enters the ctrl+alt+delete 2 Display Toggle button command. The Setup utility is open, enters the reset command. When Windows is running, toggles the external monitor display settings:
Internal only Internal and External Extended Desktop
*This table describes default settings. For information about changing the functions of the Windows Security button, see Chapter 2, Pen, Command Controls and Keyboards. To protect your work and the system, the ctrl+alt+delete command cannot be entered using the Ctrl, Alt, and Del keys on the on-screen keyboard. Hardware Guide 15 331734-001.book Page 6 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM External Components Right Side: Esc, Tab and Q Menu Buttons Component 1 Esc button*
2 Tab button*
3 Q menu button*
Description While the tablet PC is:
Starting up and a flashing pointer is displayed on the screen, opens the Setup utility. In Windows, functions like esc on a standard keyboard. When Windows is running, functions like tab on a standard keyboard. When Windows is running, opens or closes the Q Menu.
*This table describes default settings. For information about changing the functions of the esc, tab, and Q menu buttons, see Chapter 2, Pen, Command Controls and Keyboards. The tab button can also be used, instead of an F12 command, to respond to a Network Service Boot prompt during startup. 16 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 7 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Right Side: Jog Dial and Antenna External Components Component 1 Jog dial*
Description Functions like enter and the up and down arrow keys on a standard keyboard. Press inward to enter a command. Rotate upward to scroll upward. Rotate downward to scroll downward. 2 Antennas, not visible from the outside of the tablet PC Sends and receives internal wireless LAN signals.
*This table describes default settings. For information about changing the rotation functions of the jog dial, see Chapter 2, Pen, Command Controls and Keyboards. For optimal performance, keep the antennas free from obstructions while you are using an internal wireless LAN. Hardware Guide 17 331734-001.book Page 8 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM External Components Lower Side Component Description 1 Docking alignment slots (2) 2 Speakers (2) 3 Audio-out jack 4 Headset jack 5 Microphone jack Secure the tablet PC to an optional Tablet PC Docking Station. Produce stereo sound. Connects optional stereo headphones or powered stereo speakers. Connects an optional headset, such as a mobile telephone headset with a microphone and a monaural ear piece. Connects an optional monaural or stereo microphone. 6 Microphone Inputs monaural sound.*
*If you are using speech recognition or other software that requires optimal sound quality, you must use an optional external microphone or a headset. 18 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 9 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM External Components Left Side: Attachment Slots and Keyboard Connector Component Description 1 Screen protector slots (2) 2 Universal attachment slots (2) 3 Keyboard connector 4 Alignment key slot Secure the screen protector* when it is attached to the tablet PC. Secure the portfolio, a screen protector*, or an attachment, such as a tablet PC keyboard, to the tablet PC. Connects the tablet PC keyboard to the tablet PC. Accepts an alignment key to safeguard attachment procedures. For example, matching the alignment key on the tablet PC keyboard to the alignment key slot helps you correctly orient the tablet PC to the keyboard as you attach the tablet PC to the keyboard.
*A screen protector is included with an optional Tablet PC Docking Station. Hardware Guide 19 331734-001.book Page 10 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM External Components Left Side: Security Cable Slot, Vent and Antenna Component Description 1 IrDA Fast Infrared Port 2 Security cable slot 3 Vent Transmits and receives infrared transmissions between the tablet PC and other infrared devices. Attaches an optional security cable to the tablet PC. Allows airflow to cool internal components. To prevent overheating, do not obstruct the vent. Do not allow a hard surface, such as an adjoining optional printer, or fabric, such as bedding or clothing, to block airflow. 4 Antenna*, not visible from the outside of the tablet PC Receives internal wireless LAN signals.
*The tablet PC has 2 antennas. The other antenna is found on the right side of the tablet PC. For optimal performance, keep the antennas free from obstructions while you are using an internal wireless LAN. 110 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 11 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Top: Connectors and Jacks External Components Component Description 1 USB connector Connects an optional USB 2.0- or 1.1-compliant device.*
2 External MultiBay connector Connects an optional USB 2.0- or 1.1-compliant device.*
3 RJ-11 telephone jack Connects a modem cable. 4 RJ-45 network jack Connects an Ethernet network cable. 5 External monitor connector Connects an optional VGA external monitor or projector. 6 AC power connector Connects an AC adapter or an optional DC cable, Auto/Air Cable, or Automobile Power Adapter/Charger.
*If an optional External MultiBay is connected to the USB connector, the External MultiBay must also be connected to external power. If an External MultiBay is connected to the External MultiBay connector, it is not necessary to connect the External MultiBay to external power. Hardware Guide 111 331734-001.book Page 12 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM External Components Top: Pen Holder and LAN Connection Lights Component Description 1 Pen holder (shown with pen 2 inserted) 3 LAN connection lights (2) Secures the pen to the tablet PC. Both lights off: The tablet PC is not connected to a LAN. Both lights on: The tablet PC is connected to a LAN with a 100 Mbps link. Green light on and yellow light off: The tablet PC is connected to a LAN with a 10 Mbps link. 112 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 13 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Top: Card Slots, Buttons and Tether Eyelet External Components Component 1 PC Card slot 2 PC Card eject button 3 Tablet PC tether eyelet Description Supports an optional Type I or Type II 32-bit (CardBus) or 16-bit PC Card. Ejects an optional PC Card from the PC Card slot. Used with the tether eyelet on the pen, enables you to tether the pen to the tablet PC. 4 SD (Secure Digital) Card slot Supports an optional SD Card. Hardware Guide 113 331734-001.book Page 14 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM External Components Back: Attachment Features and Hard Drive Bay Component Description 1 Docking connector 2 Docking restraint latch recess 3 Attachment release switch Connects the tablet PC to an optional Docking Station. Accepts the docking restraint latch on an optional Docking Station to secure the tablet PC to the Docking Station. Releases an attachment, such as the portfolio, a screen protector*, or an optional tablet PC keyboard, from the universal attachment slots on the tablet PC. 4 Hard drive bay Holds the system hard drive. 5 Hard drive bay retaining screws (2) Secure the hard drive bay cover to the tablet PC.
*A screen protector is included with an optional Tablet PC Docking Station. 114 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 15 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Back: Battery Bay External Components Component Description 1 Battery pack release latch 2 Battery quick check button on battery pack*
3 Battery quick check lights (3) on battery pack*
4 Battery bay Releases the battery pack from the battery bay. Activates the battery quick check lights
(see below) which display how much charge remains in the battery pack. On: Each light represents a percent of a full charge. For example, when all 3 lights are on, the battery pack is fully charged. Flashing: When one light is flashing, less than 5 percent of a full charge remains in the battery pack. Holds the battery pack. Also, contains one battery pack security screw.*
*This illustration shows the battery pack inserted in the battery bay. The battery pack is included with the tablet PC, but is not inserted. For insertion instructions and information about using a battery pack security screw for protection against theft, see Chapter 3, Battery Packs. Hardware Guide 115 331734-001.book Page 16 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM External Components Back: Memory and Mini PCI Compartment Component Description 1 Memory and mini PCI
(Peripheral Component Interconnect) compartment, not visible from the outside of the tablet PC Contains one memory slot for a PC133-compliant memory module. Also, holds an optional mini PCI board such as a wireless board. (A mini PCI board is included with some tablet PC models.) The FCC does not allow unauthorized mini PCI devices to be used in the tablet PC. Installing an unsupported mini PCI device can prevent your tablet PC from operating properly and may result in a warning message. To resume proper operation, remove the unauthorized device. Contact your HP Customer Care Center if a warning message about your mini PCI device displays in error. Secure the memory and mini PCI compartment cover to the tablet PC. 2 Memory and mini PCI compartment retaining screws (2) 116 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 17 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Back: Labels External Components Component Description 1 Microsoft Certificate of Authenticity label (inside the battery bay) Contains the Product Key number. You may need this number to update or troubleshoot the operating system. 2 System label Provides regulatory information about the tablet PC. 3 Product identification label Contains the serial number of the tablet PC and a code describing the original configuration of the tablet PC. You will need the serial number if you call HP Customer Care. 4 Modem approvals label 5 Wireless certification label
(on mini PCI wireless device) Lists the countries in which the modem has been approved for use.*
Lists the countries in which the wireless device has been approved for use.*
*You may need this information when traveling. Hardware Guide 117 331734-001.book Page 18 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM External Components Back: Tilt Feet and Pad Feet Component 1 Tilt feet (2) 2 Pad feet (2) Description While the tablet PC is being used in portrait orientation as a free-standing tablet, can elevate the top of the tablet PC to provide a comfortable writing and viewing angle. Stabilize the tablet PC when the tablet PC is placed as a free-standing tablet on a flat surface. 118 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 19 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM External Components Additional Tablet PC Standard Components The components included with the tablet PC vary by geographical region and the tablet PC hardware ordered. The following illustrations and tables identify the standard external components included with most tablet PC models. These illustrations do not include supplementary documentation, supplementary CDs, the portfolio that shipped attached to the tablet PC or an optional keyboard, or optional devices such as PC Cards or drives. The system hard drive ships inside the hard drive bay. Hardware Guide 119 331734-001.book Page 20 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM External Components Documentation CDs Among the CDs included are:
Documentation Library CD, which includes product-specific documentation for the tablet PC, along with modem, networking, safety, and regulatory information. For information about using the Documentation Library CD, refer to the printed Startup Guide included with the tablet PC. Documentation Library Wireless LAN CD, which includes documentation on the wireless devices available for the tablet PC. Documentation Library Bluetooth CD, which includes the guides and software for Bluetooth wireless connection. Wireless information may vary depending upon the exact configuration of your tablet PC. 120 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 21 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Cords and Cables External Components Component 1 Power cord*
2 Modem cable 3 Network cable Description Connects the AC adapter to an AC electrical outlet. Connects the modem to an RJ-11 telephone jack or to a country-specific modem adapter. The modem cable has a 6-pin RJ-11 telephone connector at each end. Connects the tablet PC to an RJ-45 (Ethernet network) jack. (A network cable is included with network models only.) The network cable has an 8-pin RJ-45 network connector at each end.
*Power cords vary in appearance by region. Hardware Guide 121 331734-001.book Page 22 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM External Components Adapters and Accessories Component 1 AC adapter*
2 Country-specific modem adapter (included by region as required with modem models only) Description Converts AC power to DC power. Adapts the modem cable to a non-RJ-11 telephone jack. 3 Japan-specific outlet adapter
(Japan only) Connects the AC adapter to a 2-prong electrical outlet. 4 Battery pack Runs the tablet PC when the tablet PC is not connected to external power.
*AC adapters vary in appearance by region. The only AC adapter that should be used with the tablet PC is the AC adapter included with the tablet PC or a replacement AC adapter provided by HP. 122 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 23 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Tablet PC Keyboard Components External Components This section identifies the hardware components of an optional tablet PC keyboard. For information about detaching, attaching, and adjusting the keyboard, see Chapter 8, External Device Connections. For information about using the keyboard, see Chapter 2, Pen, Command Controls and Keyboards. Front: Lights and Pointing Device Component Description 1 Num lock light On: The keypad is on. 2 Caps lock light On: Caps lock is on. 3 Pointing stick Moves the pointer and selects and activates items on the screen. 4 Left and right pointing stick buttons Function like the left and right buttons on an external mouse. Hardware Guide 123 331734-001.book Page 24 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM External Components Front: Keys Component Description 1 Function keys (11) 2 Fn Perform system and application tasks. For example, in Windows and many applications, pressing F1 opens a Help file. To enter an F11 function, press F11/F12. To enter an F12 function, press Fn+F11/F12. Combines with other keys to perform system tasks. For example, pressing Fn+num lk turns on the keypad. 3 Keypad keys (15)*
Can be used like the keys on an external numeric keypad. 4 Microsoft logo key Displays the Windows Start menu. 5 Applications key Displays a shortcut menu for an item beneath the pointer.
*For more information about using keypad keys, see Chapter 2, Pen, Command Controls and Keyboards. 124 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 25 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Front: Positioning and Security Features External Components Component 1 Rotation disk 2 Docking alignment notches (4) 3 Keyboard latch Description Rotates the tablet PC while it is attached to the keyboard. Help guide the tablet PC and keyboard into an optional Docking Station. When the tablet PC and keyboard are closed, locks the tablet PC to the keyboard:
Slide to the right to lock the tablet PC to the keyboard. Slide to the left to unlock the tablet PC from the keyboard. Hardware Guide 125 331734-001.book Page 26 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM External Components Top Component 1 Alignment key Description Inserts into the alignment key slot on the tablet PC to safeguard attachment procedures. For example, matching the alignment key to the alignment key slot on the tablet PC helps you correctly orient the tablet PC to the keyboard as you attach the tablet PC to the keyboard. 2 Keyboard hooks (2) Secure the tablet PC to the keyboard. 3 Keyboard connector 4 Tilt adjustment Connects the tablet PC to the keyboard. Tilts the tablet PC upward or downward while it is connected to the keyboard. 126 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 27 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Back External Components Component Description 1 Screen protector slots (2) 2 Attachment release switch 3 Docking connector pass-through 4 Universal attachment slots (2) Secure a screen protector* to the keyboard. Releases attachments, such as the portfolio, a screen protector*, or the tablet PC, from the keyboard. Allows the tablet PC to be connected to an optional Docking Station while the tablet PC is attached to the keyboard. Secure the portfolio, a screen protector*, or the tablet PC to the keyboard.
*A screen protector is included with an optional Tablet PC Docking Station. Hardware Guide 127 331734-001.book Page 28 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM External Components Additional Keyboard Standard Component Component Description Spare pointing stick caps (2) Replace a worn pointing stick cap. 128 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 1 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM 2 Pen, Command Controls and Keyboards You can enter and access information on the tablet PC by voice
(supported in English only), pen, command controls, the on-screen keyboard, or the tablet PC keyboard or external USB keyboard. An optional external mouse can be connected to a USB connector on the tablet PC, an optional Docking Station, or some external USB keyboards. This chapter provides information about using the pen, command controls, the on-screen keyboard, and a tablet PC keyboard. Pen You can write with the pen in pen-specific applications such as Journal and Tablet PC Input Panel, in all Microsoft Office applications, and in most other Windows applications and utilities. The information you write on the screen with the pen can be filed, searched, and shared among most Windows applications. To access basic information about using the pen within the operating system, refer to the printed Windows XP Tablet PC Edition Start Here guide included with the tablet PC. To access on-screen tutorials which include more detailed information about using the pen in the tablet PC system:
1. Open Windows Explorer. To open Windows Explorer from the Start button, select Start > All Programs >
Accessories > Windows Explorer. In Windows Explorer, select My Computer > Local Disk (C:) > WINDOWS > Help > latute.hta. 2. Hardware Guide 21 331734-001.book Page 2 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Pen, Command Controls and Keyboards Entering Information with the Pen Identifying the Pen Tip and Pen Button The pen interacts with the tablet PC whenever the tip of the pen 1 is within 1.27 cm (0.5 inch) from the screen. The pen button 2 emulates the functions of the right-click button on an external mouse. Identifying the pen tip and pen button Holding the Pen Hold the pen as if you were writing with a standard pen or pencil. Position your hand on the pen so that you will not accidentally press the pen button. As you monitor the movements of the pen, focus on the pointer, not on the tip of the pen. 22 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 3 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Pen, Command Controls and Keyboards Performing Mouse Clicks with the Pen To select an item on the screen as you would with the left button of an external mouse:
Tap the item with the tip of the pen. To double-click an item on the screen as you would with the left button of an external mouse:
Tap the item twice with the tip of the pen. To select an item as you would with the right button of an external mouse:
Press and hold down the pen button, then tap the item with the tip of the pen. Performing Other Procedures with the Pen In addition to emulating mouse clicks, the pen can be used for the following tasks:
To display the pointer location, hold the pen tip immediately over any location on the tablet PC screen without touching the screen with the pen tip. To display the menu options related to an item on the screen, tap the screen with the pen tip. To write with the pen, write on the screen with the tip of the pen. To press a pen-activated button, tap the button with the tip of the pen. Pressure-Sensitivity The tablet PC pen is equipped with a pressure-sensitive feature. This means that you can manipulate the pen to create lines of various thickness, depending upon the amount of pressure you use to write. Hardware Guide 23 331734-001.book Page 4 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Pen, Command Controls and Keyboards Calibrating the Pen The pen can function at the default calibration or at a calibration set by another user. However, HP highly recommends that you use the pen only while it is calibrated to your personal handwriting and mouse action motions. Calibration optimizes pen performance for all users and particularly for left-handed users. To calibrate the pen:
1. Select Start > Control Panel > Printers and Other Hardware icon > Tablet and Pen Settings window > Settings tab. 2. Select the Calibrate button. 3. Follow the instructions on the screen. Tap the pen in the exact center of each of the calibration markers. The calibration markers are displayed on the screen as plus signs (+). Be sure to calibrate the pen for use in both portrait and landscape orientations. You can display information about any setting in the Tablet and Pen Settings window by selecting the question mark button in the upper right corner of the window, then selecting a setting. A definition, explanation, or procedure is displayed. 24 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 5 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Pen, Command Controls and Keyboards Using the Pen Holder To protect the pen when you are not using it, insert the pen, tip first, into the pen holder on the tablet PC. Inserting the pen into the pen holder Setting Pen Preferences Pen preferences are set in the Tablet and Pen Settings window of the operating system. The preferences include settings that optimize handwriting recognition and the location of on-screen menus for either right-handed or left-handed users. To access the pen settings:
Select Start > Control Panel > Printers and Other Hardware icon > Tablet and Pen Settings window > Pen Options tab. The preferences you set in the Tablet and Pen Settings window are specific to the pen and the tablet PC. Pointing device preferences, such as pointer speed, click speed, and mouse trails, that apply to any pointing device in the system, are set in the Mouse Properties window. For instructions, see Setting Pointing Device Preferences in the Tablet PC Keyboard section later in this chapter. Hardware Guide 25 331734-001.book Page 6 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Pen, Command Controls and Keyboards Command Controls The 9 command controls enable you to enter commands usually entered with keyboard keys while you are using the tablet PC without an external keyboard. The command controls can also be used while you are using the on-screen keyboard or an optional keyboard. Identifying Command Controls 1 Tablet PC Input Panel launch button 2 Journal launch button 3 Rotate button 4 Display Toggle button 5 Q menu button 6 Tab button 7 Windows Security button 8 Esc button 9 Jog dial Identifying the command controls 26 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 7 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Pen, Command Controls and Keyboards Command Controls Quick Reference The following table identifies the default setting and activation procedure for each command control. To activate a pen-activated button, tap the button with the tip of the pen. To activate a manually activated button, press and release the button. Button Default Function Activation Tablet PC Input Panel launch button*
Opens and closes the Tablet PC Input Panel application, which includes a writing pad and the on-screen keyboard. Journal launch button*
Opens and closes the Journal application. Rotate button* Switches the image between landscape and portrait orientation. Display Toggle button When Windows is running, toggles the external monitor display settings:
Internal only Internal and External Extended Desktop Pen Pen Pen Manual Q menu button*
Tab button*
Opens and closes the Q Menu. Manual Functions like tab on a standard keyboard. Manual
(Continued) Hardware Guide 27 331734-001.book Page 8 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Pen, Command Controls and Keyboards Button Windows Security button*
Esc button*
Default Function In Windows, functions like the ctrl+alt+delete command on a standard keyboard. In the Setup utility, functions like the reset button on some computers. During startup, opens the Setup utility. In Windows, functions like esc on a standard keyboard. Activation Manual Manual Jog dial*
Enters commands or scrolls the image upward or downward. Manual
*These controls are programmable. For instructions, see Setting Command Control Preferences, later in this chapter. Using Command Controls Tablet PC Input Panel Launch Button Tap the Tablet PC Input Panel launch button with the pen tip when the tablet PC is in Windows to open the Tablet PC Input Panel application. The Tablet PC Input Panel application displays a keyboard on the screen and can also display a writing pad, which supports handwriting. To protect your work and the system, the ctrl+alt+delete command cannot be entered using the Ctrl, Alt, and Del keys on the on-screen keyboard. To enter the ctrl+alt+delete command, press the Windows Security button on the tablet PC with the pen tip or a small object like the end of a paper clip. 28 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 9 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Pen, Command Controls and Keyboards For more information about using the Tablet PC Input Panel application, refer to the Help file within the application, the On-Screen Keyboard section, later in this chapter, or to an on-screen tutorial. To access the tutorials:
1. Open Windows Explorer. To open Windows Explorer from the Start button, select Start > All Programs > Accessories >
Windows Explorer. 2. In Windows Explorer, select My Computer > Local Disk (C:) WINDOWS > Help > latute.hta. Journal Launch Button Tap the Journal launch button with the pen tip to open the Journal application. The Journal application is a handwriting program unrelated to the Journal feature in Microsoft Outlook. For more information about using the Journal application, refer to the Help file within the application or to an on-screen tutorial. To access the tutorials:
1. Open Windows Explorer. To open Windows Explorer from the Start button, select Start > All Programs > Accessories >
Windows Explorer. 2. In Windows Explorer, select My Computer > Local Disk (C:) WINDOWS > Help > latute.hta. Rotate Button Tap the rotate button with the pen tip when the tablet PC is in Windows to rotate the image on the screen 90 degrees. For example, if the image is in landscape orientation, tap the rotate button to rotate the image to portrait orientation. Hardware Guide 29 331734-001.book Page 10 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Pen, Command Controls and Keyboards Display Toggle Button Press the Display Toggle button to adjust the display settings for the tablet PC and the optional external monitor. When Windows is running, the Display Toggle button toggles the external monitor display settings in the following order:
Internal only Internal and External Extended Desktop Q Menu Button Press the Q menu button manually when Windows is running to open or close the Q Menu. The Q Menu provides quick access to programmable tasks and destinations including:
System controls, such as volume and screen brightness. Key simulations such as Capture Screen, which functions like the print screen key on a standard keyboard. Applications, files, or folders on a drive, a network, or the Internet. To select an item from the Q Menu without using the pen or a keyboard, press the Q menu button to display the Q Menu, rotate the jog dial upward or downward until your selection is highlighted, then press the jog dial inward. For more information about using the Q Menu, refer on this CD to the Software Guide, Q Menu and Desktop Video Profiles chapter. 210 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 11 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Pen, Command Controls and Keyboards Tab Button Press the tab button manually to enter the tab command as you would by pressing the tab key on a standard keyboard. The tab button can be used with or without the on-screen keyboard or an optional keyboard. The function of the tab command varies by application. For example, in Microsoft Word the tab command indents and in Microsoft Excel the tab command moves the pointer to an adjoining cell. The tab button can be combined with keystrokes on the on-screen keyboard or an external keyboard. For example, press the alt key on either keyboard, then the tab button, to display and select from among all open applications. Windows Security Button Press the Windows Security button with the pen tip or a small object like the end of a paper clip to enter the ctrl+alt+delete command while you are in Windows or the reset command while you are in the Setup utility. The ctrl+alt+delete command cannot be entered using the Ctrl, Alt, and Del keys on the on-screen keyboard. Ctrl+Alt+Delete Command When the tablet PC is in Windows, the Windows Security button clears your work from the screen and displays the Windows Security window in which you can lock, log off, or shut down the tablet PC, initiate Standby or Hibernation, or open Task Manager. The Shut Down option in the ctrl+alt+delete window enables you to safely shut down the tablet PC if the system has become unresponsive. Task Manager displays the status of all open applications and enables you to close an application that has become unresponsive. Hardware Guide 211 331734-001.book Page 12 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Pen, Command Controls and Keyboards If the system remains unresponsive after selecting Shut Down in the Windows Security window, slide and hold the power switch for 4 seconds. For additional shut down procedures, refer on this CD to the Software Guide, Power chapter. For information about using the ctrl+alt+delete command in non-Windows applications, refer to the application documentation. Reset Command When the Setup utility is open, the Windows Security button simulates the reset button found on some computers. When the tablet PC is reset, the tablet PC restarts and all unsaved information is lost. The reset function can be used to restore functionality when the system has become unresponsive. For information about the Setup utility, which is a non-Windows utility, refer on this CD to the Software Guide, Setup and Support Utilities chapter. Esc Button Press the esc button manually to open the Setup utility or to use the esc button like the esc key on a standard keyboard. Setup Utility Function While the tablet PC is starting up, the HP logo is displayed and the cursor flashes in the upper right hand corner of the screen. During this time, press the esc button to open the Setup utility. For information about the Setup utility, refer on this CD to the Software Guide, Setup and Support Utilities chapter. Esc Key Function When the tablet PC is on, press the esc button to enter the esc command as you would by pressing the esc key on a standard keyboard. The esc button can be used with or without the on-screen keyboard or an external keyboard. 212 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 13 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Pen, Command Controls and Keyboards The function of the esc command varies among applications. Esc is usually used to exit a mode or routine or to cancel a function. The esc button can be combined with keystrokes on the on-screen keyboard or an external keyboard. For example, press the ctrl key on either keyboard, then the esc button, to display the Windows Start menu. Jog Dial Press or rotate the jog dial manually to enter commands or scroll vertically:
Press inward to simulate the function of the enter key on a standard keyboard. Rotate upward or downward to scroll toward the top or bottom of an image. At the default setting, the jog dial scrolls line by line like the up and down arrow keys on a standard keyboard. The jog dial can be set to scroll page by page like the page up and page down keys on a standard keyboard or three lines at a time like a mouse wheel. Other settings, in addition to scroll functions, are also available. For instructions, see Setting Command Control Preferences, next in this chapter. Hardware Guide 213 331734-001.book Page 14 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Pen, Command Controls and Keyboards Setting Command Control Preferences All command controls except the Display Toggle button and the enter function of the jog dial can be customized to launch applications, simulate key combinations, or perform preset system functions. Each programmable command control can be assigned to 4 settings. Each setting applies only to 1 of 4 views:
Portrait-Primary Portrait-Secondary Landscape-Primary Landscape-Secondary Command control preferences are set in the Tablet and Pen Settings window. You must select a view before setting a preference. Each view is illustrated in the Button Location pane of the Tablet and Pen Settings window as you select it. If you are unfamiliar with the four views, you may want to read Selecting a View next in this section, before setting a command control preference. Selecting a View In the Portrait-Primary and Portrait-Secondary views, the image is displayed vertically, in portrait orientation. In the Landscape-
Primary and Landscape-Secondary views, the image is displayed horizontally, in landscape orientation. A portrait view is often optimal when you are using the tablet PC as a handheld. A landscape view is often optimal when you are displaying the image on an optional external monitor or projector. 214 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 15 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Pen, Command Controls and Keyboards In the primary views (Portrait-Primary and Landscape-Primary), the image switches clockwise between vertical and horizontal. In the secondary views (Portrait-Secondary and Landscape-
Secondary), the image switches counterclockwise between vertical and horizontal. Left-handed users may find the secondary views more convenient. HP recommends that you not use a secondary view while using the internal wireless. The positions commonly occupied by the tablet PC, external devices, and users while the tablet PC is in a secondary view may obstruct the antennas. When you are facing the tablet PC screen with the tablet PC in portrait orientation, the antennas, not visible from the outside of the tablet PC, are on the right and left sides of the tablet PC, near the upper corners. To switch the system among the Portrait-Primary, Landscape-
Primary, Portrait-Secondary, and Landscape-Secondary views:
1. Press the Q menu button. 2. Select a view from the Q Menu. (The system switches to the view you select.) For more information about using the Q Menu, including instructions for adding or removing items from the Q Menu, refer on this CD to the Software Guide, Q Menu and Desktop Video Profiles chapter. Hardware Guide 215 331734-001.book Page 16 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Pen, Command Controls and Keyboards Assigning or Changing a Preference To assign or change the function of a programmable command control:
1. Select Start > Control Panel > Printers and Other Hardware icon > Tablet and Pen Settings window > Tablet Buttons tab. 2. In the Button Settings For field, select the view in which you want to use your preference. (The view is illustrated in the Button Location panel.) 3. In the Tablet Button drop-down list, select the button you plan to assign. To assign or change the function of rotating the jog dial upward, select Up. To assign or change the function of rotating the jog dial downward, select Down. 4. Select the Change button. (The Button Action dialog box opens.) 5. Select your preference in the Button Action dialog box. To save your preference, select the OK or Apply button. Returning All Command Controls to Default Settings To return the settings on all command controls to their default settings:
1. Select Start > Control Panel > Printers and Other Hardware icon > Tablet and Pen Settings window > Tablet Buttons tab. 2. In the Button Settings For field, select the view in which you want to change all command controls to their default settings. 3. Select the Reset button. (All command controls are returned to their default settings only in the orientation currently selected.) 4. Select the Apply button, then select OK. 216 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 17 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Pen, Command Controls and Keyboards On-Screen Keyboard The Tablet PC Input Panel application displays a keyboard on the screen. This on-screen keyboard simulates the functions of an optional keyboard. To open the Tablet PC Input Panel application, tap the Tablet PC Input Panel launch button 1 with the pen. To type, tap a key. To switch the keys displayed in the top row between number keys and function keys, tap Func. To enter the ctrl+alt+delete command, press the Windows Security button 2 on the tablet PC with the pen tip or a small object like the end of a paper clip. To protect your work and the system, the ctrl+alt+delete command cannot be entered using the Ctrl, Alt, and Del keys on the on-screen keyboard. For more information about using the Tablet PC Input Panel application, see Tablet PC Input Panel Launch Button in the Using Command Controls section, earlier in this chapter. Identifying the Tablet PC Input Panel launch and Windows Security buttons Hardware Guide 217 331734-001.book Page 18 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Pen, Command Controls and Keyboards Tablet PC Keyboard An optional tablet PC keyboard that is thinner than the tablet PC but the same length and width is available from your HP authorized dealer, reseller, or service provider. When the tablet PC is attached to the keyboard, the tablet PC can be folded down flush with the keyboard for transport or tilted upward and used like a notebook display. This chapter provides information about using the keyboard pointing device and keypad. For information about identifying other keyboard components, see Chapter 1,External Components. For information about attaching, detaching, and positioning the keyboard, see Chapter 8, External Device Connections. Using the tablet PC and tablet PC keyboard like a notebook 218 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 19 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Pen, Command Controls and Keyboards Using the Pointing Device Navigating and Selecting To move the pointer, press the pointing stick 1 in the direction you want to move the pointer. To increase or decrease pointer speed, increase or decrease the directional (not downward) pressure on the pointing stick. If the pointer continues to move after you release the pointing stick, wait a few seconds and the pointer will stop moving. Use the left 2 and right 3 pointing stick buttons as you would the left and right buttons on an external mouse. For information about replacing the pointing stick cap with one of the two spare pointing stick caps included with the keyboard, see Chapter 10, Maintenance, Shipping and Travel. Identifying pointing device components Hardware Guide 219 331734-001.book Page 20 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Pen, Command Controls and Keyboards Setting Pointing Device Preferences Pointer speed, click speed, mouse trails, and other pointing device preferences can be set in the Mouse Properties window of the operating system. To access Mouse Properties, select Start >
Control Panel > Printers and Other Hardware icon > Mouse icon. To learn more about a setting, select the question mark icon in the upper right corner of the window, then select the setting. To select a setting, follow the instructions on the screen, then select the OK button. Mouse Properties settings apply to any pointing device in the system, including the pen, an optional mouse, and the pointing device on an optional tablet PC keyboard. Using the Keypad The tablet PC keyboard includes 15 keys that can be used like the keys on an external numeric keypad. When the keypad is turned on, each of these 15 keys performs the functions indicated by the icon in the upper right corner of the key. The standard functions of the keypad keys can still be accessed while the keypad is turned on. Identifying the keypad keys 220 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 21 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Pen, Command Controls and Keyboards Turning the Keypad On and Off Press Fn+num lk 1 on the keyboard to turn the keypad on and off. When the keypad is on, press Fn+num lk 1 to turn the keypad off. The num lock light 2 turns off. When the keypad is off, press Fn+num lk 1 to turn the keypad on. The num lock light 2 turns on. Identifying the Fn and num lk keys and the num lock light Hardware Guide 221 331734-001.book Page 22 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Pen, Command Controls and Keyboards Switching Keypad Keys Between Standard and Keypad Functions You can temporarily switch the functions of keypad keys between their standard keyboard functions and their keypad functions by using Fn 1 and shift 2. To use a key on the keypad temporarily as a keypad key while the keypad is off, press and hold Fn as you press the key. To use a keypad key temporarily as a standard key while the keypad is on:
Press and hold Fn to type in lowercase. Press and hold Fn+shift to type in uppercase. When Fn is released, the keypad keys return to their standard functions if the keypad is off or to their keypad functions if the keypad is on. Identifying the Fn and shift keys 222 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 23 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Pen, Command Controls and Keyboards Using F11/F12 F11/F12 provides both F11 and F12 functions. To enter an F11 function, press F11/F12 1. To enter an F12 function, press Fn+F11/F12 2. Identifying the F11/F12 and Fn keys Hardware Guide 223
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Host laptop manual 2 | Users Manual | 2.08 MiB |
331734-001.book Page 1 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM 3 Battery Packs Running the Tablet PC on Battery Power When the tablet PC is connected to external power, the tablet PC runs on external power. When a charged battery pack is in the tablet PC and the tablet PC is not connected to external power, the tablet PC runs on battery power. The tablet PC switches between external power and battery power according to the availability of an external power source. For example, if the tablet PC contains a charged battery pack and is running on external power supplied through the AC adapter, the tablet PC will switch to battery power if the AC adapter is disconnected from the tablet PC. Whether to leave a battery pack in the tablet PC or in storage depends on how you work. Keeping a battery pack in the tablet PC enables the battery pack to charge whenever the tablet PC is connected to external power and also protects your work in case of a power outage. On the other hand, a battery pack in the tablet PC slowly discharges even while the tablet PC is turned off. If you will not be using the tablet PC for one month or more, removing the battery pack and storing it as described in Storing a Battery Pack, later in this chapter, will prolong its life. For more information about leaving your work, refer on this CD to the Software Guide, Power chapter. Hardware Guide 31 331734-001.book Page 2 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Battery Packs Replacing a Battery Pack Removing a Battery Pack CAUTION: To prevent loss of work when removing a battery pack that is running the tablet PC, initiate Hibernation or turn off the tablet PC before removing the battery pack. If you remove a battery pack that is running the tablet PC while the tablet PC is in Standby, your work is saved in Standby for up to one minute, then the tablet PC shuts down and your unsaved work is lost. If you remove a battery pack that is running the tablet PC while the tablet PC is on, the tablet PC shuts down immediately and your unsaved work is lost. To remove a battery pack from the tablet PC:
1. Turn the tablet PC front side down. (If a battery pack security screw is in place, remove the screw.) 32 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 3 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Battery Packs 2. To unlock the battery pack release latch, slide the latch firmly toward the unlock icon 1. Then hold the latch as you disengage the 2 tabs on the battery pack from the 2 slots on the battery bay 2 and lift the battery pack out of the battery bay 3. Removing a battery pack Hardware Guide 33 331734-001.book Page 4 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Battery Packs Inserting a Battery Pack To insert a battery pack into the tablet PC:
1. Turn the tablet PC front side down. 2. Align the 2 rectangular tabs 1 on the battery pack with the 2 rectangular alignment slots 2 in the battery bay. Aligning the battery pack tabs with the battery bay alignment slots 34 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 5 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Battery Packs 3. Angle the battery pack toward the alignment slots 1 until the 2 tabs are inserted into the 2 alignment slots 2. 4. Tilt the battery pack downward until it snaps into place 3. Inserting a battery pack 5. If you initiated Standby or Hibernation before replacing the battery pack, slide and release the power switch to resume from Standby or Hibernation. Hardware Guide 35 331734-001.book Page 6 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Battery Packs Securing a Battery Pack Use the battery pack security screw to hold the battery pack in place, and to provide antitheft protection for the battery pack. Accessing the Battery Pack Security Screw A battery pack security screw ships inside the battery bay. To access the battery pack security screw:
1. Remove the battery pack as instructed in Removing a Battery Pack earlier in this section. 2. Remove the battery pack security screw. Removing the battery pack security screw 36 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 7 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Battery Packs Inserting a Battery Pack Security Screw To secure the battery pack in the battery bay with a battery pack security screw:
1. Insert the battery pack into the battery bay as instructed in Inserting a Battery Pack earlier in this section. 2. Insert a battery pack security screw through the battery pack case and into the tablet PC. Inserting a battery pack security screw Hardware Guide 37 331734-001.book Page 8 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Battery Packs Charging a Battery Pack The battery pack in the tablet PC charges whenever the tablet PC is connected to external power. The battery pack charges whether or not the tablet PC is in use, but charges faster when the tablet PC is off. Charging may be delayed if a battery pack is new, has not been used for 2 weeks or more, or is much warmer or cooler than room temperature. Charging times vary. The battery light displays charge status:
On: the battery pack is charging. Off: the battery pack is fully charged. Flashing: the battery pack has 5 percent or less of a full charge. Identifying the battery light 38 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 9 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Battery Packs Charging a New Battery Pack Fully charge the battery pack while the tablet PC is connected to external power through the AC adapter. A new battery pack that has been partially charged, but not fully charged, can run the tablet PC, but battery charge displays may be inaccurate. Charging an In-Use Battery Pack To prolong battery life and increase the accuracy of battery charge displays:
Allow the battery pack to discharge to less than 10 percent of a full charge through normal use before charging it. When you charge the battery pack, charge it fully. An in-use battery pack can be charged while the tablet PC is connected to external power through the AC adapter or an optional Automobile Power Adapter Charger, Docking Station, or DC cable. An optional Auto/Air Cable can be used to run the tablet PC, but cannot be used to charge a battery pack. Hardware Guide 39 331734-001.book Page 10 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Battery Packs Monitoring the Charge in a Battery Pack Obtaining Accurate Charge Information To increase the accuracy of all battery charge displays:
Allow a battery pack to discharge to less than 10 percent of a full charge through normal use before charging it. When you charge a battery pack, charge it fully. If a battery pack has not been used for one month or more, calibrate the battery pack instead of simply charging it. For calibration instructions, see Calibrating a Battery Pack later in this chapter. Displaying Charge Information on the Screen Accessing Charge Displays To display battery charge information on the screen, use the operating system Power Meter feature. To access Power Meter displays, use either of the following methods:
Select Start > Control Panel > Performance and Maintenance icon > Power Options icon > Power Meter tab. Select the Power Meter icon in the system tray. To display the Power Meter icon in the system tray:
1. Select Start > Control Panel > Performance and Maintenance icon > Power Options icon > Advanced tab. 2. Select the Always Show Icon On The Taskbar check box. 3. Select the OK button. 4. If the icon is not displayed, select in the system tray the icon for Show Hidden Icons. 310 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 11 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Battery Packs Interpreting Charge Displays Power Meter displays battery charge status in both percent and time:
The percent indicates the amount of charge remaining in the battery pack. The time indicates the approximate running time remaining on the battery pack if the battery pack continues to provide power at the current level. For example, the time remaining will decrease if you start backing up to an SD Card and will increase when the backup is complete. A lightening bolt icon indicates that the battery pack is charging. Hardware Guide 311 331734-001.book Page 12 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Battery Packs Displaying Charge Information on a Battery Pack Charge information about a battery pack can be displayed on the battery pack with the Quick Check feature, which can be used whether or not the battery pack is inserted in the battery bay. To display the percent of a full charge remaining in a battery pack, press the battery quick check button 1 on the battery pack. The three battery quick check lights 2 on the battery pack indicate the charge remaining in the battery pack. Indication 3 lights on 2 lights on 1 light on 1 light flashing*
Percent of a Full Charge Remaining 67 to 100%
34 to 66%
6 to 33%
0 to 5%
*When the battery pack reaches 5% of a full charge, the battery light on the tablet PC also flashes. Identifying the quick check button and lights on a battery pack inserted in the battery bay 312 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 13 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Battery Packs Managing Low-Battery Conditions The information in this section describes default alerts and system responses. Some low-battery condition alerts and system responses can be changed in the Power Options Properties window of the operating system. Preferences set in the Power Options Properties window do not affect lights. For information about setting preferences in the Power Options Properties window, refer on this CD to the Software Guide, Power chapter, Setting Power Preferences section. Identifying Low-Battery Conditions Low-Battery Condition When a battery pack that is the sole power source available to the tablet PC reaches a low-battery condition (5 percent of a full charge), the battery light flashes. Critical Low-Battery Condition If a low-battery condition is not resolved, the tablet PC enters a critical low-battery condition (1 percent of a full charge). In a critical low-battery condition:
If Hibernation is enabled and the tablet PC is on or in Standby, the tablet PC initiates Hibernation. If Hibernation is disabled and the tablet PC is on or in Standby, the tablet PC remains briefly in Standby, then shuts down and loses your unsaved work. Hibernation is enabled by default. To verify that Hibernation is enabled, select Start > Control Panel > Performance and Maintenance icon > Power Options icon > Hibernate tab. If Hibernation is enabled, the Enable Hibernation check box is selected. Hardware Guide 313 331734-001.book Page 14 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Battery Packs Resolving Low-Battery Conditions CAUTION: If the tablet PC has reached a critical low-battery condition
(one percent of a full charge) and has initiated Hibernation, do not slide the power switch until Hibernation is complete. Hibernation is complete when the power/standby light turns off. When a Charged Battery Pack Is Available To resolve a low-battery condition, select one of the following options:
Turn off the tablet PC or initiate Hibernation, insert a charged battery pack while the tablet PC is off or in Hibernation, then turn on the tablet PC. To replace the battery with minimal disruption to your work, slide and release the power switch 1 to initiate Standby, confirm that Standby has been initiated by making sure the power/standby light is flashing 2, then replace the battery pack within one minute. CAUTION: To prevent loss of work, be sure to replace the battery pack within one minute. The bridge battery runs the tablet PC in Standby for up to one minute, at which point the tablet PC will shut down and lose unsaved work if no external power is available. Do not immediately repeat the Standby procedure for replacing a battery pack. The bridge battery requires time to recharge between uses. Identifying the power switch and the power/standby light 314 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 15 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Battery Packs When External Power Is Available To resolve a low-battery condition, select one of the following options:
Plug the AC adapter cable into the tablet PC, then plug the power cord into the AC adapter and into an AC electrical outlet. Plug an optional Automobile Power Adapter/Charger into the tablet PC and into a vehicle cigarette lighter receptacle. Plug an optional Auto/Air Cable into the tablet PC and into the in-seat power supply available on some commercial aircraft. (An optional Auto/Air Cable can run the tablet PC but cannot charge a battery pack.) When No Power Source Is Available To resolve a low-battery condition, initiate Hibernation. Or, save your work, then shut down the tablet PC. Initiating and Resuming from Standby or Hibernation For more information about Standby and Hibernation, refer on this CD to the Software Guide, Power chapter. To initiate Standby, slide and release the power switch. To resume from Standby, slide and release the power switch. To initiate Hibernation, select Start >Turn off Computer >
Hibernate. If the Hibernate option is not displayed and an external keyboard is attached, press and hold shift. (When you press and hold shift, the Hibernate option replaces the Standby option in the Shut Down window.) To resume from Hibernation, slide and release the power switch. For information about initiating Standby or Hibernation from the Q Menu, refer on this CD to the Software Guide, Q Menu and Desktop Video Profiles chapter. Hardware Guide 315 331734-001.book Page 16 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Battery Packs Calibrating a Battery Pack When to Calibrate Calibrate an in-use battery pack whenever battery charge displays seem inaccurate or whenever the battery pack has not been used for one month or more. It should not be necessary to calibrate any battery pack, even if it is heavily used, more than once a month. It is not necessary to calibrate a new battery pack before first use. How to Calibrate Calibration requires three steps:
Charging the Battery Pack Discharging the Battery Pack Recharging the Battery Pack To initiate an unattended calibration in an optional Battery Charger or Multibattery Charger, follow the instructions included with the charger. To calibrate a battery pack manually, follow the instructions in the following sections. Charging the Battery Pack You can charge the battery pack while the tablet PC is on or off, but the battery pack will charge faster while the tablet PC is off. To charge the battery pack:
1. Insert the battery pack into the tablet PC. 316 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 17 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Battery Packs 2. Connect the tablet PC to external power. (The battery light turns on.) To connect the tablet PC to external power, use any of the following methods:
Plug the AC adapter cable into the tablet PC, then plug the power cord into the AC adapter and into an AC electrical outlet. Plug an optional Automobile Power Adapter/Charger into the tablet PC and into a vehicle cigarette lighter receptacle. 3. Leave the tablet PC connected to external power until the battery pack is fully charged. (The battery light turns off.) Discharging the Battery Pack The tablet PC must remain on while the battery pack is being discharged. The battery pack can discharge whether or not you are using the tablet PC, but will discharge faster while the tablet PC is in use. If you plan to leave the tablet PC unattended during the discharge, save your work before beginning the discharge procedure. If you use the tablet PC occasionally during the discharge procedure and have set energy-saving timeouts, expect the following performance from your system during the discharge process:
The monitor will not turn off automatically. Hard drive speed will not decrease automatically while the tablet PC is idle. System-initiated Standby will not occur. System-initiated Hibernation will not occur until the battery has discharged to a critical low-battery condition. Hardware Guide 317 331734-001.book Page 18 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Battery Packs To fully discharge a battery pack:
1. When the battery light turns off indicating that the battery pack is fully charged, select Start > Control Panel >
Performance and Maintenance icon > Power Options icon >
Power Schemes tab. 2. Record the 2 settings in the Plugged In column and the 2 settings in the Running On Batteries column so that you can reset them after the calibration. 3. Change the settings in both columns to Never. 4. Select the OK button. 5. Disconnect the tablet PC from the external power source, but do not turn off the tablet PC. 6. Run the tablet PC on battery power until the battery pack is fully discharged. (The battery light begins to flash when the battery pack has discharged to a low-battery condition. When the battery pack is fully discharged, the tablet PC initiates Hibernation and the power/standby light turns off.) Recharging the Battery Pack 1. Connect the tablet PC to external power, then leave the tablet PC connected to external power until the battery pack is fully recharged. (The battery light turns off.) You can use the tablet PC while the battery pack is recharging but the battery pack will charge faster if the tablet PC is off. 2. If the tablet PC is off, turn it on when the battery pack is fully charged and the battery light turns off. 3. Select Start > Control Panel > Performance and Maintenance icon > Power Options icon > Power Schemes tab. 4. Referring to the settings you recorded earlier, reenter your settings for the 2 options in the Plugged In column and the 2 options in the Running On Batteries column. 5. Select the OK button. 318 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 19 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Battery Packs Battery Conservation Procedures and Settings Using the battery conservation procedures and settings described in the following sections extends the time that a battery pack can run the tablet PC from a single charge. Conserving Power as You Work To conserve power as you use the tablet PC:
Turn off wireless and local area network (LAN) connections and exit modem applications when you are not using them. Detach, disconnect, stop, or remove unpowered external devices that you are not using. Such devices include a PC Card, an SD Card, or a tablet PC keyboard. Use the Brightness item on the Q Menu to lower and raise screen brightness quickly. Use optional powered speakers instead of the internal speakers, or use volume controls to mute, restore, raise, and lower system volume quickly. If you leave your work, initiate Standby or Hibernation or shut down the tablet PC. Selecting Power Conservation Settings To set the tablet PC to conserve power:
Select a short wait for the screen saver and select a screen saver with minimal graphics and motion. To access screen saver settings, select Start > Control Panel > Appearance and Themes icon > Display icon > Screen Saver tab. Follow the instructions on this CD in the Software Guide, Power chapter, to select a power scheme with low power-use settings. Hardware Guide 319 331734-001.book Page 20 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Battery Packs Storing a Battery Pack If the tablet PC will be unused and unplugged for more than one month, remove and store the battery pack. CAUTION: To prevent damage to a battery pack, do not expose it to high temperatures for extended periods of time. High temperatures accelerate the self-discharge rate of a stored battery pack. To prolong the charge of a stored battery pack, place it in a cool, dry place. Use the following table to estimate how long you can safely store a battery pack. The storage times provided are based on a battery pack that contains 50 percent of a full charge. A fully charged battery pack can be safely stored for longer; a battery pack containing a low charge can be safely stored for less time. Calibrate a battery pack that has been stored for one month or more before using it. At These Temperatures Temperature Range F Temperature Range C You Can Safely Store a Battery Pack for This Amount of Time Storage Time 115140 79113 3277 4660 2645 025 Less than 1 month No more than 3 months 1 year 320 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 21 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Battery Packs Disposing of a Used Battery Pack WARNING: There is a risk of fire and chemical burn if a battery pack is handled improperly. Do not disassemble, crush, or puncture a battery pack or short the contacts on a battery pack. Do not expose a battery pack to temperatures higher than 60 C (140 F), or dispose of a battery pack in water or fire. When a battery pack has reached the end of its useful life, do not dispose of it in general household waste. In North America, you can dispose of battery packs by using the HP battery recycling program. This program provides you with a postage-paid battery pack mailer preaddressed to a reclamation facility where the metals are recycled. For more information, call the telephone number listed for your location in the Worldwide Telephone Numbers booklet, included in English only with the tablet PC. In Europe, dispose of or recycle battery packs by using the public collection system or by returning them to HP, your authorized HP partners, or their agents. In other regions, refer to the Worldwide Telephone Numbers booklet, included in English only with the tablet PC, to contact an HP-authorized dealer, reseller, or service provider and request information about battery pack disposal. For more information about battery pack precautions and disposal and the complete text of governmental agency notices, refer on this CD to the Regulatory and Safety Notices guide. Finding More Power Information For more information about using Standby and Hibernation, conserving power, setting power preferences, and using other power management features, refer on this CD to the Software Guide, Power chapter. For information about initiating Standby or Hibernation from the Q Menu, refer in the Software Guide to the Q Menu and Desktop Video Profiles chapter. Hardware Guide 321 331734-001.book Page 1 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM 4 Drives Adding a Drive to the System Drives enable you to store and access data. A standard removable drive can be added to the system by inserting the drive into the MultiBay of an optional External MultiBay or Docking Station. A USB drive can be added by connecting the drive to a USB connector on the tablet PC or on the Docking Station. Hard drive functions can also be added with a PC Card. For information about connecting a USB drive, see Chapter 8, External Device Connections. For information about PC Cards, see Chapter 9, Additional Hardware Options. For general information about inserting and removing drives from an External MultiBay or Docking Station, refer to the documentation included with the device. This chapter provides specific information about using drives in the tablet PC system. The tablet PC hard drive bay supports only a 9.5-mm system hard drive. A MultiBay in an External MultiBay or Docking Station supports an additional 9.5-mm optional hard drive (inserted in a MultiBay Hard Drive Adapter) and the following 12.7-mm standard removable drives:
CD-ROM drive DVD/CD-RW drive CD-RW drive Diskette drive DVD-ROM drive Hardware Guide 41 331734-001.book Page 2 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Drives Understanding Drive Terms Terms for Types of Drives A hard drive is used for the permanent storage of data files and of software such as system files, applications, and drivers. The hard drive in the hard drive bay is the system hard drive, sometimes called the local disk. The system hard drive can be replaced, but cannot be used in a MultiBay. A hard drive is sometimes called a hard disk drive or HDD. Diskette drives are often used to store or transport data. The tablet PC can read or write to any MultiBay diskette drive. A diskette drive is sometimes called a floppy disk drive, floppy drive, or FDD. Optical drives include CD and DVD drives. Optical drives are used to store or transport data and to play music and movies. DVD media have higher capacities than CD media. The tablet PC can read or write to optical drives as described in the following table. Optical Drive CD-ROM drive CD-RW drive DVD-ROM drive DVD/CD-RW drive Read Write Yes Yes Yes Yes No Yes No Yes Terms for Drive Media A diskette or disc that can be inserted or removed from a drive is referred to as a drive medium. In this guide a diskette is inserted in a diskette drive, and a disc is inserted in an optical drive. 42 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 3 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Drives Caring for Drives Drives are fragile system components that must be handled with care. Observe the following cautions when handling any drive. CAUTION: To prevent damage to the tablet PC or a drive and loss of work:
Do not remove the system hard drive except for repair or replacement. For instructions, see Chapter 10, Maintenance, Shipping and Travel. Electrostatic discharge can damage electronic components. To prevent electrostatic damage to the tablet PC or a drive, follow these 2 precautions: (1) Discharge yourself from static electricity before handling a drive by touching a grounded metal object and
(2) Avoid touching the connectors on a drive. For more information about preventing electrostatic damage, refer on this CD to the Regulatory and Safety Notices guide. Excessive force can damage drive connectors. When you insert a drive, use only enough force to seat the drive. Handle a drive carefully. Do not drop it. Avoid exposing a hard drive or a diskette to devices with magnetic fields. Products with magnetic fields include video and audio tape erasure products, monitors, and speakers. Security devices with magnetic fields include airport walk-through devices and security wands. The airport security devices that check carry-on luggage, usually while it is placed on a conveyor belt, use x-rays instead of magnetism and will not damage a hard drive or a diskette. Do not spray a drive with cleaners. Avoid exposing a drive to liquids or temperature extremes. If you mail a drive, ship it in packaging that protects it from shock, vibration, temperature, and humidity. Label the package FRAGILE. Hardware Guide 43 331734-001.book Page 4 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Drives Inserting or Removing Drive Media For general information about inserting or removing a drive from a MultiBay, refer to the documentation included with an optional External MultiBay or Docking Station. This section provides information that is not provided with optional drives or MultiBays and that may be helpful to users unfamiliar with standard removable drives. Inserting a CD or DVD 1. Be sure the tablet PC is turned on. 2. Press the media release button 1 on the drive bezel to release the media tray, then pull the tray outward until it is fully extended 2. 3. Position a CD or one-sided DVD over the tray label side up. 4. Gently press the disc onto the tray spindle 3 until the disc snaps into place. Handle the disc by the edges, not the flat surfaces. (If the media tray is not fully extended, tilt the disc to position it over the tray spindle, then press it downward into position.) 5. Close the media tray 4. Inserting a CD or DVD into an optical drive 44 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 5 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Drives Removing a CD or DVD (with Power) If power is available:
1. Be sure the tablet PC is on. Press the media release button 1 on the drive bezel to release the media tray, then pull the tray outward until it is fully extended 2. 2. Remove the disc from the tray 3 by gently pushing down on the spindle while pulling up on the outer edges of the disc. If the media tray is not fully extended, tilt the disc as you remove it. Handle the disc by the edges, not the flat surfaces. 3. Close the media tray 4. 4. Place the disc in a protective case. Removing a CD or DVD from an optical drive when power is available Hardware Guide 45 331734-001.book Page 6 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Drives Removing a CD or DVD (Without Power) CAUTION: To prevent damage to the pen tip, do not insert the pen tip into the release access. If the tablet PC is turned off or if no power is available, the media release button on the drive will not work. To remove a disc from an optical drive without using the media release button:
1. Insert a small object like the end of a paper clip into the release access 1 in the front bezel of the drive. 2. Press gently on the paper clip until the media tray is released, then pull the tray outward until it is fully extended 2. 3. Remove the disc from the tray 3. If the media tray is not fully extended, tilt the disc as you remove it. Handle the disc by the edges, not the flat surfaces. 4. Close the media tray 4. 5. Place the disc in a protective case. Removing a CD or DVD from an optical drive when power is not available 46 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 7 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Drives Inserting a Diskette To insert a diskette into a diskette drive, gently push the diskette, label side up, into the drive until it clicks into place. The media eject button extends when the diskette is correctly inserted. Identifying the media eject button on a diskette drive Removing a Diskette To remove a diskette from a diskette drive:
1. Press the media eject button on the drive to eject the diskette. 2. Pull the diskette from the drive. 3. Place the diskette in a protective case. Hardware Guide 47 331734-001.book Page 8 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Drives Using Drive Media Avoiding Standby and Hibernation Initiating Standby or Hibernation while playing audio or video drive media may stop the play or diminish the quality of the play. If Standby or Hibernation is accidentally initiated while a medium is in use, slide and release the power switch to resume from Standby or Hibernation, then restart the tablet PC. For more information about Standby and Hibernation, refer on this CD to the Software Guide, Power chapter. Displaying Media Contents When you insert a diskette, CD, or DVD into the system, the tablet PC can play the medium, display its contents, take no action, or display a response prompt on the screen. You can set the responses of the tablet PC to the insertion of various types of media by using the operating system AutoPlay feature. Setting AutoPlay Preferences To set AutoPlay preferences:
1. Select Start > My Computer. 2. Right-click a drive. 3. Select Properties > AutoPlay tab, then follow the instructions on the screen. 4. To save your settings, select the OK button. 48 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 9 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Drives Displaying Media Contents Without Using AutoPlay To display the contents of a drive medium when the contents are not displayed by AutoPlay:
1. Insert the medium into the drive. 2. Select Start > Run, then type:
explorer x:
(where X = the drive designation of the drive containing the medium). 3. Select the OK button. A drive designation is a letter of the alphabet that the tablet PC uses to identify the drive. To display the drive designation of every drive in the system, select Start > My Computer. Caring for Drive Media CAUTION: To prevent damage to drive media:
Do not open the metal shutter of a diskette or touch the disk within the diskette case. Do not expose a diskette to a strong magnetic field, such as the security field used by a walk-through security device or a handheld security wand. Clean a CD or DVD only with a disc cleaning kit. Disc cleaning kits are available from most electronics retailers.
\\
Hardware Guide 49 331734-001.book Page 10 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Drives Finding More Drive Software Information All the software you need to play the types of CDs and DVDs supported by the tablet PC is included with the tablet PC. For information about this software, refer on this CD to the Software Guide, CD and DVD Software chapter. In addition, a feature in the Setup utility enables you to set the tablet PC to start from a specified medium or device. For instructions, refer on this CD to the Software Guide, Boot Order chapter. 410 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 1 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM 5 Audio Adjusting Volume Volume can be adjusted by using the Windows volume control icon, the Q Menu, or the volume adjustment available within some applications. Volume can be adjusted on the Q Menu without using a keyboard or the pen. For information about application volume features, refer to the application documentation. Using the Volume Control Icon To display the Windows volume control icon in the system tray:
1. Select Start > Control Panel > Sounds, Speech, and Audio Devices icon > Sounds and Audio Devices icon. 2. Select the Volume tab. 3. Select the check box for Place Volume Icon In The Taskbar. 4. Select the OK button. 5. If the icon is not displayed, select the system tray icon for Show Hidden Icons. To adjust, mute, or restore volume using the volume control icon, select the icon in the system tray. Then:
To increase or decrease volume, select the slide bar, then drag it upward or downward. To mute or restore volume, select or clear the Mute check box. To close the volume control pop-up window, click anywhere outside the window. Hardware Guide 51 331734-001.book Page 2 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Audio Using the Q Menu To adjust, mute, or restore volume using the Q Menu:
1. To open the Q Menu, press the Q menu button 1. To display the Windows volume control window, select the Volume tab. To mute or restore system volume, select the Mute On/Off tab. (Selecting the On/Off tab mutes system volume if it is on or restores system volume if it is muted.) 2. To close the Q Menu, press the Q menu button, tap anywhere outside the Q Menu with the pen tip, or click an optional pointing device. To select an item on the Q Menu without using a keyboard or the pen, press the Q menu button, rotate the jog dial 2 upward or downward to scroll vertically through the items, then press the jog dial inward to select an item. For more information about using the Q Menu, refer on this CD to the Software Guide, Q Menu and Desktop Video Profiles chapter. Identifying the Q menu button and the jog dial 52 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 3 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Audio Using the Internal Speakers The internal speakers play sound in stereo from applications, the operating system, games, drive media, the Internet, and other sources. The internal speakers are disabled if:
Optional powered speakers or a headphone is connected to the audio-out jack on the tablet PC or an optional Docking Station. An optional mobile telephone headset is connected to the headset jack. Attaching an optional tablet PC keyboard to the tablet PC or connecting a line-in device, such as a clock radio or MP3 player, to the tablet PC or to an optional Docking Station does not affect the performance of the internal speakers. Identifying the internal speakers Hardware Guide 53 331734-001.book Page 4 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Audio Using the Internal Microphone The internal microphone:
Has a standard sensitivity of -45 decibels. Can be used while a screen protector or an optional tablet PC keyboard is attached. A screen protector is provided with an optional Docking Station. Is disabled if:
An optional external microphone is connected to the microphone jack. An optional headset is connected to the headset jack. If you are using speech recognition or other software that requires optimal sound quality, use an optional external microphone or headset. To access on-screen tutorials that include operating system speech features:
1. Open Windows Explorer. To open Windows Explorer from the Start button, select Start > All Programs > Accessories >
Windows Explorer. 2. In Windows Explorer, select My Computer > Local Disk (C:) > WINDOWS > Help > latute.hta. Identifying the internal microphone 54 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 5 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Audio Connecting an Audio Device Identifying Audio Jacks The tablet PC has 3 audio jacks:
The audio-out jack 1 connects stereo headphones or powered stereo speakers. The headset jack 2 can support a headset, such as a mobile telephone headset with a microphone and a monaural ear piece. The microphone jack 3 supports a monaural external microphone. Identifying the audio jacks Hardware Guide 55 331734-001.book Page 6 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Audio Using the Audio-Out Jack WARNING: To reduce the risk of personal injury, adjust the volume before putting on headphones. CAUTION: To prevent possible damage to an external device, do not plug a monaural plug into the audio-out jack. When connecting a device to the audio-out jack:
Use only a 3.5-mm stereo plug. For best sound quality, use 24-ohm to 32-ohm headphones. When optional powered speakers or a headphone is connected to the audio-out jack on the tablet PC or an optional Docking Station, the internal speakers are disabled. Using the Headset Jack The headset jack can support a headset, such as a mobile telephone headset, that has a microphone, a monaural ear piece, and a 2.5-mm plug. When a headset is connected to the headset jack, the internal microphone and speakers are disabled. 56 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 7 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Audio Using the Microphone Jack The microphone jack supports a monaural microphone with a 3.5-mm plug. A monaural electret condenser microphone is recommended. If you connect a stereo microphone, left channel sound will record on both channels. When an optional headset or external microphone is connected to the tablet PC, the internal microphone is disabled. Finding Audio and Video Software Information For information about using audio and video software, refer on this CD to the Software Guide, CD and DVD Software chapter. Hardware Guide 57 331734-001.book Page 1 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM 6 Internal Modem The tablet PC has an RJ-11 telephone jack and preinstalled modem drivers. A modem cable with RJ-11 connectors at each end is included with models that ship with an internal modem. If you purchased the tablet PC in a country where RJ-11 telephone jacks are not standard, a country-specific modem adapter is also included. The internal modem supports:
All applications supported by the operating system. V.34 ITU (International Telecommunications Union) analog modem recommendations for speeds up to 33.6 Kbps. V.44 data compression algorithm. V.90/V.92 ITU digital/analog modem pair recommendations for speeds up to 56 Kbps. The digital/analog modem pair rates allow faster downloads only from compliant digital sources. Maximum achievable download rates are currently unknown, may not reach 56 Kbps, and will vary with line conditions. Maximum achievable upload rates are limited to 48 Kbps, may not reach 48 Kbps, and will vary with line conditions. Hardware Guide 61 331734-001.book Page 2 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Internal Modem Connecting the Modem Selecting Connectors The modem must be connected to an analog telephone line. WARNING: To reduce the risk of electric shock, fire, or damage to the equipment, do not plug a telephone cable into the RJ-45 network jack. CAUTION: Jacks for digital PBX systems may resemble RJ-11 telephone jacks, but are not compatible with the modem. Jacks for analog telephone lines and procedures for connecting the modem vary by country:
If you are connecting the modem in a country where RJ-11 telephone jacks are standard, follow the instructions in the Connecting the Modem to an RJ-11 Jack section, next in this chapter. If you are connecting the modem in a country where RJ-11 telephone jacks are not standard, a modem adapter specific to the country in which you purchased the tablet PC is included with the tablet PC. Follow the instructions in the Connecting the Modem with an Adapter section, later in this chapter. If you plan to use the modem outside the country in which you purchased the tablet PC, you can purchase adapters specific for the countries on your itinerary from most computer or electronics retailers. For information about using country-specific software configurations, see the Setting Country Preferences section, later in this chapter. 62 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 3 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Internal Modem Connecting the Modem to an RJ-11 Jack To connect the modem to an analog telephone line that has an RJ-11 telephone jack:
1. To access the RJ-11 jack 1 on the tablet PC, open the upper panel of the tablet PC. 2. If the modem cable has noise suppression circuitry 2, which prevents interference with TV and radio reception, orient the circuitry end of the cable toward the tablet PC. 3. Plug the cable into the RJ-11 telephone jack 3 (not the RJ-45 network jack) on the tablet PC. 4. Plug the modem cable into an RJ-11 telephone jack 4 (not into an RJ-45 network jack or a PBX jack). Connecting the modem to an RJ-11 telephone wall jack
(Telephone wall jacks vary in appearance by region.) WARNING: To reduce the risk of electric shock, disconnect the modem from the telephone network before accessing an internal compartment of the tablet PC. Internal compartments include the memory and Mini PCI compartment and the hard drive bay. Hardware Guide 63 331734-001.book Page 4 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Internal Modem Connecting the Modem with an Adapter To connect the modem to an analog telephone line that does not have an RJ-11 telephone jack:
1. To access the RJ-11 jack 1, open the upper panel of the tablet PC. 2. If the modem cable has noise suppression circuitry 2, which prevents interference with TV and radio reception, orient the circuitry end of the cable toward the tablet PC. 3. Plug the modem cable into the RJ-11 telephone jack 3 (not the RJ-45 network jack) on the tablet PC. 4. Plug the modem cable 4 into the country-specific modem adapter. 5. Plug the country-specific modem adapter 5 into the telephone jack. Connecting the modem with a modem adapter
(Telephone wall jacks vary in appearance by region.) WARNING: To reduce the risk of electric shock, disconnect the modem from the telephone network before accessing an internal compartment of the tablet PC. Internal compartments include the memory and Mini PCI compartment and the hard drive bay. 64 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 5 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Internal Modem Setting Country Preferences The internal modem is configured to function in and meet the operating standards of the country in which you purchased the tablet PC. To use the internal modem in other countries, you must add country-specific modem configurations. Displaying the Current Country Configuration To display the current country configuration, select Start >
Control Panel > Date, Time, Language, and Regional Options category > Regional and Language Options icon > Regional Options tab. The current country configuration of the modem is displayed in the Location panel. Adding a Country Configuration CAUTION: To prevent loss of your current country configuration, do not delete or replace your current country configuration. Additional country configurations can be added without deleting the current configuration. CAUTION: To prevent modem malfunction and violation of telecommunications regulations and laws, use the modem only with the country configuration for the country in which you are using the modem. To add a country configuration:
1. Select Start > Control Panel > Network and Internet Connections category. 2. From the See Also menu in the left column of the window, select Phone and Modem Options > Dialing Rules tab. If you do not see the Dialing Rules tab when you select Phone and Modem Options, complete the fields in the Location Information wizard. After you save the settings on the Location Information wizard, the Dialing Rules tab is displayed. Hardware Guide 65 331734-001.book Page 6 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Internal Modem 3. Select the New button, then type a name for the new location in the Location Name field. 4. Select a country or region for the new location from the Country/Region list. If you select a country or region that is not supported by the modem, the country configuration defaults to USA or UK. 5. Select the OK button > OK button. Solving Travel Connection Problems If you experience connection problems while using the modem outside the country in which you purchased the tablet PC, the following suggestions may be helpful. Before changing any settings, you may want to write down your current settings so you can quickly replace those settings when you return home. Check the Line The modem requires an analog, not a digital, telephone line. A line described as a PBX line is usually a digital line. A telephone line described as a data line, fax machine line, modem line, or standard telephone line is probably an analog line. Check the Dialing Mode Dial a few digits on the telephone, then listen for clicks or tones. Clicks indicate that the telephone line supports pulse dialing;
tones indicate that the telephone line supports tone dialing. To set the internal modem to support either pulse or tone dialing:
1. Select Start > Control Panel > Network and Internet Connections category. 2. From the See Also menu in the left column of the window, select Phone and Modem Options > Dialing Rules tab. 66 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 7 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Internal Modem 3. Select your location, then select the Edit button. 4. Select the Tone or Pulse radio button. 5. Select the OK button > OK button. Check the Telephone Number Dial the telephone number on the telephone, verify that the remote modem is answering, then hang up. Check the Dial Tone If the modem receives a dial tone it does not recognize, it will not dial and will display a No Dial Tone error message. To set the modem to ignore all dial tones before dialing:
1. Select Start > Control Panel > Network and Internet Connections category. 2. From the See Also menu in the left column of the window, select Phone and Modem Options >
Modems tab. 3. Select your modem > Properties button > Modem tab. 4. Clear the Wait For Dial Tone Before Dialing check box. 5. Select the OK button > OK button. If you continue to receive the No Dial Tone error message after clearing the check box:
1. Select Start > Control Panel > Network and Internet Connections category. 2. From the See Also menu in the left column of the Network and Internet Connections window, select Phone and Modem Options > Dialing Rules tab. 3. Select your location, then select the Edit button. 4. Select your location from the Country/Region list. If you select a country or region that is not supported by the modem, the country configuration defaults to USA or UK. 5. Select the OK button. Hardware Guide 67 331734-001.book Page 8 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Internal Modem 6. In the Phone and Modem Options window, select the Modems tab. 7. Select your modem > Properties button > Modem tab. 8. Clear the Wait For Dial Tone Before Dialing check box. 9. Select the OK button > OK button. Accessing Communication Software To access preinstalled modem software, including software for terminal emulation and data transfer, select Start > All Programs > Accessories > Communications, then select an application, wizard, or utility. Finding AT Command Information It is not necessary to use AT commands with most modem software. If you prefer to use AT commands, refer on this CD to:
Modem Command Guidelines for information about accessing Hyperterminal, identifying the modem in your tablet PC, and using AT commands. The Soft Modem AT Command Reference Manual for the AT commands supported by your modem. This guide is provided in English only. 68 Hardware Guide
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Host laptop manual 3 | Users Manual | 2.97 MiB |
331734-001.book Page 1 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM 7 Network Connections The tablet PC has an RJ-45 network jack. Network tablet PC models also have an internal NIC (network interface card), preinstalled network drivers, and a network cable. The tablet PC can be connected to a network whether or not the internal modem is connected to a telephone line. If your tablet PC is connected to a network, you may want to confer with your network administrator before changing network settings. The tablet PC supports network speeds up to 10 Mbps when connected to a 10BaseT network and 100 Mbps when connected to a 100BaseTX network. Hardware Guide 71 331734-001.book Page 2 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Network Connections Connecting the Network Cable A network cable has an 8-pin RJ-45 network connector at each end and may contain noise suppression circuitry, which prevents interference with TV and radio reception. 1. To access the tablet PC RJ-45 network jack 1, open the upper panel of the tablet PC. 2. Orient the end of a network cable with noise suppression circuitry 2 toward the tablet PC. 3. Plug the network cable into the tablet PC RJ-45 network jack 3. 4. Plug the other end of the cable into the network RJ-45 jack 4. Connecting a network cable WARNING: To reduce the risk of electric shock, disconnect the network cable before accessing an internal compartment of the tablet PC. Internal compartments include the memory and mini PCI compartment and the hard drive bay. 72 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 3 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Network Connections Turning a Network Connection Off and On To conserve power, turn off a network connection you are not using. To turn off a network connection, log off the network, then disconnect the network cable. To turn on a network connection, connect the network cable, then log on to the network. Using the LAN Connection Lights The 2 LAN connection lights indicate the status of a network connection:
Both lights off: The tablet PC is not connected to a LAN. Both lights on: The tablet PC is connected to a LAN with a 100 Mbps link. Green light on and yellow light off: The tablet PC is connected to a LAN with a 10 Mbps link. Identifying the LAN connection lights Hardware Guide 73 331734-001.book Page 4 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Network Connections Accessing the Network at Startup To connect to a PXE (Preboot eXecution Environment) or RPL
(Remote Program Load) server during startup, you must respond to the Network Service Boot prompt each time you want to connect to the server as the tablet PC starts or restarts. To set the tablet PC to display the Network Service Boot prompt each time it is started or restarted, you must enable the internal NIC for startup. Enabling a NIC for Startup An internal NIC is enabled for startup in the Setup utility. 1. To open the Setup utility, turn on or restart the tablet PC. While the HP logo is displayed and a cursor is flashing in the upper right corner of the screen, press the esc button on the tablet PC or press F10 on an optional keyboard. 2. To change the language, select Advanced > Languages. To navigate and select without using an optional keyboard, rotate the jog dial to scroll and press the jog dial inward to select. To navigate and select using an optional keyboard, use the arrow and enter keys. 3. Select Advanced menu > I/O Device Configuration, then enable PXE/Remote Boot. 4. To save your preference and exit the Setup utility, select File > Save Changes and Exit, then follow the instructions on the screen. Your preference is set as you exit the Setup utility and is in effect when the tablet PC restarts. 74 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 5 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Network Connections Responding to a Network Service Boot Prompt After the internal NIC has been enabled for startup, the Network Service Boot prompt is displayed very briefly in the lower right corner of the screen each time the tablet PC is started or restarted. To connect to a network by responding to the prompt, use either of the following procedures:
Press the tab button on the tablet PC. Press F12 on an optional keyboard. To press F12 on the tablet PC keyboard, press Fn+F11/F12. Finding Wireless LAN Information The tablet PC supports wireless LAN provided through a mini PCI board, a PC Card, or an SD Card. A wireless LAN PC Card or an SD Card is optional. A wireless mini PCI board may be preinstalled. Information about using a preinstalled wireless LAN board is provided on the Documentation Library Wireless LAN CD included with your tablet PC. Information about the Bluetooth wireless option is provided on the Documentation Library Bluetooth CD included with your tablet PC. Information about Microsofts Wireless LAN configuration utility is available in the Help & Support Center, which is accessible from the Start Menu. If you purchase a wireless device as an option, documentation about the device is included with the option. Hardware Guide 75 331734-001.book Page 1 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM 8 External Device Connections Standard Device The jacks and connectors described in this guide support standard external devices. For information about which jack or connector to use, refer to the documentation included with the device. For information about installing or loading any software required by the device, refer to the device documentation, the operating system Help files, or the device manufacturers Web site. To connect a standard external device to the tablet PC:
1. If you are connecting a powered device, be sure the device is turned off. 2. Connect the device to a jack or connector on the tablet PC. 3. If you are connecting a powered device, plug the device power cord into a grounded electrical outlet. 4. Turn on the device. If a properly connected display device does not display an image, try pressing the Q menu button > Internal and External item or External Only item to switch the image to the new device. To disconnect a standard external device from the tablet PC, turn off the device (if it is powered), then disconnect the device from the tablet PC. Hardware Guide 81 331734-001.book Page 2 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM External Device Connections USB Device USB is a hardware interface that can be used to connect external devices such as a USB keyboard, mouse, drive, printer, scanner, or hub to the tablet PC or an optional Docking Station. A USB device functions in the system in the same way as a comparable non-USB device. The USB connectors support USB 2.0- or 1.1-compliant devices. A USB hub is a connecting device that can be powered or unpowered. USB hubs can be connected to a USB connector on the tablet PC or on an optional Docking Station or to other USB devices. Hubs support varying numbers of USB devices and are used to increase the number of USB devices in the system. Powered hubs must be connected to external power. Unpowered hubs must be connected either to a USB connector on the tablet PC or to a port on a powered hub. Some USB devices may require additional support software, which is usually included with the device. For software information about a specific device, refer to the documentation included with the device. Identifying the 2 USB connectors on the tablet PC 82 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 3 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM External Device Connections Tablet PC Keyboard A tablet PC keyboard, which includes a numeric keypad, can be used with the tablet PC. For information about using the tablet PC keyboard pointing device, keypad, and F11/F12 key, see the Pen, Command Controls and Keyboards chapter, Tablet PC Keyboard section. The tablet PC can be attached or detached from the keyboard while it is on, off, in Standby, or in Hibernation. Attaching the Tablet PC to the Keyboard To attach the tablet PC to the keyboard:
1. Place the keyboard on a flat surface with the keyboard keys facing you. 2. Rotate the attachment features on the rotation disk toward the keyboard. Rotating the attachment features toward the keyboard Hardware Guide 83 331734-001.book Page 4 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM External Device Connections 3. Position the tablet PC horizontally above the keyboard, with the front of the tablet PC facing the keyboard. Positioning the tablet PC above the keyboard 4. Align the 4 slots on the tablet PC with the keyboard connector, alignment key, and 2 keyboard hooks on the keyboard 1, then press the tablet PC downward until it snaps into place 2. Attaching the tablet PC to the keyboard 84 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 5 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM External Device Connections Adjusting the Tablet PC and Keyboard To tilt the tablet PC screen to a comfortable viewing angle, push gently on the top of the tablet PC. Tilting the tablet PC on the keyboard Hardware Guide 85 331734-001.book Page 6 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM External Device Connections Closing the Tablet PC and Keyboard To close the tablet PC and keyboard as you would close the display on a standard notebook:
1. Rotate the tablet PC clockwise until it snaps into place facing away from the keyboard. Rotating the tablet PC toward the back of the keyboard 2. Tilt the tablet PC downward onto the keyboard. Closing the tablet PC and keyboard 86 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 7 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM External Device Connections Transporting the Tablet PC and Keyboard If you are transporting the tablet PC and keyboard while they are not attached, be sure the rotation disk is in the default position.
(The attachment features are at the rear of the tablet PC and the HP logo is right side up when you are facing the keyboard.) If you are transporting the tablet PC and keyboard while they are attached, you may want to use the keyboard latch. The keyboard latch locks the tablet PC to the keyboard while the tablet PC and keyboard are closed. To lock the tablet PC to the keyboard while the tablet PC is closed, slide the keyboard latch to the right 1. To release the tablet PC from the closed position, push the keyboard latch to the left, then slide and hold the latch toward the left as you open the tablet PC 2. Using the keyboard latch Hardware Guide 87 331734-001.book Page 8 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM External Device Connections Detaching the Tablet PC from the Keyboard To detach the tablet PC from the keyboard:
1. If the tablet PC is closed, open the tablet PC, then rotate the tablet PC so the screen is facing the keyboard in the notebook position. If the tablet PC does not open easily from the keyboard, it may be secured to the keyboard with the keyboard latch. For release instructions, see the Transporting the Tablet PC and Keyboard section, earlier in this chapter. Opening the tablet PC to the notebook position 88 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 9 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM External Device Connections 2. Rotate the tablet PC and keyboard so the back of the tablet PC and the keyboard are facing you. Positioning the tablet PC and keyboard to detach the tablet PC 3. To detach the keyboard, slide and hold the attachment release switch 1 on the tablet PC as you lift the tablet PC away from the keyboard 2. Detaching the tablet PC from the tablet PC keyboard Hardware Guide 89 331734-001.book Page 10 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM External Device Connections Cable Lock Loop the cable around a secure object, then insert the cable lock key 1 into the security cable lock 2. Then insert the cable lock into the security cable slot 3 on the tablet PC. Connecting an optional cable lock The purpose of security solutions is to act as a deterrent. These solutions do not prevent the product from being mishandled or stolen. 810 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 1 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM 9 Additional Hardware Options Obtaining Upgrades To order or learn more about optional hardware upgrades and accessories, visit the HP Web site at http://www.hp.com. The hardware upgrade area is English only. Or, refer to the Worldwide Telephone Numbers booklet, included in English only with the tablet PC, to contact an HP-authorized dealer, reseller, or service provider. For information about obtaining and installing software updates and upgrades, refer on this CD to the Software Guide. Using a PC Card A PC Card is a credit cardsized accessory designed to conform to the standard specifications of the Personal Computer Memory Card International Association (PCMCIA). The tablet PC supports both 32-bit CardBus and 16-bit PC Cards. A PC Card can be used to add modem, sound card, memory, storage, wireless communication, or digital camera functions to the tablet PC. A PC Smart Card Reader or a biometric identification PC Card can add security. The purpose of security solutions is to act as a deterrent. These solutions do not prevent the product from being mishandled or stolen. Hardware Guide 91 331734-001.book Page 2 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Additional Hardware Options Selecting a PC Card A Type I or Type II PC Card can be used. A Type III PC Card will not fit into the PC Card slot of the tablet PC. (Types I, II, and III PC Cards vary by thickness, with Type III being the thickest.) Zoomed video cards are not supported. Configuring a PC Card CAUTION: If you install all of the software or any of the enablers provided by a PC Card manufacturer, you may not be able to use other PC Cards. If you are instructed by the documentation included with a PC Card to install device drivers:
Install only the device drivers for the Microsoft Windows XP Tablet PC Edition operating system. Do not install other software, such as card services, socket services, or enablers, that may also be supplied by the PC Card manufacturer. 92 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 3 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Additional Hardware Options Inserting a PC Card CAUTION: To prevent damage to the PC Card connectors, use minimal force when inserting a PC Card into the PC Card slot. 1. Hold the PC Card label-side up with the connector facing the tablet PC. 2. Gently push the card into the PC Card slot until the card is seated. Inserting a PC Card Stopping and Removing a PC Card CAUTION: To prevent loss of work or an unresponsive system, stop a PC Card before removing it. An inserted PC Card uses power even when it is not in use. To conserve power, stop a PC Card when you are not using it. 1. Close all applications and complete all activities that are supported by the PC Card. 2. To stop a PC Card, select the system tray icon for Safely Remove Hardware, then follow the instructions on the screen.
(To display the Safely Remove Hardware icon, select the system tray icon for Show Hidden Icons.) Hardware Guide 93 331734-001.book Page 4 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Additional Hardware Options 3. To release the PC Card, press the PC Card eject button 1. 4. Gently pull out the PC Card 2. Removing a PC Card Using an SD Card An SD Card is smaller than a PC Card, but can add similar functions to the tablet PC system. Most commonly, an SD Card is used to add backup, storage, wireless network, fax/modem, or cellular telephone functions. When using an SD Card, HP recommends that you connect the system to external power whenever possible. Some SD Cards use large amounts of power and can quickly drain a battery pack. CAUTION: To prevent loss of work or damage to an SD Card:
Do not save your work to an SD Card unless the tablet PC is connected to external power or you are certain that the battery pack has enough charge remaining to complete the operation. Do not shut down the tablet PC or remove the SD Card until all activities supported by the card are complete. 94 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 5 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Additional Hardware Options Configuring an SD Card If an SD Card manufacturer instructs you to install card-specific drivers, be sure to install only the drivers supported by the Windows XP Tablet PC Edition operating system. If you are unsure of driver compatibility, contact the SD Card manufacturer. Inserting an SD Card CAUTION: To prevent damage to the SD Card connectors, use minimal force when inserting an SD Card into the SD Card slot. 1. Hold the SD Card label-side up with the connector facing the tablet PC. 2. Gently push the card into the SD Card slot until the card is seated. Inserting an SD Card Hardware Guide 95 331734-001.book Page 6 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Additional Hardware Options Stopping and Removing an SD Card CAUTION: To prevent loss of work or an unresponsive system, stop an SD Card before removing it. An inserted SD Card uses power even when it is not in use. To conserve power, stop an SD Card when you are not using it. 1. Close all applications and complete all activities that are supported by the SD Card. 2. To stop an SD Card, select the system tray icon for Safely Remove Hardware, then follow the instructions on the screen.
(To display the Safely Remove Hardware icon, select the system tray icon for Show Hidden Icons.) 3. To release the SD Card, press inward on the SD Card 1. 4. Gently pull out the SD Card 2. Removing an SD Card 96 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 7 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Additional Hardware Options Increasing Memory You can increase the amount of RAM (random access memory) in the tablet PC with an optional PC Card or with an optional memory module. The tablet PC has one user-accessible memory slot. The slot supports a PC133-compliant 128-megabyte, 256-megabyte, or 512-megabyte memory module. Displaying Memory Information When the amount of RAM in the system increases, the operating system increases the hard drive space reserved for the hibernation file. If you experience problems with Hibernation after increasing RAM, verify that your hard drive has enough free space for the larger hibernation file. To display the amount of RAM in the system:
Select Start > Control Panel > Performance and Maintenance icon > System icon > General tab. To display both the amount of free space on your hard drive and the amount of space required by the hibernation file:
Select Start > Control Panel > Performance and Maintenance icon > Power Options icon > Hibernate tab. Hardware Guide 97 331734-001.book Page 8 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Additional Hardware Options Removing or Inserting a Memory Module WARNING: To prevent exposure to electric shock, work only in the memory and mini PCI compartment during this procedure. The hard drive bay and the memory and mini PCI compartment are the only user-accessible internal compartments on the tablet PC. All other areas that require a tool to access should be opened only by an HP-authorized service provider. WARNING: To prevent exposure to electric shock and damage to the tablet PC, shut down the tablet PC, unplug the power cord, and remove the battery pack before installing a memory module. CAUTION: To prevent electrostatic discharge from damaging electronic components: Discharge static electricity from yourself by touching a grounded metal object before beginning this procedure. For more information about preventing electrostatic damage, refer on this CD to the Regulatory and Safety Notices guide. 1. Be sure that you have followed the instructions in the preceding warnings and caution. If you are not sure whether the tablet PC is off or in Hibernation, slide and release the power switch. If your work returns to the screen, save your work, exit all applications, then shut down the tablet PC. 2. Disconnect all external devices connected to the tablet PC. 3. Disconnect the power cord. 4. Remove the battery pack. 5. If the tablet PC keyboard is attached to the tablet PC, detach the keyboard. 98 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 9 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Additional Hardware Options 6. Turn the tablet PC front side down. 7. Remove the two memory and mini PCI compartment retaining screws 1. 8. Slide, lift, then remove the memory and mini PCI compartment cover 2. Opening the memory compartment Hardware Guide 99 331734-001.book Page 10 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Additional Hardware Options 9. Remove or insert the memory module. To remove a memory module:
a. Release the retention clips on each side of the memory module 1. (The memory module tilts upward.) b. Grasp the edges of the memory module, then gently pull it out of the memory slot 2. c. To protect a removed memory module, place it in an electrostatic-safe container. Removing a memory module 910 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 11 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Additional Hardware Options To insert a memory module:
a. Align the keyed (notched) edge of the memory module with the keyed area in the memory slot 1. b. Press the memory module into the slot from a 45-degree angle until it is seated 2. c. Push the memory module downward until the retention clips snap into place 3. Inserting a memory module Hardware Guide 911 331734-001.book Page 12 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Additional Hardware Options 10. Align the tabs on the memory compartment cover with the cover slots on the tablet PC 1, then press downward on the cover until it is seated. 11. Reinsert the two retaining screws that secure the memory and mini PCI compartment cover to the tablet PC 2. Replacing the memory compartment cover 912 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 1 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM 10 Maintenance, Shipping and Travel Maintaining Software HP recommends that you:
Install all software updates as they become available. For instructions, refer on this CD to the Software Guide, Software Updates and Restorations chapter. Install and use virus protection software. Antivirus software can be purchased from most computer or electronics retailers. Back up your work and system software frequently. For information about using the operating system backup utility, select Start > Help and Support > Performance and Maintenance topic. In the upper left pane of the Performance and Maintenance window, select the Backing Up Your Data check box. For information about selecting optional backup software or hardware, consult with your authorized HP dealer, reseller, or service provider. Hardware Guide 101 331734-001.book Page 2 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Maintenance, Shipping and Travel Protecting Hardware To protect and prolong the performance of your hardware, observe the following cautions. CAUTION: To prevent damage to your hardware or loss of work:
Carry and store the tablet PC in the portfolio or an optional Executive Portfolio. Do not place anything on top of the tablet PC, even when it is in a portfolio. Use the tablet PC only on solid surfaces and in open areas. Do not allow a hard surface, such as an adjoining optional printer, or a soft surface, such as carpet, clothing, or bedding, to block the vent. Protect the tablet PC from liquids and excessive moisture. Do not expose the tablet PC to direct sunlight, extreme temperatures, or ultraviolet light for extended periods of time. Keep all hard drives and diskettes away from magnetic fields. Magnetic fields can corrupt data stored on hard drives and diskettes. If the tablet PC will be unused for one week or more, shut it down. If the tablet PC will be disconnected from external power for more than one month, shut down the tablet PC and remove the battery pack. For information about storing the battery pack, see Chapter 3,Battery Packs. 102 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 3 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Maintenance, Shipping and Travel Using Portfolios To protect the tablet PC screen, HP recommends that you use or transport the tablet PC with a portfolio attached. A slim portfolio that protects the tablet PC or the tablet PC attached to an optional keyboard is included with the tablet PC. An optional leather Executive Portfolio that provides additional protection, has slots for business cards, and accommodates additional items is available in most regions. To obtain the Executive Slimline or Workstation Portfolio, refer to the Worldwide Telephone Numbers booklet included in English only with the tablet PC to contact your authorized HP dealer, reseller, or service provider. Attaching a Portfolio When you are using only the tablet PC, press the 2 tabs on the portfolio into the 2 universal attachment slots on the tablet PC. Identifying the universal attachment slots on the tablet PC Hardware Guide 103 331734-001.book Page 4 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Maintenance, Shipping and Travel When you are using the tablet PC attached to the tablet PC keyboard, press the 2 tabs on the portfolio into the 2 universal attachment slots on the keyboard. Identifying the universal attachment slots on a tablet PC keyboard 104 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 5 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Maintenance, Shipping and Travel Detaching a Portfolio To release a portfolio from the tablet PC, slide an hold the attachment release switch on the tablet PC. Sliding the attachment release switch on the tablet PC To release a portfolio from the tablet PC keyboard, slide and hold the attachment release switch on the tablet PC keyboard. Sliding the attachment release switch on the tablet PC keyboard Hardware Guide 105 331734-001.book Page 6 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Maintenance, Shipping and Travel Cleaning Hardware WARNING: To prevent electric shock or damage to components, do not attempt to clean the tablet PC until you:
Shut down the tablet PC. Disconnect the tablet PC from external power. Disconnect all powered external devices from the tablet PC. CAUTION: Do not spray liquids on the tablet PC. Household solvents can permanently damage tablet PC surfaces, and any liquid can damage the internal components of the tablet PC or an optional keyboard. Cleaning the Screen To remove smudges and lint, clean the screen with a soft, lint-free cloth dampened with water or a glass cleaning liquid. Antistatic screen cleaner or premoistened antistatic wipes may also be used. 106 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 7 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Maintenance, Shipping and Travel Cleaning a Tablet PC Keyboard Dust, lint, and other debris can affect the performance of an optional tablet PC keyboard. To prevent sticking or nonfunctioning keys, clean the keyboard frequently using a can of compressed air with a straw extension. Blow the compressed air around the base of each key. To clean the key surfaces, use a soft, damp, lint-free cloth. Using a household vacuum cleaner to clean the keyboard may deposit, rather than remove, debris. Cleaning a tablet PC keyboard with a can of compressed air Hardware Guide 107 331734-001.book Page 8 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Maintenance, Shipping and Travel Replacing Hardware Replacing the System Hard Drive The system hard drive is the hard drive in the hard drive bay. Remove the system hard drive only for repair or replacement. CAUTION: To prevent an unresponsive system and loss of work:
Shut down the tablet PC before removing the system hard drive. Do not remove the system hard drive while the tablet PC is powered on, in Standby, or in Hibernation. To verify that the tablet PC is off and not in Hibernation, slide and release the power switch. If your work returns to the screen, save your work, exit all applications, then shut down the tablet PC. 108 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 9 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Maintenance, Shipping and Travel 1. Save your work, then shut down the tablet PC. 2. Turn the tablet PC front side down. 3. Remove the 2 hard drive bay cover retaining screws 1. 4. Slide, lift, then remove the hard drive bay cover 2. Removing the hard drive bay cover CAUTION: The connector pins on the hard drive are designed to support only the minimal insertions or removals that may be required for repair or replacement. To prevent damage to the hard drive connectors, be careful not to bend them while removing the hard drive. Hardware Guide 109 331734-001.book Page 10 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Maintenance, Shipping and Travel 5. To remove the hard drive, gently disengage the drive connectors 1 by sliding the hard drive toward the lower edge of the tablet PC. 6. Remove the drive from the bay 2. Removing a system hard drive from the hard drive bay 1010 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 11 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Maintenance, Shipping and Travel 7. To insert the replacement hard drive, lower the drive into the hard drive bay 1, then slide the connectors on the hard drive toward the connectors in the bay 2 until the connectors engage and the drive is seated. Inserting a system hard drive into the hard drive bay Hardware Guide 1011 331734-001.book Page 12 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Maintenance, Shipping and Travel 8. Align the tabs on the hard drive bay cover with the cover slots on the tablet PC 1, then press downward on the cover until it is seated. 9. Reinsert the 2 retaining screws that secure the cover to the tablet PC 2. Replacing the hard drive bay cover 1012 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 13 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Maintenance, Shipping and Travel Replacing a Pointing Stick Cap Two pointing stick replacement caps are included with an optional tablet PC keyboard. To replace a worn pointing stick cap:
1. If the keyboard is attached to the tablet PC, shut down the tablet PC. 2. Gently pull off the used pointing stick cap. 3. Push a replacement cap into place. Replacing the pointing stick cap Hardware Guide 1013 331734-001.book Page 14 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Maintenance, Shipping and Travel Preparing the Tablet PC for Shipping or Travel 1. Back up your work. 2. Remove a PC Card or SD Card. 3. Undock the tablet PC from an optional Docking Station. 4. Turn off, then disconnect all optional external devices such as headphones or an External MultiBay. (It is not necessary to detach the tablet PC from the tablet PC keyboard.) 5. Shut down the tablet PC. 6. If the tablet PC will be disconnected from an external power source for more than one month, shut down the tablet PC, remove the battery pack, and store the battery pack in a cool, dry place. 7. If you are shipping the tablet PC, insert it into a portfolio, place it in the original packing box or similar protective packaging, and label the package FRAGILE. 1014 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 15 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Maintenance, Shipping and Travel Traveling with the Tablet PC Checklist for Travelers Take along a backup of your work. Do not pack the backup with the tablet PC. Carry the tablet PC with you. Do not check it with your luggage. If you will have access to an optical drive, you may want to take along the Documentation Library CD. If not, HP suggests that you print and take with you the Contacting HP section later in this chapter. Do not expose the tablet PC, a hard drive, or a diskette to a magnetic security detector. The security device that examines carry-on items placed on a conveyer belt uses x-rays and is safe for the tablet PC and all drive media. The walk-through security device and handheld security wands are magnetic and may damage the tablet PC, a hard drive, or a diskette. If you plan to use the tablet PC during a flight, check with the airline in advance. In-flight tablet PC use is at the discretion of the airline. If you expect to encounter climatic extremes, see the Specifications chapter, Tablet PC Operating Environment section. Hardware Guide 1015 331734-001.book Page 16 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Maintenance, Shipping and Travel If you are traveling internationally:
If you plan to use an internal modem, review Chapter 6, Internal Modem for information about using adapters and country configurations. You may want to print and take with you the Solving Travel Connection Problems section of that chapter if you are not bringing the Documentation Library CD. Check the computer-related customs regulations for each country on your itinerary. Consult with an electronics retailer or an HP authorized dealer, reseller, or service provider about power cord and adapter requirements for each location in which you plan to use the tablet PC. (Voltage, frequency, and plug configurations vary.) To contact an HP-authorized dealer, reseller, or service provider near you, refer to the Worldwide Telephone Numbers booklet included in English only with the tablet PC. WARNING: To reduce the risk of electric shock, fire, or damage to the equipment, do not attempt to run the tablet PC with a voltage converter kit sold for appliances. Contacting HP Getting Help from the Internet If you have Internet access, you can resolve most problems that may arise while traveling with the tablet PC by using HP Help and Support. HP Help and Support provides links to specific areas of the HP Web site (http://www.hp.com) where you can:
Obtain all documentation included with your tablet PC as well as other information about your tablet PC such as specifications, white papers, and customer advisories. Initiate an online service event with an HP support specialist. 1016 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 17 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Maintenance, Shipping and Travel Download the latest drivers, utilities, and other software updates for your tablet PC. Subscribe to the HP Support Software CD. To access these links and descriptions of the options they provide, select Start > HP Help and Support. The HP Help and Support menu is displayed in the left panel. Not all links are available worldwide, and most sites are available in limited languages. Getting Help Without Using the Internet If you need help and cannot access the Internet:
To obtain troubleshooting information:
Refer on this CD to the Troubleshooting guide. Refer to the Solving Problems chapter in the printed Startup Guide included with the tablet PC. To obtain a list of worldwide Technical Support telephone numbers:
Select Start > Control Panel > Performance and Maintenance icon > System icon. Then, near the lower edge of the System Properties window, select the Support Information button. Refer to the printed Worldwide Telephone Numbers booklet included in English only with the tablet PC. Hardware Guide 1017 331734-001.book Page 1 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM 11 Specifications The information in this chapter may be helpful if you plan to use or transport the tablet PC internationally or in extreme environments. Tablet PC and Tablet PC Keyboard Dimensions Dimension Metric U.S. Height Width Depth 2.1 cm 21.0 cm 27.1 cm 0.8 in 8.3 in 10.8 in Hardware Guide 111 331734-001.book Page 2 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Specifications Tablet PC Operating Environment U.S. Factor Metric Temperature Operating Nonoperating 10 to 35 C 50 to 95 F
-10 to 60 C 14 to 140 F Relative humidity (noncondensing) Operating Nonoperating 10 to 90%
5 to 90%
10 to 90%
5 to 90%
Maximum altitude (unpressurized) Operating Nonoperating 3,048 m 9,144 m 10,000 ft 30,000 ft Tablet PC Rated Input Power The tablet PC operates on DC power, which can be supplied by an AC or DC power source. Input Power Operating voltage Operating current Operating frequency range Rating 100120/220240 Vrms 1.7/0.85 A RMS 50 to 60 Hz AC When powered by a DC source This product is designed for IT power systems in Norway with 18.5 V MAX phase-to-phase voltage not exceeding 240 Vrms. 112 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 3 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Specifications Modem Specifications This tablet PC has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device. Factor Temperatures Operating Nonoperating Specification 10 to 40 C (50 to 104 F)
-20 to 60 C (-4 to 140 F) Relative Humidity (noncondensing) Operating Nonoperating Interfaces 10 to 90%
5 to 90%
Communications connector Standard RJ-11 connector Host Connector mini PCI Type III Power Requirements
+3.3 volts 5%, +3.3 vaux 5%
Finding More Environmental Information The specifications in this chapter contain information about exposing the tablet PC to environmental extremes. For similar information about storing battery packs, see the Battery Packs chapter, Storing a Battery Pack section. For information about exposing the tablet PC to sunlight, ultraviolet light, x-rays, or magnetic fields, see the Maintenance, Shipping and Travel chapter, Protecting Hardware section. Hardware Guide 113 331734-001.book Page 1 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Index analog telephone lines 66 antennas 17, 110 antivirus software 101 applications key 124 applications. See software AT commands 68 attachment release switch on tablet PC 114, 89 on tablet PC keyboard 127 audio devices, external connecting 81 jacks for 55 audio-out jack 55 Auto/Air Cable AC power connector 111 connecting 315 tasks supported by 39 Automobile Power Adapter/Charger AC power connector 111 connecting 315 tasks supported by 38 AutoPlay 48 B backup software 101 battery bay alignment slots 34 A AC adapter AC power connector 111 connecting 315 disconnecting 31 identifying 122 light 12 AC power connector 111 AC power, switching to and from 31 adapter for AC power cord. See AC adapter for connecting AC adapter to electrical outlet (Japan only) 122 for modem. See modem adapter adjustment, tilt 126 airport security devices 1015 alignment key 126 key slot 19 notches, docking 125 slots, battery bay 34 slots, docking 18 tabs, battery pack 34 altitude specifications 112 Hardware Guide Index1 331734-001.book Page 2 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Index inserting battery pack into 34 Microsoft Certificate of Authenticity label, inside 117 release latch 115 removing a battery pack security screw from 36 removing battery pack from 32 battery light 12 battery pack button and lights on 312 calibrating 316 charging 38 disposing of 321 inserting 34 monitoring charge in 310 Quick Check feature 312 recycling 321 release latch 115 security screws 36 storing 31, 320 tabs 34 battery power conserving 319 low-battery conditions 313, 314 running tablet PC on 31 switching to and from 31 battery, bridge 314 biometric identification PC Cards 91 board mini PCI 116, 75 modem 61 bridge battery 314 button(s) battery quick check 312 esc 16, 212 Journal launch 13, 29 media eject, on diskette drive 47 media release, on optical drive 45 PC Card eject 94 pen 22 pointing stick 219 Q menu 16, 210 reset 212 rotate 13, 29 tab 16, 211 Tablet PC Input Panel launch 13, 28 Windows Security 15, 211 See also jog dial; latch; switch C cable DC 111 modem 121, 63 modem vs. network 121 network 121, 72 security 810 cable lock, security 810 calibration battery pack 316 pen 24 cap, replacing pointing stick 1013 caps lock light 123 card and socket services, PC Card 92 Index2 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 3 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM CD-ROM, CD-RW drives. See drives CDs included with tablet PC 119 CDs, CD-RWs. See drive media circuitry, noise suppression on modem cable 63 on network cable 72 command controls identified 26 procedures 28 Quick Reference 27 commands, AT 68 compartment memory 116, 99 connector(s) AC power 111 connection procedures 81 docking 114 drive 43 external monitor 111 External MultiBay 111 keyboard 19 modem 62 network 121 telephone 121 USB 82 See also fasteners for tablet pc keyboard; jack conservation, power 319 controls, command 26 cord, power 121 See also cable country-specific modem adapter configuring software for use with 65 connecting 64 Index included with tablet PC 122 when required 62 critical low-battery condition identifying 313 restoring from 315 ctrl+alt+delete command 211 D DC cable 111 device drivers for external devices 81 modem 61 network 71 PC Card 92 SD (Secure Digital) 95 updating 1017 USB 82 dial, jog described 213 identified 26 dialing modes (pulse vs. tone) 66 digital telephone lines 66 dimensions, tablet PC 111 disc drive, diskette drive. See drives disc, diskette. See drive media disk, rotation 125 display device images, managing 81 docking alignment notches 125 alignment slots 18 connector 114 connector pass-through 127 restraint latch recess 114 Hardware Guide Index3 331734-001.book Page 4 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Index Docking Station audio-out jack on 53 docking alignment notches 125 docking alignment slots 18 docking connector 114 drives supported by 41 drive media affected by airport security 43 affected by Standby and Hibernation 48 caring for 49 displaying contents of 48 inserting a CD or DVD 44 inserting a diskette 47 playing 410 removing a CD or DVD (power available) 45 removing a CD or DVD (power unavailable) 46 removing a diskette 47 types and terms 42 drivers. See device drivers drives adding to system 41 affected by airport security 43 caring for 43 shipping 43 supported 41 types and terms 42 USB 82 See also hard drive, system DVD, DVD/CD-RW drive. See drives DVDs, CD-RWs. See drive media E eject button diskette drive 47 optical drive 45 PC Card 94 electrostatic discharge (ESD) 98 enablers, PC Card 92 enter command 213 environmental specifications 111 esc button identified 16 procedures 212 ESD (electrostatic discharge) 98 external devices connecting, disconnecting 81 USB 82 See also connector(s); fasteners for tablet PC keyboard; jack;
specific types of devices external monitor connector 111 External MultiBay connectors for 111 drives supported 41 External MultiBay connector 111 F F11/F12 key procedures 223 responding to Network Service Boot prompt with 75 fasteners for tablet PC keyboard 84 FDD (floppy disk drive). See drives feet, tilt and stationary 118 Index4 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 5 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Fn, specific functions of on on-screen keyboard 217 on tablet PC keyboard 221, 223 freeze, system 211 function keys (F1, F2, etc.) accessing F12 on tablet PC keyboard 223 accessing, on on-screen keyboard 217 standard functions of 124 H hard drive bay cover 108 cover retaining screws 108 replacing system hard drive in 108 hard drive, system defined 42 displaying amount of free space on 97 replacing 108 retaining screw 109 space on, required for Hibernation file 97 See also drives HDD (hard disk drive). See hard drive, system headphones audio-out jack 55 connecting 56, 81 headset connecting 56, 81 headset jack 55 Index Hibernation avoiding while playing media 48 identifying 108 initiated during critical low-battery condition 313 initiating 315 resuming from 315 holder, pen 25 hooks, keyboard 126, 84 HP Support Software CD 1017 hub, USB 82 humidity specifications 112 I identifying pen components 11 identifying tablet PC components additional 119 back 114 front 12 left side 19, 110 lower side 18 right side 14 top 110, 111 identifying tablet PC keyboard components additional 128 back 127 front 123 internal wireless activity light 12 internal wireless LAN antennas 17, 110 documentation 75 optimizing transmissions 17 Hardware Guide Index5 331734-001.book Page 6 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Index J jack audio-out 55 connection procedures 81 headset 55 microphone 55 PBX 66 RJ-11 telephone 62 RJ-45 network 72 See also connector(s) Japan-specific outlet adapter 122 jog dial identified 17 procedures 213 Journal application 29 Journal launch button identified 13 procedures 29 K key(s) F11/F12 223 function (F1, F2, etc.) 124 Microsoft logo 124 numeric keypad 220 Windows application 124 keyboard, external USB connecting 82 supported 21 keyboard, on-screen 217 keyboard, tablet PC alignment key 126 attaching 83 cleaning 107 closing 86 components identified 123 connector 126 detaching 87, 88 F11/F12 key 223 hooks 126 latch 87 locking to tablet PC 87 numeric keypad 220 obtaining 218 opening 85, 87 pointing device 219 releasing 87, 88 replacing pointing stick cap 1013 rotating 85 securing 86 setting pointing device preferences 220 shipping 1014 tilting 85 unlocking 87 L label Microsoft Certificate of Authenticity 117 modem approvals 117 product identification 117 system 117 wireless certification 117 LAN. See internal wireless LAN;
network LAN connection lights 73 landscape orientation defined 214 rotate button 13 Index6 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 7 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Landscape View, Primary and Secondary 214 latch battery pack release 115, 33 docking restraint, recess 114 keyboard 87 See also button(s); switch light(s) AC adapter 12 battery 12 battery quick check 312 caps lock 123 LAN connection 73 power/standby 14 wireless LAN activity 12 local area network. See internal wireless LAN; network lock, security cable 810 lockup, system 14 low-battery conditions identifying 313 resolving 315 M magnetic fields, affecting hardware 1015 media eject button 47 media, drive avoiding Standby and Hibernation while using 48 caring for 49 displaying contents of 48 software 410 types and terms 42 memory displaying amount of 97 Index module, inserting or removing 98 modules supported 97 slots available 97 microphone, external connecting 57, 81 microphone jack 55 microphone, internal 54 Microsoft logo key 124 modem adapter configuring software for use with 65 connecting 64 included 122 when required 62 modem cable connecting 62 included 121 noise suppression circuitry on 63 RJ-11 telephone jack 111 vs. network cable 121 modem commands 68 modem, internal board 61 setting country preferences for 65 specifications 61, 113 travel connection troubleshooting 66 using while connected to a network 71 modes, dialing (pulse vs. tone) 66 module, memory 97 monitor, external connecting 81 Hardware Guide Index7 331734-001.book Page 8 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Index displaying image on 81 external monitor connector 111 mouse, external setting preferences for 21 supported 21 USB connectors 82 N network accessing at startup 74 connection specifications 71 hardware and software included 71 LAN lights 73 Service Boot prompt 75 turning connection on and off 73 using internal modem while connected to 71 network cable connecting 72 included 121 noise suppression circuitry on 72 RJ-45 network jack 111 vs. modem cable 121 No Dial Tone error message 67 noise suppression circuitry on modem cable 63 on network cable 72 number keys, on keypad 220 keys, on on-screen keyboard 217 Product Key 117 serial 117 numeric keypad 220 O operating environment specfications 112 operating system Product Key number 117 optical disc. See drive media optical drive. See drives Outlook 29 P PBX jack 62, 66 PC Card eject button 94 enablers and card and socket services 92 functions 91 inserting 93 microdrive 41 removing 94 stopping 93 pen attaching 25 button 22 calibration 24 components 11 entering information with 22 Help and tutorials 21 Journal application 21, 27 pen-activated buttons 26 setting preferences for 25, 220 Index8 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 9 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM peripherals connecting, disconnecting 81 USB 82 See also connector(s); fasteners for tablet PC keyboard; jack;
specific types of devices pointing device(s) command controls 26 on tablet PC keyboard 218 pen 21 setting preferences for 25, 220 using in Setup utility 74 pointing stick cap replacing 1013 spares included 128 portfolio(s) attaching 103 detaching 105 Executive 103 included with tablet PC 103 when to use 103 portrait orientation defined 214 rotate button 13 Portrait View, Primary and Secondary 214 power connector, AC 111 conservation 319 cord 121 rated input 112 switch 14 switching between external and battery 31 See also battery power Index Power Meter 310 power/standby light 14 Product Key number 117 projector connecting 81 displaying image on 81 external monitor connector 111 pulse dialing mode 66 PXE (Preboot eXecution Environment) server 74 Q Q Menu Brightness tab 319 described 210 Internal and External item 81 Internal Only item 81 menu 16 volume controls 52 Q menu button identified 16 procedures 210 Quick Check feature, battery 312 R RAM (random access memory) 97 recycling a battery pack 321 regulatory information Class B designation (FCC) 113 release latch, battery pack 33 release switch, attachment on tablet PC 114, 89 on tablet PC keyboard 127 reset (emergency shut down) 211 Hardware Guide Index9 331734-001.book Page 10 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Index RJ-11 telephone jack connecting 62 modem cable 121 RJ-45 network jack connecting 72 network cable 121 rotate button identified 13 procedures 29 setting preferences for 214 rotation disk 125 RPL (Remote Program Load) server 74 S screen protector included with Docking Station 19 slots, on tablet PC 19 slots, on tablet PC keyboard 127 universal attachment slots 19, 127 screen, cleaning 106 SD (Secure Digital) Card drivers 95 functions 94 power considerations 94, 96 stopping 96 Secure Digital Card, See also SD
(Secure Digital) Card security cable lock 810 screws, battery pack 36 security devices, affecting hardware 1015 serial number 117 servers, network 74 Setup utility accessing 74 network settings 74 resetting the tablet PC 212 shipping the tablet PC 1014 shutting down the tablet PC 211 Sleep. See Standby slipcase 103 slot(s) alignment key 19 battery bay 34 docking alignment 18 memory 97 PC Card 93 screen protector, on keyboard 127 screen protector, on tablet PC 19 SD (Secure Digital) Card 95 security cable 810 universal attachment, on tablet PC 19 universal attachment, on tablet PC keyboard 127 socket services, PC Card 92 Soft Modem AT Command Refer-
ence Manual 68 software AT command 68 AutoPlay 48 backup 101 Journal 29 modem 319, 61, 68 Outlook 29 Index10 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 11 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Power Meter 310 setting up 22 Setup utility 212 Tablet PC Input Panel 217 Task Manager 211 Windows Security window 211 speakers, external audio-out jack 55 connecting 56, 81 speakers, internal 53 specifications modem 61, 113 network 71 tablet PC 111 Standby avoiding while playing media 48 initiated during critical low-battery condition 313 initiating 315 power/standby light 14 resuming from 315 stylus.See pen sunlight, affecting tablet PC 102 support, HP customer 1016 Suspend. See Standby switch attachment release, on keyboard 127 attachment release, on tablet PC 114 power 14 See also button(s); latch system hard drive. See hard drive, system Index system lockup 211 T tab button identified 16 procedures 211 responding to Network Service Boot prompt with 75 Tablet PC Input Panel application 217 Tablet PC Input Panel launch button identified 13 procedures 28 tablet PC keyboard. See keyboard, tablet PC telephone jack (RJ-11) connecting 63 modem cable 121 telephone line(s) analog vs. digital 66 connecting modem to 62 temperature(s) operating 112 overheating 110 storage, for battery packs 320 thermal vent 110 tilt adjustment 126 feet 118 tone dialing mode 66 traveling with the tablet PC Auto/Air Cable 315 Automobile Power Adapter/Charger 315 Hardware Guide Index11 331734-001.book Page 12 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Index battery pack temperature considerations 320 connecting the modem 62, 65 modem approvals label 117 operating environment specifications 112 wireless certification label 117 troubleshooting modem problems, while traveling 66 resources 1017 turning off the tablet PC 211 tutorials Journal 29 Tablet PC Input Panel 29 Type I, II, and III PC Cards 92 U ultraviolet light, affecting tablet PC 102 universal attachment slots on tablet PC 19 on tablet PC keyboard 127 USB connector 111 devices, connecting 82 External MultiBay connector 111 hub 82 utilities. See software V vent 110 virus protection software 101 volume controls adjusting volume with 51 conserving power with 319 W Windows applications key 124 Windows Security button identified 15 procedures 211 wireless LAN, internal antennas 17, 110 documentation 75 optimizing transmissions 17 wireless LAN activity light 12 worldwide telephone numbers, HP 1017 X x-rays, affecting hardware 1015 Z zoomed video 92 Index12 Hardware Guide
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Revised users manual | Users Manual | 1.73 MiB | November 12 2003 |
331734-001.book Page 1 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM 1 External Components Pen Components Component 1 Pen tip 2 Pen button 3 Pen tether eyelet Description Interacts with the tablet PC whenever the tip is touching the screen or within 1.27 cm (0.5 inch) of the screen. When tapped on or held over a pen-activated button, activates the button. Functions like the right button on an external mouse. Used with the tether eyelet on the tablet PC, enables you to tether the pen to the tablet PC. Hardware Guide 11 331734-001.book Page 2 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM External Components Tablet PC Components Front: Lights and Bluetooth Component 1 AC adapter light 2 Battery light 3 Bluetooth antenna 4 Wireless activity light Description On: AC power is being supplied through the AC adapter. On: A battery pack is charging. Flashing: A battery pack that is the only available power source has reached a low-battery condition. Sends and receives Bluetooth*
Integrated Wireless signals. On: The wireless mini PCI and/or Bluetooth are on. Off: The wireless mini PCI and/ or Bluetooth are off.
*Bluetooth is not available on all models For optimal performance when using Bluetooth, keep the area around the antenna free from obstructions. 12 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 3 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Front: Pen-Activated Buttons External Components Component Description 1 Tablet PC Input Panel launch button*
2 Journal launch button*
3 Rotate button*
When Windows is running, opens the Microsoft Tablet PC Input Panel application, which includes a handwriting pad and an on-screen keyboard. When Windows is running, opens and closes the Microsoft Journal application, which supports handwriting. Switches the image between landscape and portrait orientation.
*This table describes default settings. For information about changing the functions of the Tablet PC Input Panel launch, Journal launch, and rotate buttons, see Chapter 2, Pen, Command Controls and Keyboards. Hardware Guide 13 331734-001.book Page 4 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM External Components Right Side: Power Switch and Power/Standby Light Component 1 Power switch*
2 Power/standby light Description When the tablet PC is:
Off: Turns on the tablet PC. On: Initiates Standby.*
In Standby: Resumes tablet PC from Standby. In Hibernation: Resumes tablet PC from Hibernation.*
If the system has stopped responding and Windows shut down procedures cannot be used, slide and hold for 4 seconds to turn off the tablet PC. On: Tablet PC is on. Flashing: Tablet PC is in Standby. Off: Tablet PC is off or in Hibernation.
*This table describes default settings. For information about changing the functions of the power switch and about using Standby and Hibernation, refer on this CD to the Software Guide, Power chapter. 14 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 5 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM External Components Right Side: Windows Security and Display Toggle Buttons Component Description 1 Windows Security button*
When pressed with the pen tip or a small object like the end of a paper clip while:
Windows is open, enters the ctrl+alt+delete 2 Display Toggle button command. The Setup utility is open, enters the reset command. When Windows is running, toggles the external monitor display settings:
Internal only Internal and External Extended Desktop
*This table describes default settings. For information about changing the functions of the Windows Security button, see Chapter 2, Pen, Command Controls and Keyboards. To protect your work and the system, the ctrl+alt+delete command cannot be entered using the Ctrl, Alt, and Del keys on the on-screen keyboard. Hardware Guide 15 331734-001.book Page 6 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM External Components Right Side: Esc, Tab and Q Menu Buttons Component 1 Esc button*
2 Tab button*
3 Q menu button*
Description While the tablet PC is:
Starting up and a flashing pointer is displayed on the screen, opens the Setup utility. In Windows, functions like esc on a standard keyboard. When Windows is running, functions like tab on a standard keyboard. When Windows is running, opens or closes the Q Menu.
*This table describes default settings. For information about changing the functions of the esc, tab, and Q menu buttons, see Chapter 2, Pen, Command Controls and Keyboards. The tab button can also be used, instead of an F12 command, to respond to a Network Service Boot prompt during startup. 16 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 7 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Right Side: Jog Dial and Antenna External Components Component 1 Jog dial*
Description Functions like enter and the up and down arrow keys on a standard keyboard. Press inward to enter a command. Rotate upward to scroll upward. Rotate downward to scroll downward. 2 Antennas, not visible from the outside of the tablet PC Sends and receives internal wireless LAN signals.
*This table describes default settings. For information about changing the rotation functions of the jog dial, see Chapter 2, Pen, Command Controls and Keyboards. For optimal performance, keep the antennas free from obstructions while you are using an internal wireless LAN. Hardware Guide 17 331734-001.book Page 8 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM External Components Lower Side Component Description 1 Docking alignment slots (2) 2 Speakers (2) 3 Audio-out jack 4 Headset jack 5 Microphone jack Secure the tablet PC to an optional Tablet PC Docking Station. Produce stereo sound. Connects optional stereo headphones or powered stereo speakers. Connects an optional headset, such as a mobile telephone headset with a microphone and a monaural ear piece. Connects an optional monaural or stereo microphone. 6 Microphone Inputs monaural sound.*
*If you are using speech recognition or other software that requires optimal sound quality, you must use an optional external microphone or a headset. 18 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 9 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM External Components Left Side: Attachment Slots and Keyboard Connector Component Description 1 Screen protector slots (2) 2 Universal attachment slots (2) 3 Keyboard connector 4 Alignment key slot Secure the screen protector* when it is attached to the tablet PC. Secure the portfolio, a screen protector*, or an attachment, such as a tablet PC keyboard, to the tablet PC. Connects the tablet PC keyboard to the tablet PC. Accepts an alignment key to safeguard attachment procedures. For example, matching the alignment key on the tablet PC keyboard to the alignment key slot helps you correctly orient the tablet PC to the keyboard as you attach the tablet PC to the keyboard.
*A screen protector is included with an optional Tablet PC Docking Station. Hardware Guide 19 331734-001.book Page 10 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM External Components Left Side: Security Cable Slot, Vent and Antenna Component Description 1 IrDA Fast Infrared Port 2 Security cable slot 3 Vent Transmits and receives infrared transmissions between the tablet PC and other infrared devices. Attaches an optional security cable to the tablet PC. Allows airflow to cool internal components. To prevent overheating, do not obstruct the vent. Do not allow a hard surface, such as an adjoining optional printer, or fabric, such as bedding or clothing, to block airflow. 4 Antenna*, not visible from the outside of the tablet PC Receives internal wireless LAN signals.
*The tablet PC has 2 antennas. The other antenna is found on the right side of the tablet PC. For optimal performance, keep the antennas free from obstructions while you are using an internal wireless LAN. 110 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 11 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Top: Connectors and Jacks External Components Component Description 1 USB connector Connects an optional USB 2.0- or 1.1-compliant device.*
2 External MultiBay connector Connects an optional USB 2.0- or 1.1-compliant device.*
3 RJ-11 telephone jack Connects a modem cable. 4 RJ-45 network jack Connects an Ethernet network cable. 5 External monitor connector Connects an optional VGA external monitor or projector. 6 AC power connector Connects an AC adapter or an optional DC cable, Auto/Air Cable, or Automobile Power Adapter/Charger.
*If an optional External MultiBay is connected to the USB connector, the External MultiBay must also be connected to external power. If an External MultiBay is connected to the External MultiBay connector, it is not necessary to connect the External MultiBay to external power. Hardware Guide 111 331734-001.book Page 12 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM External Components Top: Pen Holder and LAN Connection Lights Component Description 1 Pen holder (shown with pen 2 inserted) 3 LAN connection lights (2) Secures the pen to the tablet PC. Both lights off: The tablet PC is not connected to a LAN. Both lights on: The tablet PC is connected to a LAN with a 100 Mbps link. Green light on and yellow light off: The tablet PC is connected to a LAN with a 10 Mbps link. 112 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 13 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Top: Card Slots, Buttons and Tether Eyelet External Components Component 1 PC Card slot 2 PC Card eject button 3 Tablet PC tether eyelet Description Supports an optional Type I or Type II 32-bit (CardBus) or 16-bit PC Card. Ejects an optional PC Card from the PC Card slot. Used with the tether eyelet on the pen, enables you to tether the pen to the tablet PC. 4 SD (Secure Digital) Card slot Supports an optional SD Card. Hardware Guide 113 331734-001.book Page 14 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM External Components Back: Attachment Features and Hard Drive Bay Component Description 1 Docking connector 2 Docking restraint latch recess 3 Attachment release switch Connects the tablet PC to an optional Docking Station. Accepts the docking restraint latch on an optional Docking Station to secure the tablet PC to the Docking Station. Releases an attachment, such as the portfolio, a screen protector*, or an optional tablet PC keyboard, from the universal attachment slots on the tablet PC. 4 Hard drive bay Holds the system hard drive. 5 Hard drive bay retaining screws (2) Secure the hard drive bay cover to the tablet PC.
*A screen protector is included with an optional Tablet PC Docking Station. 114 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 15 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Back: Battery Bay External Components Component Description 1 Battery pack release latch 2 Battery quick check button on battery pack*
3 Battery quick check lights (3) on battery pack*
4 Battery bay Releases the battery pack from the battery bay. Activates the battery quick check lights
(see below) which display how much charge remains in the battery pack. On: Each light represents a percent of a full charge. For example, when all 3 lights are on, the battery pack is fully charged. Flashing: When one light is flashing, less than 5 percent of a full charge remains in the battery pack. Holds the battery pack. Also, contains one battery pack security screw.*
*This illustration shows the battery pack inserted in the battery bay. The battery pack is included with the tablet PC, but is not inserted. For insertion instructions and information about using a battery pack security screw for protection against theft, see Chapter 3, Battery Packs. Hardware Guide 115 331734-001.book Page 16 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM External Components Back: Memory and Mini PCI Compartment Component Description 1 Memory and mini PCI
(Peripheral Component Interconnect) compartment, not visible from the outside of the tablet PC Contains one memory slot for a PC133-compliant memory module. Also, holds an optional mini PCI board such as a wireless board. (A mini PCI board is included with some tablet PC models.) The FCC does not allow unauthorized mini PCI devices to be used in the tablet PC. Installing an unsupported mini PCI device can prevent your tablet PC from operating properly and may result in a warning message. To resume proper operation, remove the unauthorized device. Contact your HP Customer Care Center if a warning message about your mini PCI device displays in error. Secure the memory and mini PCI compartment cover to the tablet PC. 2 Memory and mini PCI compartment retaining screws (2) 116 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 17 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Back: Labels External Components Component Description 1 Microsoft Certificate of Authenticity label (inside the battery bay) Contains the Product Key number. You may need this number to update or troubleshoot the operating system. 2 System label Provides regulatory information about the tablet PC. 3 Product identification label Contains the serial number of the tablet PC and a code describing the original configuration of the tablet PC. You will need the serial number if you call HP Customer Care. 4 Modem approvals label 5 Wireless certification label
(on mini PCI wireless device) Lists the countries in which the modem has been approved for use.*
Lists the countries in which the wireless device has been approved for use.*
*You may need this information when traveling. Hardware Guide 117 331734-001.book Page 18 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM External Components Back: Tilt Feet and Pad Feet Component 1 Tilt feet (2) 2 Pad feet (2) Description While the tablet PC is being used in portrait orientation as a free-standing tablet, can elevate the top of the tablet PC to provide a comfortable writing and viewing angle. Stabilize the tablet PC when the tablet PC is placed as a free-standing tablet on a flat surface. 118 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 19 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM External Components Additional Tablet PC Standard Components The components included with the tablet PC vary by geographical region and the tablet PC hardware ordered. The following illustrations and tables identify the standard external components included with most tablet PC models. These illustrations do not include supplementary documentation, supplementary CDs, the portfolio that shipped attached to the tablet PC or an optional keyboard, or optional devices such as PC Cards or drives. The system hard drive ships inside the hard drive bay. Hardware Guide 119 331734-001.book Page 20 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM External Components Documentation CDs Among the CDs included are:
Documentation Library CD, which includes product-specific documentation for the tablet PC, along with modem, networking, safety, and regulatory information. For information about using the Documentation Library CD, refer to the printed Startup Guide included with the tablet PC. Documentation Library Wireless LAN CD, which includes documentation on the wireless devices available for the tablet PC. Documentation Library Bluetooth CD, which includes the guides and software for Bluetooth wireless connection. Wireless information may vary depending upon the exact configuration of your tablet PC. 120 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 21 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Cords and Cables External Components Component 1 Power cord*
2 Modem cable 3 Network cable Description Connects the AC adapter to an AC electrical outlet. Connects the modem to an RJ-11 telephone jack or to a country-specific modem adapter. The modem cable has a 6-pin RJ-11 telephone connector at each end. Connects the tablet PC to an RJ-45 (Ethernet network) jack. (A network cable is included with network models only.) The network cable has an 8-pin RJ-45 network connector at each end.
*Power cords vary in appearance by region. Hardware Guide 121 331734-001.book Page 22 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM External Components Adapters and Accessories Component 1 AC adapter*
2 Country-specific modem adapter (included by region as required with modem models only) Description Converts AC power to DC power. Adapts the modem cable to a non-RJ-11 telephone jack. 3 Japan-specific outlet adapter
(Japan only) Connects the AC adapter to a 2-prong electrical outlet. 4 Battery pack Runs the tablet PC when the tablet PC is not connected to external power.
*AC adapters vary in appearance by region. The only AC adapter that should be used with the tablet PC is the AC adapter included with the tablet PC or a replacement AC adapter provided by HP. 122 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 23 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Tablet PC Keyboard Components External Components This section identifies the hardware components of an optional tablet PC keyboard. For information about detaching, attaching, and adjusting the keyboard, see Chapter 8, External Device Connections. For information about using the keyboard, see Chapter 2, Pen, Command Controls and Keyboards. Front: Lights and Pointing Device Component Description 1 Num lock light On: The keypad is on. 2 Caps lock light On: Caps lock is on. 3 Pointing stick Moves the pointer and selects and activates items on the screen. 4 Left and right pointing stick buttons Function like the left and right buttons on an external mouse. Hardware Guide 123 331734-001.book Page 24 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM External Components Front: Keys Component Description 1 Function keys (11) 2 Fn Perform system and application tasks. For example, in Windows and many applications, pressing F1 opens a Help file. To enter an F11 function, press F11/F12. To enter an F12 function, press Fn+F11/F12. Combines with other keys to perform system tasks. For example, pressing Fn+num lk turns on the keypad. 3 Keypad keys (15)*
Can be used like the keys on an external numeric keypad. 4 Microsoft logo key Displays the Windows Start menu. 5 Applications key Displays a shortcut menu for an item beneath the pointer.
*For more information about using keypad keys, see Chapter 2, Pen, Command Controls and Keyboards. 124 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 25 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Front: Positioning and Security Features External Components Component 1 Rotation disk 2 Docking alignment notches (4) 3 Keyboard latch Description Rotates the tablet PC while it is attached to the keyboard. Help guide the tablet PC and keyboard into an optional Docking Station. When the tablet PC and keyboard are closed, locks the tablet PC to the keyboard:
Slide to the right to lock the tablet PC to the keyboard. Slide to the left to unlock the tablet PC from the keyboard. Hardware Guide 125 331734-001.book Page 26 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM External Components Top Component 1 Alignment key Description Inserts into the alignment key slot on the tablet PC to safeguard attachment procedures. For example, matching the alignment key to the alignment key slot on the tablet PC helps you correctly orient the tablet PC to the keyboard as you attach the tablet PC to the keyboard. 2 Keyboard hooks (2) Secure the tablet PC to the keyboard. 3 Keyboard connector 4 Tilt adjustment Connects the tablet PC to the keyboard. Tilts the tablet PC upward or downward while it is connected to the keyboard. 126 Hardware Guide 331734-001.book Page 27 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM Back External Components Component Description 1 Screen protector slots (2) 2 Attachment release switch 3 Docking connector pass-through 4 Universal attachment slots (2) Secure a screen protector* to the keyboard. Releases attachments, such as the portfolio, a screen protector*, or the tablet PC, from the keyboard. Allows the tablet PC to be connected to an optional Docking Station while the tablet PC is attached to the keyboard. Secure the portfolio, a screen protector*, or the tablet PC to the keyboard.
*A screen protector is included with an optional Tablet PC Docking Station. Hardware Guide 127 331734-001.book Page 28 Monday, July 14, 2003 3:47 PM External Components Additional Keyboard Standard Component Component Description Spare pointing stick caps (2) Replace a worn pointing stick cap. 128 Hardware Guide
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | User Manual | Users Manual | 750.41 KiB |
HP WLAN 802.11 a/b/g User Manual Chapter 2 Chapter 1 Chapter 4 About the HP WLAN 802.11a/b/g device ................................................. 3 1-1 Introduction .......................................................................................................... 3 1-2 Using a Wireless Local Area Network ................................................................. 3 1-3 Features and Requirements................................................................................... 4 Network Configuring and Planning............................................................ 5 2-1 Ad-Hoc Network .................................................................................................. 5 2-2 Access Point (Infrastructure) Network................................................................. 6 Chapter 3 Atheros Client Utility Installation................................................................... 7 3-1 Atheros Client Utility Installation ........................................................................ 7 Atheros Client Utility (ACU) Configuration ............................................ 10 4-1 Atheros Client Utility icon ................................................................................. 10 4-2 Current Status Tab .............................................................................................. 11 4-3 Profile Management ........................................................................................... 14 4-3-1 Create or Modify a Profile ............................................................................. 15 4-3-2 Security Settings in Profile Management........................................................ 17 4-3-3 Advanced settings in Profile Management...................................................... 21 4-4 Diagnostic Tab.................................................................................................... 22 4-5 Action Menu....................................................................................................... 23 4-5-1 Enable/Disable Radio...................................................................................... 23 4-5-2 Enable/Disable Tray Icon................................................................................ 23 Chapter 5 Wireless Configuration using Windows XP..................................................... 24 5-1 Configuring Your Wireless Networking Settings............................................... 24 5-2 Advanced Wireless Settings ............................................................................... 24 5-3 Disabling the Radio ............................................................................................ 25 5-4 Help and Support Information............................................................................ 25 Appendix A Atheros Client Utility Uninstall Process ................................................... 26 Appendix B - Glossary ..................................................................................................... 29 Appendix C Wireless Notices......................................................................................... 30 Chapter 1 About the HP WLAN 802.11a/b/g device 1-1 Introduction The HP WLAN 802.11a/b/g device allows you to access Wireless Local Area Networks (WLANs), share a local printer and files with others in your network, access the Internet, and roam about the officewirelessly. This wireless Local Area Network solution is designed for both large and small businesses, and it is scalable so that you can add users and new network features as your networking needs grow. The HP WLAN 802.11a/b/g device is a dual band WLAN device that allows for access to both 2.4Ghz and 5Ghz WLAN technologies. The HP WLAN 802.11a/b/g device will operate with at a maximum data rate of 11Mbps with 802.11b (2.4Ghz), 54Mbps with 802.11g (2.4Ghz) wireless networks and a maximum data rate of 54Mbps with 802.11a (5Ghz) wireless networks. The HP WLAN 802.11a/b/g device will automatically detect and seamlessly roam between both 802.11b
(2.4Ghz), 802.11g (2.4Ghz) and 802.11a (5Ghz) wireless networks 1-2 Using a Wireless Local Area Network A wireless LAN provides the same functionality of a wired network, but it eliminates the need to install networking cables and other networking equipment. Not only is a wireless LAN easier to deploy, but it also allows for mobility through roaming. For example the HP WLAN 802.11a/b/g device can roam from a conference room to an office without being disconnected from the network. 1-3 Features and Requirements The HP WLAN 802.11a/b/g device includes the following features:
Wireless Features Support for the IEEE 802.11a standard Support for the IEEE 802.11b standard Operates within the 2.4-GHz band Operates within the 5Ghz band Maximum data rate of up to 54 Mbps (802.11a/g) Maximum data rate of up to 11 Mbps (802.11b) Interoperability WiFi certified at 5Ghz to ensure wireless interoperability with other WiFi (802.11a) WiFi certified at 2.4Ghz to ensure wireless interoperability with other WiFi (802.11b) certified devices. certified devices. Security Cisco Client Extension compatibility (including LEAP) Wired Equivalent Privacy (WEP) encryption, operating with 64bit, 128bit or 152 bit encryption AES-CCM Encryption support Support for Windows 802.1X supplicants Chapter 2 Network Configuring and Planning A wireless LAN can be configured for two different modes of operation. While each method has its advantages, one may be better suited for your needs. Review the following configurations to determine which mode is best for you. Ad-Hoc Network Access Point (Infrastructure) Network 2-1 Ad-Hoc Network An Ad-Hoc network is the simplest to deploy and is ideal for small offices. Ad-Hoc wireless networks can be comprised of two or more wireless client configured to communicate with one another. All Ad-hoc clients communicate directly with each other without using an access point
(AP). As a user on this type of network, you are able to quickly build up a wireless network in order to share files with other employees, print to a shared office printer, and access the Internet through a single shared connection. Ad-hoc networking is cost effective, because no other devices components are needed (access points, hubs or routers) in order to setup a network. However, with peer-to-peer Ad-Hoc networking, your computer is only able to communicate with other nearby wireless clients. Networked computers send data directly to each other Characteristics Advantages Simple setup Cost efficiency Disadvantages Communication is limited to nearby wireless clients Figure 2-1 2-2 Access Point (Infrastructure) Network An Access Point network is also referred to as an Infrastructure network. The key difference between a wireless access point network and an Ad-Hoc network is the addition of one extra elementthe Access Point. The Access Point serves as the focal point for all data traffic on your wireless network, optimally managing all wireless data transactions. Additionally, the wireless Infrastructure can provide access to an existing wired LAN. This link allows computers on the infrastructure wireless LAN to access the other wired LANs resources and tools, including Internet access, email delivery, file transfer, and printer sharing. Characteristics Advantages Networked computers communicate with each other through a dedicated Access Point. All data transmitted between the computers on this wireless LAN passes through the access point. Extended range: The access point extends the range of the wireless LAN. Each wireless client computer can communicate with other computers equipped with wireless devices that are within the range of the access point. Roaming: As you move throughout the building, the HP WLAN 802.11a/b/g device will automatically search for an access point to use, ensuring continuous communication with the wireless network. Network connectivity: An access point can provide wireless LAN access to an existing wired network by bridging the two networks together. This gives users of the wireless LAN access to corporate email, Internet, shared printers and files. Disadvantages Because this network mode offers more features, it requires additional components and setup time to deploy. Figure 2-2 Chapter 3 Atheros Client Utility Installation Note for Windows XP Users: The Windows XP operating system has a built-in feature known as Wireless Zero Configuration which has the capability to configure and control the HP WLAN 802.11a/b/g device (See Chapter 5). Installing the Wireless LAN Client utility will disable this Windows XP feature. For most Windows XP users, it is recommended that they do not install the Atheros Client Utility. Installation of the Atheros Client utility is only needed if your wireless LAN network requires Cisco Client Extension or if you want to use Atheros Client Utility instead of Windows XP Wireless Zero configuration services. 3-1 Atheros Client Utility Installation 1. Begin installation by starting the software setup program according to the step described below Windows 2000 Double click the desktop icon labeled Software Setup. Windows XP - Choose Start\Programs\Software Setup 2. Click Next on the Software Setup Welcome dialog box. Figure 3-1 3. Scroll down and check the Box labeled, Atheros Client Utility. 4. Click on the Next button. Figure 3-2 Figure 3-3 5. Congratulations! Atheros Client Utility has been installed successfully. Please click Finish to go to the next step. Figure 3-4 6. The Atheros Client Utility will automatically be loaded each time your computer started. To access the utility click on Atheros Client Utility icon in the system tray (Uninstall information can be found in Appendix A) Chapter 4 Atheros Client Utility (ACU) Configuration The following sections describe the Atheros Client Utility (ACU). The ACU provides quick access and friendly interface to configure the Wireless LAN settings. If you are using Windows XP and have not installed the Atheros Client Utility, information on configuring your HP WLAN 802.11a/b/g device using Windows XP Zero Configuration feature can be found in Chapter 5. 4-1 Atheros Client Utility icon The Atheros Client Utility icon will appear in the system tray each time your computer is restarted. To utilize the utility, double click on the ACU icon. Figure 4-1 The Atheros Client Utility icon will display the current status of the wireless connection. . The number that appears in the upper left portion of the icon indicates the current frequency (2.4 Ghz or 5 Ghz) that the radio is operating in, when the radio is in a no link state the frequency band will toggle between 2.4 and 5 while it is scanning through those frequencies. The following are the various states that can be displayed by the icon Radio Disabled is indicates that the HP WLAN 802.11 a/b/g device has been disabled through either Hardware or Software Yellow bars, then the signal strength is very small and the wireless connection is at its limit of range Green bars indicate good or excellent signal strength is being received. See Figure 4-1 for the various states of the Atheros Client Utility icon. Figure 4-2 4-2 Current Status Tab The current status tab displays the following information about your wireless connection. Profile Name The current name of the selected configuration profile. Network Type The current type of wireless network that is either Access Point or Ad-hoc. Wireless Mode The current wireless mode is the frequency and data rate that has been selected. Current Channel Specifies the current channel that the HP WLAN 802.11 a/b/g is connected to or scanning on. Link Status The link can be either connected or disconnected to an Access point or other wireless client. Encryption Type Describes whether or not the wireless traffic is encrypting. IP Address The current IP address of the HP WLAN 802.11 a/b/g device. Figure 4-3 The Advanced button provides more detailed information regarding your wireless connection. Transmit Power Level Provides current setting of Radio output power Network Name (SSID) The wireless network name (SSID) that the device is currently connected with Power Save Mode The type of Power Savings that is configured on the device Frequency The current frequency that the Wireless device is connected or scanning on. Transmit Rate The transmit rate (Mbps) for the current connection for the wireless driver. Receive Rate The receive rate (Mbps) for the current connection for the driver. Figure 4-4 4-3 Profile Management The Profile Management tab allows the user to configure several different user defined profiles. Each profile can be configured to match the appropriate settings of a unique wireless network. The Profile box lists all the configured profiles. The Details dialog describes the basic settings (SSID, Network Type, Security Mode) of the highlighted profile. The active profile will be displayed with the wireless icon next to it. To make a profile active, highlight the profile and click on the Activate button. By setting a Profile active, you configure the wireless device to search for wireless networks that match up to those specific profile wireless settings. Figure 4-5 The Available networks button allows the user to view a list of all available wireless network that are within range of the HP WLAN 802.11 a/b/g . Each wireless network entry displays the SSID, encryption settings, signal strength level, channel and wireless mode information. You can create a new profile utilizing Available networks button by highlighting the wireless network you want to create a profile for and clicking on the Activate button. Figure 4-6 4-3-1 Create or Modify a Profile 1. From the Profile Management tab Click on the New or Modify button 2. The Network Configuration Settings dialog box will appear 3. In the Profile Name box, type in a unique name that describes the wireless network you are configuring the settings to connect to. 4. In the SSID boxes type in the SSID that matches up with the wireless network you are trying to configure the profile to connect with. There are three SSID selections
(SSID1, SSID2, SSID3) available; this feature allows you to configure a single profile to match up to 3 different SSIDs. Figure 4-7 5. Select the Security Tab to manage the security settings associated with this profile Figure 4-8 6. Choose the security setting that is required on the wireless network. Once the appropriate security mode is chosen the button next to the selection will enable you to include any additional information required by that security mode. 4-3-2 Security Settings in Profile Management The Security Tab allows you to configure the HP WLAN 802.11a/b/g device to match the security settings of the Wireless LAN network. Select the appropriate security mode Pre-Shared Keys This mode is commonly referred to as WEP encryption, and allows for setting of all four WEP keys. The pre-shared key selection also allows for setting of a unique key, which is used with higher forms of encryption such as AES. LEAP This is CCX compliant feature that allows for authentication with Cisco access points. This mode should only be used if your Wireless LAN requires LEAP authentication Externally Managed 802.1X Keys This security mode allows for dynamic switching of encryption keys using 802.1X authentication. This mode should only be used if your Wireless LAN requires 802.1X authentication. Disabled Use this mode when there is no security authentication or encryption is currently enabled on your Wireless LAN network. Figure 4-9 Setting Pre-Shared Keys Pre-Shared keys can be defined using the Define Pre-Shared Keys box Figure 4-10 Key Entry Method Determines the entry method for an encryption key:
Hexadecimal (0-9, A-F) ASCII text (any keyboard characters, A-Z, 0-9). PreUser Key Defines the unique encryption key for network configuration security. The Pre User key is used with many authentication mechanism and encryption Shared Keys Determines a set of shared encryption keys (First, Second, Third, Fourth) used for wireless encryption and security. At least one Shared Key field must be populated to enable security using a shared key. If more then one key is defined then Click on the radio button to select a key as the default encryption key. Key Length The options for Key Length are 64 bit encryption (10 digits) 128 bit encryption (26 digits) 152 bit encryption (32 digits) The number of available characters allowed to be entered in the encryption key field will automatically be determined by the Key length setting. Setting LEAP authentication LEAP authentication is a part of CCX compatibility and allows you to configure the HP WLAN 802.11 a/b/g device to match the work with a Wireless LAN that incorporates LEAP authentication. This mode should only be used if your Wireless LAN requires LEAP authentication. To configure the LEAP settings for a particular profile select LEAP in the security mode and click on the Define LEAP settings button to configure the settings described below. Username The username that is used to log in to the LEAP network Password The password used to log in to the LEAP network. This password is encrypted using the same encryption as the encryption keys. Figure 4-11 Figure 4-12 4-3-3 Advanced settings in Profile Management The advanced tab provide more complex wireless settings and these settings should only be modified if there is a specific requirement on your wireless network. a. Power Save Mode - allows the user to minimize power utilized by the HP WLAN 802.11 a/b/g device. Note: Setting Power Save Mode to enabled (Normal or Maximum) may cause the user to experience an extended connection delay of up to one minute. b. Network Type - allows the user to configure the HP WLAN 802.11 a/b/g device as either an Ad-hoc or Access Point type network c. 802.11b Preamble - allows setting the preamble support to match up with the specified wireless network. d. Transmit Power Level - allows the user to modify the power output of the radio. Setting. Note: Setting this to any other value except 100% will decrease range of your HP WLAN 802.11a/b/g device. Figure 4-13 Wireless Mode Setting The wireless Mode settings allow the user to specify which wireless frequency and data rate the wireless network is operating at. If all selections are chosen, the HP WLAN 802.11 a/b/g device will automatically search all frequencies and data rates for wireless networks that match up to the profile settings. Wireless Mode when starting Ad-Hoc setting The Wireless Mode when starting ad-hoc setting allows the user to determine the type of ad-hoc network to be started. Note: This setting will only take effect if there are no other ad-
hoc networks with the same SSID currently operating within range. If existing ad-hoc networks with the same SSID are currently operating, then the HP WLAN 802.11 a/b/g device will connect using the frequency and data rate provided by the exiting ad-hoc network. 4-4 Diagnostic Tab The diagnostic TAB displays the current data statistics for both receive and transmit. Additional statistics and driver information can be displayed using the appropriate labeled buttons. Figure 4-14 4-5 Action Menu The Action menu allows for enabling and disabling both the wireless radio and/or system tray icon. Figure 4-15 4-5-1 Enable/Disable Radio There may be situations when the user wants to disable the HP WLAN 802.11 a/b/g devices radio, so that the wireless device cannot send or receive any wireless traffic. If a user is in an environment where there are no wireless networks, the user may turn off the radio in order to minimize power consumption of the HP WLAN 802.11 a/b/g device. In the ACTION menu of the ACU there is an Enable Radio/Disable Radio selection. The choice provided in the menu will toggle the current state of the radio. Enable Radio: The Radio is currently OFF (Disabled), and the Enable Radio selection will turn ON the Radio of the wireless device. Disable Radio: The Radio is currently ON (Enabled), and the Disable Radio selection will turn OFF the Radio of the wireless device The HP WLAN 802.11 a/b/g device radio also may be disabled through an external button located on your platform, please review your platform users guide for additional information about the wireless enable/disable button 4-5-2 Enable/Disable Tray Icon In the ACTION menu of the ACU there is an Enable Tray Icon/Disable tray Icon selection. The choice provided in the menu will toggle the current state of the System tray Icon. Disable Tray Icon: This will remove the tray icon from you system tray. The system tray icon appears in the system tray again after system is restarted or if the Atheros Client utility is opened again through Start\Programs\Atheros\ACU. Enable Tray Icon: This will allow for the system tray icon to once again be placed in the system tray. Chapter 5 Wireless Configuration using Windows XP 5-1 Configuring Your Wireless Networking Settings The Windows XP operating system has a built-in feature known as Wireless Zero Configuration which has the capability to configure and control this Wireless LAN device. To configure your device with this feature follow the steps below 1. From the Start menu, select Control Panel. 2. Click Network and Internet Connections. 3. Click Network Connections. 4. Right-click the network connection associated with your HP WLAN 802.11 a/b/g device, and select Properties. 5. Click on the Wireless Networks tab. 6. Click on the link Setting Up Wireless Network Configuration. When the Help and Support Center window appears, you can access information regarding wireless Network configuration. To access configuration information of your adapter, follow the on-screen instructions. 5-2 Advanced Wireless Settings The HP WLAN 802.11 a/b/g device has several advanced settings which may need to be configured depending on your wireless network. It is recommended that these settings remain unchanged unless there is a specific need that requires modifying these settings. 1. From the Start menu, select Control Panel. 2. Click Network and Internet Connections. 3. Click Network Connections. 4. Right-click the connection for your HP WLAN 802.11a/b/g device, and select Properties. 5. From the General tab, click the Configure button. 6. Click on the Advanced TAB 7. Modify the wireless settings as required 5-3 Disabling the Radio There may be situations when the user wants to disable the HP WLAN 802.11 a/b/g device radio, so that the wireless device cannot send or receive any wireless traffic. If a user is in an environment where there are no wireless networks, the user may turn off the radio in order to minimize power consumption of the HP WLAN 802.11 a/b/g device. Follow the steps outlined in the Section 5-2 above labeled Advanced Wireless settings and choose the Radio ON/OFF selection. Select OFF To turn OFF radio of the HP WLAN 802.11 a/b/g device Select ON To turn ON the radio of the HP WLAN 802.11 a/b/g device The HP WLAN 802.11 a/b/g device radio may also be disabled through an external button located on your platform, please review your platform users guide for additional information about the wireless enable/disable button 5-4 Help and Support Information Configuration information and troubleshooting in Windows XP is available in Microsofts Help and Support Center on Windows XP systems. Links to the appropriate Microsoft Web sites are also available here. To access this information:
1. From the Start menu, select Control Panel. 2. Click Network and Internet Connections. 3. Click Network Connections. 4. Right-click the connection for your HP WLAN 802.11 a/b/g device, and select Properties. 5. From the General tab, click the Configure button. 6. From the General tab, click the Troubleshoot button. When the Help and Support Center window appears, you can access information regarding the Network adapter. To access configuration information of your adapter, follow the on-screen Instructions. For the network adapter to function in a wireless LAN, you must change the settings at Least once. Appendix A Atheros Client Utility Uninstall Process Follow the steps below to remove the Atheros Client Utility:
1. Access the Control Panel from the Start menu 2. Click on the Add/Remove Programs in the Control Panel. 3. Select Atheros Client Utility and click Change/Remove button, the dialog as below displays. Figure A-1 Figure A-2 Select Remove and then click the Next button to perform the un-installation. Click OK 2. button if you really want to remove the Atheros Client Utility. Figure A-3 3. Wait for the un-installation to do its work. Click Finish to complete the un-Installation. Figure A-4 Figure A-5 Figure A-6 Appendix B - Glossary ACU - Atheros Client Utility (ACU) is the utility that allows for configuration of the HP WLAN 802.11 a/b/g device Access Point - An internetworking device that seamlessly connects wired and wireless networks together. Ad Hoc - A peer- to-peer wireless network without Access Point. A group of wireless clients consistent an independent wireless LAN. Backbone - The core infrastructure of a network, the portion of the network that transports information from one central location to another central location. The information is then off-
loaded onto a local system. BSS - Basic Service Set. An Access Point associated with several wireless stations. ESS - Extended Service Set. More than one BSS can be configured as an Extended Service Set. An ESS is basically a roaming domain. ESSID Extended Service Set Identifier. The length of the ESSID information is between 0 and 32 octets. A 0 length identifier indicates the broadcast SSID. Ethernet - A popular local area data communications network, originally developed by Xerox Corp., which accepts transmission from computers and terminals. Ethernet operates on 10/100 Mbps transmission rate over shielded coaxial cable or over shielded twisted pair telephone wire. Infrastructure - An integrated wireless and wired LAN is called an infrastructure configuration. Roaming - A function that allows one to travel with a mobile end system (wireless LAN mobile station, for example) through the territory of a domain (an ESS, for example) while continuously connecting to the infrastructure. SSID Service Set Identifier (SSID) is the network name used by the Wireless LAN . The length of the SSID information is between 0 and 32 octets. WEP Wired Equivalent Privacy. The optional cryptographic confidentiality algorithm specified by IEEE 802.11 used to provide data confidentiality that is subjectively equivalent to the confidentiality of a wired local area network (LAN) medium that does not employ cryptographic techniques to enhance privacy. Appendix C Wireless Notices U.S. Regulatory Wireless Notice This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. The FCC requires the user to be notified that any changes or modifications made to device that are not expressly approved by the Hewlett-Packard Company may void the user's authority to operate the equipment. This product emits radio frequency energy, but the radiated output power of this device is far below the FCC radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact with the antenna during normal operation is minimized. Caution: Radio Frequency Interference Requirements. This device is restricted to indoor use due to its operation in the 5.15 to 5.25 GHz frequency range. FCC requires this product to be used indoors for the frequency range 5.15 to 5.25 GHz to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel Mobile Satellite systems. High power radar are allocated as primary user of the 5.25 to 5.35GHz and 5.65 to 5.85 GHz bands. These radar stations can cause interference with and / or damage this device.
Warning: Exposure to Radio Frequency Radiation The radiated output power of this device is far below the FCC radio frequency exposure limits. Nevertheless, the device should be used in such a manner that the potential for human contact during normal operation is minimized. In order to avoid the possibility of exceeding the FCC radio frequency exposure limits, human proximity to the antenna should not be less than 20cm (8 inches) during normal operation. 1) The antenna must be installed such that 20 cm is maintained between the antenna and users. For laptop installations, the antenna must be installed to ensure that the proper spacing is maintained in the event the users places the device in their lap during use (i.e. positioning of antennas must be placed in the upper portion of the LCD panel only to ensure 20 cm will be maintained if the user places the device in their lap for use) and 2) The transmitter module may not be co-located with any other transmitter or antenna. 3) Only integral antenna(s) as described in this document can be used. OEM integrator has to ensure that no instruction will be provided to the user to remove or to have access to the antenna(s). USA Radio Frequency Interference Requirements FCC Regulations Part 15 Declaration of Conformity (DoC) Ambit Microsystems Corporation declares that the equipment described in this document is within the requirements of the Code of Federal Regulations listed below:
Title 47 Part 15, Subpart B, Class B for a digital device. This declaration is based upon the compliance of the Wireless LAN Mini PCI Adapters to the above standards. Ambit has determined that the models listed have been shown to comply with the applicable technical standards if no unauthorized change is made in the equipment and if the equipment is properly maintained and operated. These units are identical to the units tested and found acceptable with the applicable standards. Records maintained by Ambit continue to reflect that units being produced under this Declaration of Conformity, within the variation that can be expected due to quantity production and tested on a statistical basis, continue to comply with the applicable technical standards. Canadian Regulatory Wireless Notice Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. European Union Notice 0984 Products bearing the CE marking comply with the R&TTE Directive (1999/5/EC), EMC Directive
(89/336/EEC) and the Low Voltage Directive (73/23/EEC) issued by the Commission of the European Community. Compliance with these directives implies conformity to the following European Norms (in parentheses are the equivalent international standards and regulations):
EN 55022 (CISPR 22) Electromagnetic Interference EN55024 (IEC61000-4-2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 11) Electromagnetic Immunity EN61000-3-2 (IEC61000-3-2) Power Line Harmonics EN61000-3-3 (IEC61000-3-3) Power Line Flicker EN 60950 (IEC 60950) Product Safety EN 300 328-2 Technical requirements for radio equipment EN 301 489-1, -17 General EMC requirements for radio equipment This product may be used in the following EU and EFTA countries: Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, Germany, Greece, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Liechtenstein, Luxembourg, Netherlands, Norway, Portugal, Sweden, Switzerland and United Kingdom. Products not marked with Not for use in France may be used in France. Japanese Regulatory Wireless Notice 2. 4 DS-OF 4 Note: In Japan 5GHz is for indoor use only Brazilian Regulatory Wireless Notice Este equipamento opera em carter secundrio, isto , no tem direito a proteo contra interferncia prejudicial, mesmo de estaes do mesmo tipo, e no pode causar interferncia a sistemas operando em carter primrio.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | External Photos and Antenna Location | External Photos | 405.55 KiB |
DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A 8. EUT PHOTOS EUT HOST DEVICES (HP, MODEL: TC1100) Page: 25 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 HOST DEVICES (HP, MODEL: TC1100) With keyboard KEYBOARD Removed keyboard Page: 26 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 EUT Location 802.11 a/b/g WLAN Mini-PCI Module Antenna B ANTENNAS LOCATIONS Antenna A Bluetooth module Page: 27 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | WLAN system label | ID Label/Location Info | 228.98 KiB | December 18 2003 |
?
3 0 9 6 0 H 7 0 J L C M
:
D I C C F s n a n o C t i
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Test Report 1 | Test Report | 1.07 MiB |
FCC CFR47 PART 15 SUBPART C CLASS II PERMISSIVE CHANGE TEST REPORT FOR 802.11 a/b/g WLAN MINI PCI MODULE MODEL NUMBER: J07H069.01 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 REPORT NUMBER: 03U2433-1 ISSUE DATE: DECEMBER 31, 2003 Prepared for AMBIT MICROSYSTEMS CORPORATION 5F-1, 5 HSIN-AN ROAD, HSINCU CITY SCIENCE-BASED INDUSTRAIL PARK, TAIWAN, R.O.C. Prepared by COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037, USA TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 REPORT NO: 03U2433-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g WLAN MINI PCI MODULE DATE: DECEMBER 31, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. TEST RESULT CERTIFICATION ................................................................................................. 3 2. EUT DESCRIPTION ......................................................................................................................... 4 2.1. DESCRIPTION OF EUT.............................................................................................................. 4 2.2. DESCRIPTION OF CLASS II PERMISSIVE CHANGE .............................................................. 4 3. TEST METHODOLOGY.................................................................................................................. 5 4. FACILITIES AND ACCREDITATION.......................................................................................... 5 5. CALIBRATION AND UNCERTAINTY ......................................................................................... 6 5.1. MEASURING INSTRUMENT CALIBRATION ............................................................................ 6 5.2. MEASUREMENT UNCERTAINTY .............................................................................................. 6 TEST AND MEASUREMENT EQUIPMENT ............................................................................... 7 5.3. 6. SETUP OF EQUIPMENT UNDER TEST....................................................................................... 8 7. APPLICABLE LIMITS AND TEST RESULTS........................................................................... 10 7.1. MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE EXPOSURE................................................................................... 10 7.2. RADIATED EMISSIONS ............................................................................................................ 13 TRANSMITTER RADIATED SPURIOUS EMISSIONS ................................................ 13 7.2.1. 7.2.2. TRANSMITTER RADIATED EMISSIONS ABOVE 1 GHZ.......................................... 16 7.2.3. WORST-CASE RADIATED EMISSIONS BELOW 1 GHz ............................................ 37 7.3. POWERLINE CONDUCTED EMISSIONS................................................................................ 41 8. SETUP PHOTOS.............................................................................................................................. 45 Page 2 of 48 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2433-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g WLAN MINI PCI MODULE DATE: DECEMBER 31, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 1. TEST RESULT CERTIFICATION COMPANY NAME:
AMBIT MICROSYSTEMS CORPORATION 5F-1, 5 HSIN-AN ROAD, HSINCU SCIENCE BASED INDUSTRIAL PARK, TAIWAN, R.O.C. EUT DESCRIPTION:
MODEL:
DATE TESTED:
802.11 A/B/G WLAN MINI PCI MODULE J07H069.01 DECEMBER 23-31, 2003 APPLICABLE STANDARDS STANDARD TEST RESULTS FCC PART 15 SUBPART C NO NON-COMPLIANCE NOTED Compliance Certification Services, Inc. tested the above equipment in accordance with the requirements set forth in the above standards. The test results show that the equipment tested is capable of demonstrating compliance with the requirements as documented in this report. Note: This document reports conditions under which testing was conducted and results of tests performed. This document may not be altered or revised in any way unless done so by Compliance Certification Services and all revisions are duly noted in the revisions section. Any alteration of this document not carried out by Compliance Certification Services will constitute fraud and shall nullify the document. Note: The 2.4 and 5.8 GHz bands are applicable to this report; another band of operation (5.2 GHz) is documented in a separate report. Approved & Released For CCS By:
Tested By:
MIKE HECKROTTE CHIEF ENGINEER COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES NEELESH RAJ EMC ENGINEER COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES Page 3 of 48 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. DATE: DECEMBER 31, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 REPORT NO: 03U2433-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g WLAN MINI PCI MODULE 2. EUT DESCRIPTION 2.1. DESCRIPTION OF EUT The EUT is an 802.11a/b/g transceiver in a mini-PCI form factor. The transmitter has a maximum peak conducted output power as follows:
Frequency Band Output Power Output Power
(MHz) 2412 - 2462 5745 - 5825
(W) 0.158 0.118
(dBm) 21.99 20.72 2.2. DESCRIPTION OF CLASS II PERMISSIVE CHANGE The radio module is intended to be used with an additional antenna pair. The main antenna is a Wistron J12B1394-1 PIFA Antenna with a maximum assembly gain (including cable loss) of 2.78 dBi in the 2400 2483.5 MHz band and 1.82 dBi in the 5725 - 5850 MHz band. The auxiliary antenna is a Wistron J12B1394-2 PIFA Antenna with a maximum assembly gain (including cable loss) of 2.12 dBi in the 2400 2483.5 MHz band and 0.76 dBi in the 5725 - 5850 MHz band. Page 4 of 48 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2433-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g WLAN MINI PCI MODULE DATE: DECEMBER 31, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 3. TEST METHODOLOGY The tests documented in this report were performed in accordance with ANSI C63.4/2001, FCC CFR 47 Part 2 and FCC CFR 47 Part 15. 4. FACILITIES AND ACCREDITATION The test sites and measurement facilities used to collect data are located at 561F Monterey Road, Morgan Hill, California, USA. The sites are constructed in conformance with the requirements of ANSI C63.4, ANSI C63.7 and CISPR Publication 22. All receiving equipment conforms to CISPR Publication 16-1, Radio Interference Measuring Apparatus and Measurement Methods. CCS is accredited by NVLAP, Laboratory Code 200065-0. The full scope of accreditation can be viewed at http://www.ccsemc.com. No part of this report may be used to claim or imply product endorsement by NVLAP or any agency of the US Government. Page 5 of 48 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2433-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g WLAN MINI PCI MODULE 5. CALIBRATION AND UNCERTAINTY DATE: DECEMBER 31, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 5.1. MEASURING INSTRUMENT CALIBRATION The measuring equipment utilized to perform the tests documented in this report has been calibrated in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, and is traceable to recognized national standards. 5.2. MEASUREMENT UNCERTAINTY Where relevant, the following measurement uncertainty levels have been estimated for tests performed on the apparatus:
PARAMETER UNCERTAINTY Radiated Emission, 30 to 200 MHz Radiated Emission, 200 to 1000 MHz Radiated Emission, 1000 to 2000 MHz Power Line Conducted Emission
+/- 3.3 dB
+4.5 / -2.9 dB
+4.5 / -2.9 dB
+/- 2.9 dB Uncertainty figures are valid to a confidence level of 95%. Page 6 of 48 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2433-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g WLAN MINI PCI MODULE DATE: DECEMBER 31, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 5.3. TEST AND MEASUREMENT EQUIPMENT The following test and measurement equipment was utilized for the tests documented in this report:
Page 7 of 48 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2433-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g WLAN MINI PCI MODULE 6. SETUP OF EQUIPMENT UNDER TEST SUPPORT EQUIPMENT DATE: DECEMBER 31, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 I/O CABLES TEST SETUP The EUT is installed inside the host laptop under the keyboard. The EUT has two antennas, a main and an auxiliary antenna. The main antenna is located at the top right hand corner of the LCD screen and the auxiliary antenna is located at the top left hand at corner of LCD screen. During the testing process the EUT was in continuously transmit mode. Page 8 of 48 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2433-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g WLAN MINI PCI MODULE SETUP DIAGRAM FOR TESTS DATE: DECEMBER 31, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 LAPTOP WITH EUT INSIDE 1 AC ADAPTER 2 115VAC/60Hz Page 9 of 48 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2433-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g WLAN MINI PCI MODULE DATE: DECEMBER 31, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 7. APPLICABLE LIMITS AND TEST RESULTS 7.1. MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE EXPOSURE LIMITS 1.1310 The criteria listed in Table 1 shall be used to evaluate the environmental impact of human exposure to radio-frequency (RF) radiation as specified in 1.1307(b), except in the case of portable devices which shall be evaluated according to the provisions of 2.1093 of this chapter. Page 10 of 48 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2433-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g WLAN MINI PCI MODULE DATE: DECEMBER 31, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 CALCULATIONS Given E =
(30 * P * G) / d and where S = E ^ 2 / 3770 E = Field Strength in Volts/meter P = Power in Watts G = Numeric antenna gain d = Distance in meters S = Power Density in milliwatts/square centimeter Combining equations and rearranging the terms to express the distance as a function of the remaining variables yields:
Changing to units of Power to mW and Distance to cm, using:
((30 * P * G) / (3770 * S)) d = P (mW) = P (W) / 1000 and d (cm) =100 * d (m) yields d = 100 * d = 0.282 *
(P * G / S)
((30 * (P / 1000) * G) / (3770 * S)) where d = distance in cm P = Power in mW G = Numeric antenna gain S = Power Density in mW/cm^2 Substituting the logarithmic form of power and gain using:
P (mW) = 10 ^ (P (dBm) / 10) and G (numeric) = 10 ^ (G (dBi) / 10) yields where d = 0.282 * 10 ^ ((P + G) / 20) / S Equation (1) d = MPE distance in cm P = Power in dBm G = Antenna Gain in dBi S = Power Density Limit in mW/cm^2 Equation (1) and the measured peak power is used to calculate the MPE distance. Page 11 of 48 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2433-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g WLAN MINI PCI MODULE LIMITS From 1.1310 Table 1 (B), S = 1.0 mW/cm^2 DATE: DECEMBER 31, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 Limit Power Density Output Power
(dBm) 21.99
(mW/cm^2) 1.0 Antenna Gain
(dBi) 2.78 MPE Distance
(cm) 4.88 2.4 GHz BAND RESULTS No non-compliance noted:
Band
(MHz) 2412 - 2462 5.8 GHz BAND RESULTS No non-compliance noted:
Band
(MHz) Power Density Limit
(mW/cm^2) Output Power
(dBm) 20.72 Antenna Gain
(dBi) 1.82 MPE Distance
(cm) 3.78 5745 - 5825 1.0 NOTE: For mobile or fixed location transmitters, the minimum separation distance is 20 cm, even if calculations indicate that the MPE distance would be less. Page 12 of 48 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2433-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g WLAN MINI PCI MODULE 7.2. RADIATED EMISSIONS DATE: DECEMBER 31, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 7.2.1. TRANSMITTER RADIATED SPURIOUS EMISSIONS LIMITS 15.205 (a) Except as shown in paragraph (d) of this section, only spurious emissions are permitted in any of the frequency bands listed below:
MHz MHz MHz GHz 0.090 - 0.110 10.495 - 0.505 2.1735 - 2.1905 4.125 - 4.128 4.17725 - 4.17775 4.20725 - 4.20775 6.215 - 6.218 6.26775 - 6.26825 6.31175 - 6.31225 8.291 - 8.294 8.362 - 8.366 8.37625 - 8.38675 8.41425 - 8.41475 12.29 - 12.293 12.51975 - 12.52025 12.57675 - 12.57725 13.36 - 13.41 16.42 - 16.423 16.69475 - 16.69525 16.80425 - 16.80475 25.5 - 25.67 37.5 - 38.25 73 - 74.6 74.8 - 75.2 108 - 121.94 123 - 138 149.9 - 150.05 156.52475 - 156.52525 156.7 - 156.9 162.0125 - 167.17 167.72 - 173.2 240 - 285 322 - 335.4 399.9 - 410 608 - 614 960 - 1240 1300 - 1427 1435 - 1626.5 1645.5 - 1646.5 1660 - 1710 1718.8 - 1722.2 2200 - 2300 2310 - 2390 2483.5 - 2500 2655 - 2900 3260 - 3267 3332 - 3339 3345.8 - 3358 3600 - 4400 4.5 - 5.15 5.35 - 5.46 7.25 - 7.75 8.025 - 8.5 9.0 - 9.2 9.3 - 9.5 10.6 - 12.7 13.25 - 13.4 14.47 - 14.5 15.35 - 16.2 17.7 - 21.4 22.01 - 23.12 23.6 - 24.0 31.2 - 31.8 36.43 - 36.5
(2) 1 Until February 1, 1999, this restricted band shall be 0.490-0.510 MHz. 2 Above 38.6 15.205 (b) Except as provided in paragraphs (d) and (e), the field strength of emissions appearing within these frequency bands shall not exceed the limits shown in Section 15.209. At frequencies equal to or less than 1000 MHz, compliance with the limits in Section 15.209 shall be demonstrated using measurement instrumentation employing a CISPR quasi-peak detector. Above 1000 MHz, compliance with the emission limits in Section 15.209 shall be demonstrated based on the average value of the measured emissions. The provisions in Section 15.35 apply to these measurements. Page 13 of 48 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. Field Strength
(microvolts/meter) Measurement Distance
(meters) DATE: DECEMBER 31, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 REPORT NO: 03U2433-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g WLAN MINI PCI MODULE 15.209 (a) Except as provided elsewhere in this Subpart, the emissions from an intentional radiator shall not exceed the field strength levels specified in the following table:
Frequency
(MHz) ______________________________________________________________ 30 - 88 88 - 216 216 - 960 Above 960 _______________________________________________________________
** Except as provided in paragraph (g), fundamental emissions from intentional radiators operating under this Section shall not be located in the frequency bands 54-72 MHz, 76-88 MHz, 174-216 MHz or 470-806 MHz. However, operation within these frequency bands is permitted under other sections of this Part, e.g., Sections 15.231 and 15.241. 15.209 (b) In the emission table above, the tighter limit applies at the band edges. 100 **
150 **
200 **
500 3 3 3 3 Page 14 of 48 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2433-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g WLAN MINI PCI MODULE DATE: DECEMBER 31, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 TEST PROCEDURE The EUT is placed on a non-conducting table 80 cm above the ground plane. The antenna to EUT distance is 3 meters. The EUT is configured in accordance with ANSI C63.4. The EUT is set to transmit in a continuous mode. For measurements below 1 GHz the resolution bandwidth is set to 100 kHz for peak detection measurements or 120 kHz for quasi-peak detection measurements. Peak detection is used unless otherwise noted as quasi-peak. For measurements above 1 GHz the resolution bandwidth is set to 1 MHz, then the video bandwidth is set to 1 MHz for peak measurements and 10 Hz for average measurements. The spectrum from 30 MHz to 26 GHz is investigated with the transmitter set to the lowest, middle, and highest channels of the 2.4 GHz band. The spectrum from 30 MHz to 40 GHz is investigated with the transmitter set to the lowest, middle, and highest channels of the 5.8 GHz band. The frequency range of interest is monitored at a fixed antenna height and EUT azimuth. The EUT is rotated through 360 degrees to maximize emissions received. The antenna is scanned from 1 to 4 meters above the ground plane to further maximize the emission. Measurements are made with the antenna polarized in both the vertical and the horizontal positions. RESULTS No non-compliance noted:
Page 15 of 48 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2433-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g WLAN MINI PCI MODULE DATE: DECEMBER 31, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 7.2.2. TRANSMITTER RADIATED EMISSIONS ABOVE 1 GHZ RESTRICTED BANDEDGE (b MODE, LOW CHANNEL, HORIZONTAL) LOW CH RESTRICTED, PEAK (802.11b mode, Horizontal) Page 16 of 48 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2433-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g WLAN MINI PCI MODULE DATE: DECEMBER 31, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 LOW CH RESTRICTED, AVG (802.11b mode, Horizontal) Page 17 of 48 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2433-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g WLAN MINI PCI MODULE DATE: DECEMBER 31, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 RESTRICTED BANDEDGE (b MODE, LOW CHANNEL, VERTICAL) LOW CH RESTRICTED, PEAK (802.11b mode, Vertical) Page 18 of 48 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2433-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g WLAN MINI PCI MODULE DATE: DECEMBER 31, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 LOW CH RESTRICTED, AVG (802.11b mode, Vertical) Page 19 of 48 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2433-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g WLAN MINI PCI MODULE DATE: DECEMBER 31, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 RESTRICTED BANDEDGE (b MODE, HIGH CHANNEL, HORIZONTAL) HIGH CH RESTRICTED, PEAK (802.11b mode, Horizontal) Page 20 of 48 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2433-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g WLAN MINI PCI MODULE DATE: DECEMBER 31, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 HIGH CH RESTRICTED, AVG (802.11b mode, Horizontal) Page 21 of 48 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2433-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g WLAN MINI PCI MODULE DATE: DECEMBER 31, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 RESTRICTED BANDEDGE (b MODE, HIGH CHANNEL, VERTICAL) HIGH CH RESTRICTED, PEAK (802.11b mode, Vertical) Page 22 of 48 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2433-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g WLAN MINI PCI MODULE DATE: DECEMBER 31, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 HIGH CH RESTRICTED, AVG (802.11b mode, Vertical) Page 23 of 48 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2433-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g WLAN MINI PCI MODULE HARMONICS AND SPURIOUS EMISSIONS (b MODE) DATE: DECEMBER 31, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 Page 24 of 48 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2433-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g WLAN MINI PCI MODULE DATE: DECEMBER 31, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 RESTRICTED BANDEDGE (g MODE, LOW CHANNEL, HORIZONTAL) LOW CH RESTRICTED, PEAK (802.11g mode, Horizontal) Page 25 of 48 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2433-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g WLAN MINI PCI MODULE DATE: DECEMBER 31, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 LOW CH RESTRICTED, AVG (802.11g mode, Horizontal) Page 26 of 48 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2433-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g WLAN MINI PCI MODULE DATE: DECEMBER 31, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 RESTRICTED BANDEDGE (g MODE, LOW CHANNEL, VERTICAL) LOW CH RESTRICTED, PEAK (802.11g mode, Vertical) Page 27 of 48 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2433-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g WLAN MINI PCI MODULE DATE: DECEMBER 31, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 LOW CH RESTRICTED, AVG (802.11g mode, Vertical) Page 28 of 48 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2433-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g WLAN MINI PCI MODULE DATE: DECEMBER 31, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 RESTRICTED BANDEDGE (g MODE, HIGH CHANNEL, HORIZONTAL) HIGH CH RESTRICTED, PEAK (802.11g mode, Horizontal) Page 29 of 48 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2433-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g WLAN MINI PCI MODULE DATE: DECEMBER 31, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 HIGH CH RESTRICTED, AVG (802.11g mode, Horizontal) Page 30 of 48 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Test Report 2 | Test Report | 3.50 MiB |
REPORT NO: 03U2433-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g WLAN MINI PCI MODULE DATE: DECEMBER 31, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 RESTRICTED BANDEDGE (g MODE, HIGH CHANNEL, VERTICAL) HIGH CH RESTRICTED, PEAK (802.11g mode, Vertical) Page 31 of 48 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2433-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g WLAN MINI PCI MODULE DATE: DECEMBER 31, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 HIGH CH RESTRICTED, AVG (802.11g mode, Vertical) Page 32 of 48 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2433-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g WLAN MINI PCI MODULE HARMONICS AND SPURIOUS EMISSIONS (g MODE) DATE: DECEMBER 31, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 Page 33 of 48 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2433-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g WLAN MINI PCI MODULE HARMONICS AND SPURIOUS EMISSIONS (g TURBO MODE) DATE: DECEMBER 31, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 Page 34 of 48 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2433-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g WLAN MINI PCI MODULE HARMONICS AND SPURIOUS EMISSIONS (a MODE) DATE: DECEMBER 31, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 Page 35 of 48 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2433-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g WLAN MINI PCI MODULE HARMONICS AND SPURIOUS EMISSIONS (a TURBO MODE) DATE: DECEMBER 31, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 Page 36 of 48 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2433-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g WLAN MINI PCI MODULE DATE: DECEMBER 31, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 7.2.3. WORST-CASE RADIATED EMISSIONS BELOW 1 GHz SPURIOUS EMISSIONS 30 TO 1000 MHz (WORST-CASE CONFIGURATION, HORIZONTAL) HORIZONTAL PLOT Page 37 of 48 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2433-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g WLAN MINI PCI MODULE HORIZONTAL DATA DATE: DECEMBER 31, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 Page 38 of 48 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2433-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g WLAN MINI PCI MODULE DATE: DECEMBER 31, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 SPURIOUS EMISSIONS 30 TO 1000 MHz (WORST-CASE CONFIGURATION, VERTICAL) VERTICAL PLOT Page 39 of 48 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2433-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g WLAN MINI PCI MODULE VERTICAL DATA DATE: DECEMBER 31, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 Page 40 of 48 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2433-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g WLAN MINI PCI MODULE DATE: DECEMBER 31, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 7.3. POWERLINE CONDUCTED EMISSIONS LIMIT 15.207 (a) Except as shown in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, for an intentional radiator that is designed to be connected to the public utility (AC) power line, the radio frequency voltage that is conducted back onto the AC power line on any frequency or frequencies within the band 150 kHz to 30 MHz shall not exceed the limits in the following table, as measured using a 50 H/50 ohms line impedance stabilization network (LISN). Compliance with the provisions of this paragraph shall be based on the measurement of the radio frequency voltage between each power line and ground at the power terminal. The lower limit applies at the boundary between the frequency ranges. TEST PROCEDURE The EUT is placed on a non-conducting table 40 cm from the vertical ground plane and 80 cm above the horizontal ground plane. The EUT is configured in accordance with ANSI C63.4. The resolution bandwidth is set to 9 kHz for both peak detection and quasi-peak detection measurements. Peak detection is used unless otherwise noted as quasi-peak. Line conducted data is recorded for both NEUTRAL and HOT lines. RESULTS No non-compliance noted:
Page 41 of 48 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2433-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g WLAN MINI PCI MODULE 6 WORST EMISSIONS DATE: DECEMBER 31, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 Page 42 of 48 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2433-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g WLAN MINI PCI MODULE LINE 1 RESULTS DATE: DECEMBER 31, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 Page 43 of 48 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2433-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g WLAN MINI PCI MODULE LINE 2 RESULTS DATE: DECEMBER 31, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 Page 44 of 48 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. DATE: DECEMBER 31, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 REPORT NO: 03U2433-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g WLAN MINI PCI MODULE 8. SETUP PHOTOS RADIATED EMISSIONS SETUP RADIATED FRONT PHOTO Page 45 of 48 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2433-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g WLAN MINI PCI MODULE RADIATED BACK PHOTO DATE: DECEMBER 31, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 Page 46 of 48 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2433-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g WLAN MINI PCI MODULE DATE: DECEMBER 31, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 POWERLINE CONDUCTED EMISSIONS MEASUREMENT SETUP LINE CONDUCTED FRONT PHOTO Page 47 of 48 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2433-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g WLAN MINI PCI MODULE LINE CONDUCTED BACK PHOTO DATE: DECEMBER 31, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 END OF REPORT Page 48 of 48 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | 5G SAR Attachment 1 | RF Exposure Info | 312.91 KiB |
Date/Time: 10/22/03 12:29:28 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services D5GHzV2_M5200_102203 DUT: Dipole 5200-5800MHz; Type: D5GHzV2; Serial: 1003 Program Name: System Performance Check at Body 5200 MHz Ambient Temperature: 25.0 deg C; Liquid Temperature: 23.5 deg C Communication System: CW 5200MHz; Frequency: 5200 MHz;Duty Cycle: 1:1 Medium: M5200MHz ( = 5.4839 mho/m, r = 48.9569, = 1000 kg/m3) Phantom section: Flat Section DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ES3DV2 - SN3021; ConvF(1.4, 1.4, 1.4); Calibrated: 7/29/2003
Sensor-Surface: 3.1mm (Mechanical Surface Detection)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 2; Type: SAM 2; Serial: 1050
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.8 Build 62 d=10mm, Pin=250mW/Area Scan (9x9x1): Measurement grid: dx=10mm, dy=10mm Reference Value = 89.3 V/m Power Drift = -0.1 dB Maximum value of SAR = 35 mW/g d=10mm, Pin=250mW/Zoom Scan (7x7x8)/Cube 0: Measurement grid: dx=4.3mm, dy=4.3mm, dz=3mm Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 84.7 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 22.9 mW/g; SAR(10 g) = 6.46 mW/g Reference Value = 89.3 V/m Power Drift = -0.1 dB Maximum value of SAR = 32.8 mW/g 0 dB = 32.8mW/g Date/Time: 10/22/03 12:29:28 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services D5GHzV2_M5200_102203 DUT: Dipole 5200-5800MHz; Type: D5GHzV2; Serial: 1003 DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ES3DV2 - SN3021; ConvF(1.4, 1.4, 1.4); Calibrated: 7/29/2003
Sensor-Surface: 0mm (Fix Surface)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 2; Type: SAM 2; Serial: 1050
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.8 Build 62 d=10mm, Pin=250mW/Z Scan (1x1x51): Measurement grid: dx=20mm, dy=20mm, dz=2mm Reference Value = 89.3 V/m Power Drift = -0.1 dB Maximum value of SAR = 15.1 mW/g Date/Time: 10/23/03 10:32:04 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services D5GHzV2_M5800_102303 DUT: Dipole 5200-5800MHz; Type: D5GHzV2; Serial: 1003 Program Name: System Performance Check at Body 5800 MHz Ambient Temperature: 25.0 deg C; Liquid Temperature: 23.5 deg C Communication System: CW-5800MHz; Frequency: 5800 MHz;Duty Cycle: 1:1 Medium: M5800MHz ( = 6.2951 mho/m, r = 47.2275, = 1000 kg/m3) Phantom section: Flat Section DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ES3DV2 - SN3021; ConvF(1.1, 1.1, 1.1); Calibrated: 7/29/2003
Sensor-Surface: 3.1mm (Mechanical Surface Detection)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 2; Type: SAM 2; Serial: 1050
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.8 Build 62 d=10mm, i/p power=250mW/Area Scan (8x9x1): Measurement grid: dx=10mm, dy=10mm Reference Value = 86.1 V/m Power Drift = -0.0 dB Maximum value of SAR = 26.7 mW/g d=10mm, i/p power=250mW/Zoom Scan (7x7x8)/Cube 0: Measurement grid: dx=4.3mm, dy=4.3mm, dz=3mm Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 91.5 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 22.8 mW/g; SAR(10 g) = 6.3 mW/g Reference Value = 86.1 V/m Power Drift = -0.0 dB Maximum value of SAR = 32.1 mW/g 0 dB = 32.1mW/g Date/Time: 10/23/03 10:32:04 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services D5GHzV2_M5800_102303 DUT: Dipole 5200-5800MHz; Type: D5GHzV2; Serial: 1003 DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ES3DV2 - SN3021; ConvF(1.1, 1.1, 1.1); Calibrated: 7/29/2003
Sensor-Surface: 0mm (Fix Surface)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 2; Type: SAM 2; Serial: 1050
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.8 Build 62 d=10mm, i/p power=250mW/Z Scan (1x1x51): Measurement grid: dx=20mm, dy=20mm, dz=2mm Reference Value = 86.1 V/m Power Drift = -0.0 dB Maximum value of SAR = 12.8 mW/g
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | 5G SAR Attachment 2 | RF Exposure Info | 1.59 MiB |
Date/Time: 10/22/03 17:07:12 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services C1_802.11a - Anenna A DUT: Ambit Microsystems Corp; Type: J07H069.01; Serial: N/A Program Name: Configuration 1 - 802.11a_Antenna A Ambient Temperature: 25.0 deg C; Liquid Temperature: 23.5 deg C Communication System: 802.11a; Frequency: 5260 MHz;Duty Cycle: 1:1 Medium: M5200MHz ( = 5.4839 mho/m, r = 48.9569, = 1000 kg/m3) Phantom section: Flat Section DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ES3DV2 - SN3021; ConvF(1.4, 1.4, 1.4); Calibrated: 7/29/2003
Sensor-Surface: 3.1mm (Mechanical Surface Detection)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 2; Type: SAM 2; Serial: 1050
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.8 Build 62 Middle/Area Scan (9x12x1): Measurement grid: dx=10mm, dy=10mm Reference Value = 2.71 V/m Power Drift = -0.17 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.575 mW/g Middle/Zoom Scan (7x7x8)/Cube 0: Measurement grid: dx=4.3mm, dy=4.3mm, dz=3mm Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 1.26 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 0.434 mW/g; SAR(10 g) = 0.184 mW/g Reference Value = 2.71 V/m Power Drift = -0.17 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.576 mW/g Date/Time: 10/22/03 17:07:12 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services C1_802.11a - Anenna A DUT: Ambit Microsystems Corp; Type: J07H069.01; Serial: N/A DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ES3DV2 - SN3021; ConvF(1.4, 1.4, 1.4); Calibrated: 7/29/2003
Sensor-Surface: 0mm (Fix Surface)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 2; Type: SAM 2; Serial: 1050
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.8 Build 62 Middle/Z Scan (1x1x51): Measurement grid: dx=20mm, dy=20mm, dz=2mm Reference Value = 2.71 V/m Power Drift = -0.1 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.246 mW/g Date/Time: 10/22/03 17:39:44 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services C1_802.11a - Anenna A DUT: Ambit Microsystems Corp; Type: J07H069.01; Serial: N/A Program Name: Configuration 1 - 802.11a_Antenna A Ambient Temperature: 25.0 deg C; Liquid Temperature: 23.5 deg C Communication System: 802.11a; Frequency: 5260 MHz;Duty Cycle: 1:1 Medium: M5200MHz ( = 5.4839 mho/m, r = 48.9569, = 1000 kg/m3) Phantom section: Flat Section DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ES3DV2 - SN3021; ConvF(1.4, 1.4, 1.4); Calibrated: 7/29/2003
Sensor-Surface: 3.1mm (Mechanical Surface Detection)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 2; Type: SAM 2; Serial: 1050
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.8 Build 62 Co-location/Area Scan (9x12x1): Measurement grid: dx=10mm, dy=10mm Reference Value = 2.82 V/m Power Drift = -0.1 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.581 mW/g Co-location/Zoom Scan (7x7x8)/Cube 0: Measurement grid: dx=4.3mm, dy=4.3mm, dz=3mm Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 1.24 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 0.436 mW/g; SAR(10 g) = 0.187 mW/g Reference Value = 2.82 V/m Power Drift = -0.1 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.589 mW/g Date/Time: 10/22/03 17:39:44 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services C1_802.11a - Anenna A DUT: Ambit Microsystems Corp; Type: J07H069.01; Serial: N/A DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ES3DV2 - SN3021; ConvF(1.4, 1.4, 1.4); Calibrated: 7/29/2003
Sensor-Surface: 0mm (Fix Surface)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 2; Type: SAM 2; Serial: 1050
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.8 Build 62 Co-location/Z Scan (1x1x51): Measurement grid: dx=20mm, dy=20mm, dz=2mm Reference Value = 2.82 V/m Power Drift = 0.1 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.256 mW/g Date/Time: 10/22/03 16:29:30 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services C1_802.11a - Anenna A DUT: Ambit Microsystems Corp; Type: J07H069.01; Serial: N/A Program Name: Configuration 1 - 802.11a_Antenna A Ambient Temperature: 25.0 deg C; Liquid Temperature: 23.5 deg C Communication System: 802.11a; Frequency: 5250 MHz;Duty Cycle: 1:1 Medium: M5200MHz ( = 5.4839 mho/m, r = 48.9569, = 1000 kg/m3) Phantom section: Flat Section DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ES3DV2 - SN3021; ConvF(1.4, 1.4, 1.4); Calibrated: 7/29/2003
Sensor-Surface: 3.1mm (Mechanical Surface Detection)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 2; Type: SAM 2; Serial: 1050
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.8 Build 62 Middle-Turbo mode/Area Scan (9x12x1): Measurement grid: dx=10mm, dy=10mm Reference Value = 2.36 V/m Power Drift = -0.1 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.379 mW/g Middle-Turbo mode/Zoom Scan (7x7x8)/Cube 0: Measurement grid: dx=4.3mm, dy=4.3mm, dz=3mm Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 0.782 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 0.273 mW/g; SAR(10 g) = 0.118 mW/g Reference Value = 2.36 V/m Power Drift = -0.1 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.366 mW/g Date/Time: 10/23/03 11:27:36 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services C1_802.11a - Anenna A DUT: Ambit Microsystems Corp; Type: J07H069.01; Serial: N/A Program Name: Configuration 1 - 802.11a_Antenna A Ambient Temperature: 25.0 deg C; Liquid Temperature: 23.5 deg C Communication System: 802.11a; Frequency: 5785 MHz;Duty Cycle: 1:1 Medium: M5800MHz ( = 6.2951 mho/m, r = 47.2275, = 1000 kg/m3) Phantom section: Flat Section DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ES3DV2 - SN3021; ConvF(1.1, 1.1, 1.1); Calibrated: 7/29/2003
Sensor-Surface: 3.1mm (Mechanical Surface Detection)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 2; Type: SAM 2; Serial: 1050
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.8 Build 62 Middle/Area Scan (9x13x1): Measurement grid: dx=10mm, dy=10mm Reference Value = 2.46 V/m Power Drift = -0.19 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.255 mW/g Middle/Zoom Scan (7x7x8)/Cube 0: Measurement grid: dx=4.3mm, dy=4.3mm, dz=3mm Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 0.955 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 0.229 mW/g; SAR(10 g) = 0.096 mW/g Reference Value = 2.46 V/m Power Drift = -0.19 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.286 mW/g Date/Time: 10/23/03 11:27:36 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services C1_802.11a - Anenna A DUT: Ambit Microsystems Corp; Type: J07H069.01; Serial: N/A DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ES3DV2 - SN3021; ConvF(1.1, 1.1, 1.1); Calibrated: 7/29/2003
Sensor-Surface: 0mm (Fix Surface)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 2; Type: SAM 2; Serial: 1050
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.8 Build 62 Middle/Z Scan (1x1x51): Measurement grid: dx=20mm, dy=20mm, dz=2mm Reference Value = 2.46 V/m Power Drift = -0.14 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.118 mW/g Date/Time: 10/23/03 12:39:06 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services C1_802.11a - Anenna A DUT: Ambit Microsystems Corp; Type: J07H069.01; Serial: N/A Program Name: Configuration 1 - 802.11a_Antenna A Ambient Temperature: 25.0 deg C; Liquid Temperature: 23.5 deg C Communication System: 802.11a; Frequency: 5800 MHz;Duty Cycle: 1:1 Medium: M5800MHz ( = 6.2951 mho/m, r = 47.2275, = 1000 kg/m3) Phantom section: Flat Section DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ES3DV2 - SN3021; ConvF(1.1, 1.1, 1.1); Calibrated: 7/29/2003
Sensor-Surface: 3.1mm (Mechanical Surface Detection)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 2; Type: SAM 2; Serial: 1050
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.8 Build 62 Middle-Turbo mode/Area Scan (9x12x1): Measurement grid: dx=10mm, dy=10mm Reference Value = 2.16 V/m Power Drift = 0.1 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.265 mW/g Middle-Turbo mode/Zoom Scan (7x7x8)/Cube 0: Measurement grid: dx=4.3mm, dy=4.3mm, dz=3mm Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 0.959 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 0.215 mW/g; SAR(10 g) = 0.092 mW/g Reference Value = 2.16 V/m Power Drift = 0.1 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.283 mW/g Date/Time: 10/22/03 18:27:10 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services C2_802.11a - Anenna B DUT: Ambit Microsystems Corp; Type: J07H069.01; Serial: N/A Program Name: Configuration 2 - 802.11a_Antenna B Ambient Temperature: 25.0 deg C; Liquid Temperature: 23.5 deg C Communication System: 802.11a; Frequency: 5260 MHz;Duty Cycle: 1:1 Medium: M5200MHz ( = 5.4839 mho/m, r = 48.9569, = 1000 kg/m3) Phantom section: Flat Section DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ES3DV2 - SN3021; ConvF(1.4, 1.4, 1.4); Calibrated: 7/29/2003
Sensor-Surface: 3.1mm (Mechanical Surface Detection)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 2; Type: SAM 2; Serial: 1050
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.8 Build 62 Middle/Area Scan (9x13x1): Measurement grid: dx=10mm, dy=10mm Reference Value = 3.19 V/m Power Drift = -0.007 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.188 mW/g Middle/Zoom Scan (7x7x8)/Cube 0: Measurement grid: dx=4.3mm, dy=4.3mm, dz=3mm Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 0.572 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 0.157 mW/g; SAR(10 g) = 0.103 mW/g Reference Value = 3.19 V/m Power Drift = -0.007 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.193 mW/g Date/Time: 10/22/03 18:35:02 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services C2_802.11a - Anenna B DUT: Ambit Microsystems Corp; Type: J07H069.01; Serial: N/A DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ES3DV2 - SN3021; ConvF(1.4, 1.4, 1.4); Calibrated: 7/29/2003
Sensor-Surface: 0mm (Fix Surface)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 2; Type: SAM 2; Serial: 1050
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.8 Build 62 Middle/Z Scan (1x1x51): Measurement grid: dx=20mm, dy=20mm, dz=2mm Reference Value = 3.19 V/m Power Drift = -0.17 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.065 mW/g Date/Time: 10/22/03 19:09:16 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services C2_802.11a - Anenna B DUT: Ambit Microsystems Corp; Type: J07H069.01; Serial: N/A Program Name: Configuration 2 - 802.11a_Antenna B Ambient Temperature: 25.0 deg C; Liquid Temperature: 23.5 deg C Communication System: 802.11a; Frequency: 5250 MHz;Duty Cycle: 1:1 Medium: M5200MHz ( = 5.4839 mho/m, r = 48.9569, = 1000 kg/m3) Phantom section: Flat Section DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ES3DV2 - SN3021; ConvF(1.4, 1.4, 1.4); Calibrated: 7/29/2003
Sensor-Surface: 3.1mm (Mechanical Surface Detection)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 2; Type: SAM 2; Serial: 1050
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.8 Build 62 Middle-Turbo mode/Area Scan (9x13x1): Measurement grid: dx=10mm, dy=10mm Reference Value = 3.1 V/m Power Drift = 0.14 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.139 mW/g Middle-Turbo mode/Zoom Scan (7x7x8)/Cube 0: Measurement grid: dx=4.3mm, dy=4.3mm, dz=3mm Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 0.400 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 0.125 mW/g; SAR(10 g) = 0.087 mW/g Reference Value = 3.1 V/m Power Drift = 0.14 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.138 mW/g Date/Time: 10/23/03 14:46:36 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services C2_802.11a - Anenna B DUT: Ambit Microsystems Corp; Type: J07H069.01; Serial: N/A Program Name: Configuration 2 - 802.11a_Antenna B Ambient Temperature: 25.0 deg C; Liquid Temperature: 23.5 deg C Communication System: 802.11a; Frequency: 5785 MHz;Duty Cycle: 1:1 Medium: M5800MHz ( = 6.2951 mho/m, r = 47.2275, = 1000 kg/m3) Phantom section: Flat Section DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ES3DV2 - SN3021; ConvF(1.1, 1.1, 1.1); Calibrated: 7/29/2003
Sensor-Surface: 3.1mm (Mechanical Surface Detection)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 2; Type: SAM 2; Serial: 1050
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.8 Build 62 Middle/Area Scan (9x13x1): Measurement grid: dx=10mm, dy=10mm Reference Value = 3.22 V/m Power Drift = 0.13 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.390 mW/g Middle/Zoom Scan (7x7x8)/Cube 0: Measurement grid: dx=4.3mm, dy=4.3mm, dz=3mm Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 0.947 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 0.323 mW/g; SAR(10 g) = 0.179 mW/g Reference Value = 3.22 V/m Power Drift = 0.13 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.403 mW/g Date/Time: 10/23/03 14:06:22 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services C2_802.11a - Anenna B DUT: Ambit Microsystems Corp; Type: J07H069.01; Serial: N/A Program Name: Configuration 2 - 802.11a_Antenna B Ambient Temperature: 25.0 deg C; Liquid Temperature: 23.5 deg C Communication System: 802.11a; Frequency: 5800 MHz;Duty Cycle: 1:1 Medium: M5800MHz ( = 6.2951 mho/m, r = 47.2275, = 1000 kg/m3) Phantom section: Flat Section DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ES3DV2 - SN3021; ConvF(1.1, 1.1, 1.1); Calibrated: 7/29/2003
Sensor-Surface: 3.1mm (Mechanical Surface Detection)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 2; Type: SAM 2; Serial: 1050
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.8 Build 62 Middle-Turbo mode/Area Scan (9x12x1): Measurement grid: dx=10mm, dy=10mm Reference Value = 3.29 V/m Power Drift = 0.13 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.420 mW/g Middle-Turbo mode/Zoom Scan (7x7x8)/Cube 0: Measurement grid: dx=4.3mm, dy=4.3mm, dz=3mm Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 1.03 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 0.332 mW/g; SAR(10 g) = 0.186 mW/g Reference Value = 3.29 V/m Power Drift = 0.13 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.409 mW/g Date/Time: 10/23/03 14:12:40 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services C2_802.11a - Anenna B DUT: Ambit Microsystems Corp; Type: J07H069.01; Serial: N/A DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ES3DV2 - SN3021; ConvF(1.1, 1.1, 1.1); Calibrated: 7/29/2003
Sensor-Surface: 0mm (Fix Surface)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 2; Type: SAM 2; Serial: 1050
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.8 Build 62 Middle-Turbo mode/Z Scan (1x1x51): Measurement grid: dx=20mm, dy=20mm, dz=2mm Reference Value = 3.29 V/m Power Drift = -0.16 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.167 mW/g Date/Time: 10/22/03 20:15:32 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services C3_802.11a - Anenna A DUT: Ambit Microsystems Corp; Type: J07H069.01; Serial: N/A Program Name: Configuration 3 - 802.11a_Antenna A Ambient Temperature: 25.0 deg C; Liquid Temperature: 23.5 deg C Communication System: 802.11a; Frequency: 5260 MHz;Duty Cycle: 1:1 Medium: M5200MHz ( = 5.4839 mho/m, r = 48.9569, = 1000 kg/m3) Phantom section: Flat Section DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ES3DV2 - SN3021; ConvF(1.4, 1.4, 1.4); Calibrated: 7/29/2003
Sensor-Surface: 3.1mm (Mechanical Surface Detection)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 2; Type: SAM 2; Serial: 1050
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.8 Build 62 Middle/Area Scan (11x12x1): Measurement grid: dx=10mm, dy=10mm Reference Value = 1.45 V/m Power Drift = 0.12 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.223 mW/g Middle/Zoom Scan (7x7x8)/Cube 0: Measurement grid: dx=4.3mm, dy=4.3mm, dz=3mm Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 0.551 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 0.183 mW/g; SAR(10 g) = 0.082 mW/g Reference Value = 1.45 V/m Power Drift = 0.12 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.249 mW/g Date/Time: 10/22/03 20:15:32 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services C3_802.11a - Anenna A DUT: Ambit Microsystems Corp; Type: J07H069.01; Serial: N/A DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ES3DV2 - SN3021; ConvF(1.4, 1.4, 1.4); Calibrated: 7/29/2003
Sensor-Surface: 0mm (Fix Surface)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 2; Type: SAM 2; Serial: 1050
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.8 Build 62 Middle/Z Scan (1x1x51): Measurement grid: dx=20mm, dy=20mm, dz=2mm Reference Value = 1.45 V/m Power Drift = 0.12 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.103 mW/g Date/Time: 10/23/03 15:37:18 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services C3_802.11a - Anenna A DUT: Ambit Microsystems Corp; Type: J07H069.01; Serial: N/A Program Name: Configuration 3 - 802.11a_Antenna A Ambient Temperature: 25.0 deg C; Liquid Temperature: 23.5 deg C Communication System: 802.11a; Frequency: 5785 MHz;Duty Cycle: 1:1 Medium: M5800MHz ( = 6.2951 mho/m, r = 47.2275, = 1000 kg/m3) Phantom section: Flat Section DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ES3DV2 - SN3021; ConvF(1.1, 1.1, 1.1); Calibrated: 7/29/2003
Sensor-Surface: 3.1mm (Mechanical Surface Detection)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 2; Type: SAM 2; Serial: 1050
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.8 Build 62 Middle/Area Scan (11x12x1): Measurement grid: dx=10mm, dy=10mm Reference Value = 1.54 V/m Power Drift = 0.18 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.088 mW/g Middle/Zoom Scan (7x7x8)/Cube 0: Measurement grid: dx=4.3mm, dy=4.3mm, dz=3mm Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 2.9 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 0.098 mW/g; SAR(10 g) = 0.046 mW/g Reference Value = 1.54 V/m Power Drift = 0.18 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.100 mW/g Date/Time: 10/23/03 15:44:18 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services C3_802.11a - Anenna A DUT: Ambit Microsystems Corp; Type: J07H069.01; Serial: N/A DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ES3DV2 - SN3021; ConvF(1.1, 1.1, 1.1); Calibrated: 7/29/2003
Sensor-Surface: 0mm (Fix Surface)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 2; Type: SAM 2; Serial: 1050
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.8 Build 62 Middle/Z Scan (1x1x51): Measurement grid: dx=20mm, dy=20mm, dz=2mm Reference Value = 1.54 V/m Power Drift = 0.18 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.039 mW/g Date/Time: 10/22/03 22:29:02 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services C4_802.11a - Anenna B DUT: Ambit Microsystems Corp; Type: J07H069.01; Serial: N/A Program Name: Configuration 4 - 802.11a_Antenna B Ambient Temperature: 25.0 deg C; Liquid Temperature: 23.5 deg C Communication System: 802.11a; Frequency: 5260 MHz;Duty Cycle: 1:1 Medium: M5200MHz ( = 5.4839 mho/m, r = 48.9569, = 1000 kg/m3) Phantom section: Flat Section DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ES3DV2 - SN3021; ConvF(1.4, 1.4, 1.4); Calibrated: 7/29/2003
Sensor-Surface: 3.1mm (Mechanical Surface Detection)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 2; Type: SAM 2; Serial: 1050
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.8 Build 62 Middle/Area Scan (11x15x1): Measurement grid: dx=10mm, dy=10mm Reference Value = 1.61 V/m Power Drift = -0.12 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.029 mW/g Middle/Zoom Scan (7x7x8)/Cube 0: Measurement grid: dx=4.3mm, dy=4.3mm, dz=3mm Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 0.521 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 0.031 mW/g; SAR(10 g) = 0.017 mW/g Reference Value = 1.61 V/m Power Drift = -0.12 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.031 mW/g Date/Time: 10/23/03 16:21:48 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services C4_802.11a - Anenna B DUT: Ambit Microsystems Corp; Type: J07H069.01; Serial: N/A Program Name: Configuration 4 - 802.11a_Antenna B Ambient Temperature: 25.0 deg C; Liquid Temperature: 23.5 deg C Communication System: 802.11a; Frequency: 5785 MHz;Duty Cycle: 1:1 Medium: M5800MHz ( = 6.2951 mho/m, r = 47.2275, = 1000 kg/m3) Phantom section: Flat Section DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ES3DV2 - SN3021; ConvF(1.1, 1.1, 1.1); Calibrated: 7/29/2003
Sensor-Surface: 3.1mm (Mechanical Surface Detection)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 2; Type: SAM 2; Serial: 1050
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.8 Build 62 Middle/Area Scan (11x15x1): Measurement grid: dx=10mm, dy=10mm Reference Value = 1.3 V/m Power Drift = 0.13 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.093 mW/g Middle/Zoom Scan (7x7x8)/Cube 0: Measurement grid: dx=4.3mm, dy=4.3mm, dz=3mm Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 0.423 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 0.076 mW/g; SAR(10 g) = 0.037 mW/g Reference Value = 1.3 V/m Power Drift = 0.13 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.096 mW/g
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | 5G SAR Report | RF Exposure Info | 1.10 MiB |
FCC Report and Order: ET Docket 93-62, and OET Bulletin 65 Supplement C in accordance with the requirements of for 802.11abg WLAN Mini-PCI Module Installed into Tablet PC (TC1100) Model: J07H069.01 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 October 23, 2003 REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A Prepared for Ambit Microsystems Corporation 4-1, 5 Hsin-An Road Hsinchu, Science-Based Industrial Park Hsinchu, Taiwan, R. O. C. Prepared by COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES 561F MONTEREY ROAD MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA TEL: (408) 463-0885 REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE (SAR EVALUATION) Dates of Tests: October 22-23, 2003 APPLICANT:
MODEL:
FCC ID:
DEVICE CATEGORY:
EXPOSURE CATEGORY: GENERAL POPULATION/UNCONTROLLED EXPOSURE Ambit Microsystems Corporation 5F-1, 5 Hsin-An Road Hsinchu, Science-Based Industrial Park Hsinchu, Taiwan, R O C J07H069.01 MCLJ07H06903 PORTABLE DEVICES Test Sample is a:
Production unit Modulation type:
802.11a Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) Tx Frequency:
5180 MHz to 5320 MHz (UNII-1 & UNII-2) 802.11 a/b/g WLAN Mini-PCI Module 5745 MHz to 5825 MHz (UNII-3) Max. O/P Power:
(Conducted/Average) UNII-1 & 2: 17.90 dBm UNII-3: 16.57 dBm Max. SAR (1g):
UNII-1 & 2: 0.434 mW/g UNII-3: 0.332 mW/g Co-location: 0.436 mW/g (UNII-2) Application Type: Certification FCC Rule Part(s):
15C/E Host device (TC1100) Note: This Report is only applicable for 802.11a This wireless portable device has been shown to be capable of compliance for localized specific absorption rate (SAR) for uncontrolled environment/general population exposure limits specified in ANSI/IEEE Std. C95.1-1992 and had been tested in accordance with the measurement procedures specified in FCC OET 65 Supplement C (released on 6/29/2001 see Test Report). I attest to the accuracy of data. All measurements reported herein were performed by me or were made under my supervision and are correct to the best of my knowledge and belief. I assume full responsibility for the completeness of these measurements and vouch for the qualifications of all persons taking them. Steve Cheng EMC Engineering Manager Page: 2 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. 2. 3. EQUIPMENT UNDER TEST (EUT) DESCRIPTION ...........................................................4 REQUIREMENTS FOR COMPLIANCE TESTING DEFINED BY THE FCC ...............................5 DOSIMETRIC ASSESSMENT SYSTEM ..........................................................................5 3.1. MEASUREMENT SYSTEM DIAGRAM ..................................................................................................... 6 3.2. SYSTEM COMPONENTS ...................................................................................................................... 7 DASY4 MEASUREMENT SERVER.......................................................................................... 7 DATA ACQUISITION ELECTRONICS (DAE) .............................................................................. 7 SAM PHANTOM (V4.0)......................................................................................................... 8 DEVICE HOLDER FOR SAM TWIN PHANTOM .......................................................................... 8 SYSTEM VALIDATION KITS..................................................................................................... 8 EVALUATION PROCEDURES .....................................................................................9 MEASUREMENT UNCERTAINTY ...............................................................................12 EXPOSURE LIMIT..................................................................................................13 MEASUREMENT RESULTS ......................................................................................14 7.1. SYSTEM PERFORMANCE CHECK ....................................................................................................... 14 7.2. TEST LIQUID CONFIRMATION............................................................................................................. 15 7.3. EUT TUNE-UP PROCEDURES................................................................................................................ 16 7.4. SAR MEASUREMENTS RESULTS....................................................................................................... 17 EUT PHOTOS ......................................................................................................25 8. EQUIPMENT LIST & CALIBRATION STATUS ...............................................................28 9. 10. REFERENCES ......................................................................................................29 11. ATTACHMENTS ....................................................................................................30 4. 5. 6. 7. Page: 3 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 1. EQUIPMENT UNDER TEST (EUT) DESCRIPTION APPLICANT:
MODEL:
FCC ID:
DEVICE CATEGORY:
EXPOSURE CATEGORY: GENERAL POPULATION/UNCONTROLLED EXPOSURE Ambit Microsystems Corporation 5F-1, 5 Hsin-An Road Hsinchu, Science-Based Industrial Park Hsinchu, Taiwan, R O C J07H069.01 MCLJ07H06903 PORTABLE DEVICES Test Sample is a:
Production unit Modulation type:
802.11a Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) Tx Frequency:
5180 MHz to 5320 MHz (UNII-1 & UNII-2) 802.11 a/b/g WLAN Mini-PCI Module 5745 MHz to 5825 MHz (UNII-3) Max. O/P Power:
(Conducted/Average) UNII-1 & 2: 17.90 dBm UNII-3: 16.57 dBm Max. SAR (1g):
UNII-1 & 2: 0.434 mW/g UNII-3: 0.332 mW/g Co-location: 0.436 mW/g (UNII-2) Application Type: Certification FCC Rule Part(s):
15C/E Host Device (s):
HP, model TC1100 Bluetooth Module: Actiontec, FCC ID: LNQBTM200 Host device (TC1100) Page: 4 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 2. REQUIREMENTS FOR COMPLIANCE TESTING DEFINED BY THE FCC The US Federal Communications Commission has released the report and order Guidelines for Evaluating the Environmental Effects of RF Radiation", ET Docket No. 93-62 in August 1996 [1]. The order requires routine SAR evaluation prior to equipment authorization of portable transmitter devices, including portable telephones. For consumer products, the applicable limit is 1.6 mW/g for an uncontrolled environment and 8.0 mW/g for an occupational/controlled environment as recommended by the ANSI/IEEE standard C95.1-1992 [6]. According to the Supplement C of OET Bulletin 65 Evaluating Compliance with FCC Guide-lines for Human Exposure to Radio frequency Electromagnetic Fields", released on Jun 29, 2001 by the FCC, the device should be evaluated at maximum output power (radiated from the antenna) under worst-case conditions for normal or intended use, incorporating normal antenna operating positions, device peak performance frequencies and positions for maximum RF energy coupling. 3. DOSIMETRIC ASSESSMENT SYSTEM These measurements were performed with the automated near-field scanning system DASY4 from Schmid & Partner Engineering AG (SPEAG). The system is based on a high precision robot (working range greater than 0.9 m) which positions the probes with a positional repeatability of better than 0.02 mm. Special E- and H-field probes have been developed for measurements close to material discontinuity, the sensors of which are directly loaded with a Schottky diode and connected via highly resistive lines to the data acquisition unit. The SAR measurements were conducted with the dosimetric probe ES3DV2-SN: 3021 (manufactured by SPEAG), designed in the classical triangular configuration and optimized for dosimetric evaluation. The probe has been calibrated according to the procedure with accuracy of better than 10%. The spherical isotropy was evaluated with the procedure and found to be better than 0.25 dB. The phantom used was the SAM Twin Phantom as described in FCC supplement C, IEEE P1528 and EN50361. Page: 5 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 3.1. MEASUREMENT SYSTEM DIAGRAM The DASY4 system for performing compliance tests consists of the following items:
A standard high precision 6-axis robot (Staubli RX family) with controller, teach pendant and software. An arm extension for accommodating the data acquisition electronics (DAE). A dosimetric probe, i.e., an isotropic E-field probe optimized and calibrated for usage in tissue simulating liquid. The probe is equipped with an optical surface detector system. A data acquisition electronics (DAE) which performs the signal amplification, signal multiplexing, AD-conversion, offset measurements, mechanical surface detection, collision detection, etc. The unit is battery powered with standard or rechargeable batteries. The signal is optically transmitted to the EOC. The Electro-optical converter (EOC) performs the conversion between optical and electrical of the signals for the digital communication to the DAE and for the analog signal from the optical surface detection. The EOC is connected to the measurement server. The function of the measurement server is to perform the time critical tasks such as signal filtering, control of the robot operation and fast movement interrupts. A probe alignment unit which improves the (absolute) accuracy of the probe positioning. A computer operating Windows 2000 or Windows XP. DASY4 software. Remote control with teach pendant and additional circuitry for robot safety such as warning lamps, etc. The SAM twin phantom enabling testing left-hand and right-hand usage. The device holder for handheld mobile phones. Tissue simulating liquid mixed according to the given recipes. Validation dipole kits allowing validating the proper functioning of the system. Page: 6 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 3.2. SYSTEM COMPONENTS DASY4 Measurement Server The DASY4 measurement server is based on a PC/104 CPU board with a 166MHz low-power Pentium, 32MB chip disk and 64MB RAM. The necessary circuits for communication with either the DAE3 electronic box as well as the 16-bit AD-converter system for optical detection and digital I/O interface are contained on the DASY4 I/O-board, which is directly connected to the PC/104 bus of the CPU board. The measurement server performs all real-time data evaluation for field measurements and surface detection, controls robot movements and handles safety operation. The PC-operating system cannot interfere with these time critical processes. All connections are supervised by a watchdog, and disconnection of any of the cables to the measurement server will automatically disarm the robot and disable all program-controlled robot movements. Furthermore, the measurement server is equipped with two expansion slots which are reserved for future applications. Please note that the expansion slots do not have a standardized pinout and therefore only the expansion cards provided by SPEAG can be inserted. Expansion cards from any other supplier could seriously damage the measurement server. Calibration: No calibration required. Data Acquisition Electronics (DAE) The data acquisition electronics (DAE3) consists of a highly sensitive electrometer grade preamplifier with auto-zeroing, a channel and gain-switching multiplexer, a fast 16 bit AD converter and a command decoder and control logic unit. Transmission to the measurement server is accomplished through an optical downlink for data and status information as well as an optical uplink for commands and the clock. The mechanical probe mounting device includes two different sensor systems for frontal and sideways probe contacts. They are used for mechanical surface detection and probe collision detection. The input impedance of the DAE3 box is 200MOhm; the inputs are symmetrical and floating. Common mode rejection is above 80 dB. ES3DV2 Isotropic E-Field Probe for Dosimetric Measurements Construction:
Symmetrical design with triangular core Interleaved sensors Built-in shielding against static charges PEEK enclosure material (resistant to organic solvents, e.g., glycolether) Basic Broad Band Calibration in air: 10-2500 MHz. Conversion Factors (CF) for HSL 900 and HSL 1800 CF-Calibration for other liquids and frequencies upon request. 10 MHz to > 6 GHz; Linearity: 0.2 dB 0.2 dB in HSL (rotation around probe axis);
0.3 dB in tissue material (rotation normal to probe axis) Dynamic Range: 5 W/g to > 100 mW/g; Linearity: 0.2 dB Dimensions:
Overall length: 330 mm (Tip: 20 mm) Tip diameter: 3.9 mm (Body: 12 mm) Distance from probe tip to dipole centers: 2.7 mm General dosimetry up to 6 GHz Dosimetry in strong gradient fields Compliance tests of mobile phones Calibration:
Frequency:
Directivity:
Application:
Interior of probe Isotropic E-Field Probe Page: 7 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 SAM Phantom (V4.0) Construction:
The shell corresponds to the specifications of the Specific Anthropomorphic Mannequin (SAM) phantom defined in IEEE 1528-200X, CENELEC 50361 and IEC 62209. It enables the dosimetric evaluation of left and right hand phone usage as well as body mounted usage at the flat phantom region. A cover prevents evaporation of the liquid. Reference markings on the phantom allow the complete setup of all predefined phantom positions and measurement grids by manually teaching three points with the robot. 2 0.2 mm Approx. 25 liters Height: 810mm; Length: 1000mm;
Width: 500mm Shell Thickness:
Filling Volume:
Dimensions:
Device Holder for SAM Twin Phantom Construction:
In combination with the Twin SAM Phantom V4.0 or Twin SAM, the Mounting Device (made from POM) enables the rotation of the mounted transmitter in spherical coordinates, whereby the rotation point is the ear opening. The devices can be easily and accurately positioned according to IEC, IEEE, CENELEC, FCC or other specifications. The device holder can be locked at different phantom locations (left head, right head, flat phantom). System Validation Kits Construction:
Symmetrical dipole with l/4 balun Enables measurement of feedpoint impedance with NWA Matched for use near flat phantoms filled with brain simulating solutions Includes distance holder and tripod adaptor. Frequency:
450, 900, 1800, 2450, 5800 MHz Return loss:
> 20 dB at specified validation position Power capability: > 100 W (f < 1GHz); > 40 W (f > 1GHz) Dimensions:
450V2: dipole length: 270 mm; overall height: 330 mm D900V2: dipole length: 149 mm; overall height: 330 mm D1800V2: dipole length: 72 mm; overall height: 300 mm D2450V2: dipole length: 51.5 mm; overall height: 300 mm D5GHzV2: dipole length: 25.5 mm; overall height: 290 mm Page: 8 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A 4. EVALUATION PROCEDURES DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 DATA EVALUATION The DASY4 post processing software (SEMCAD) automatically executes the following procedures to calculate the field units from the microvolt readings at the probe connector. The parameters used in the evaluation are stored in the configuration modules of the software:
Probe parameters:
Device parameters:
Media parameters:
Normi, ai0, ai1, ai2 ConvFi
- Sensitivity
- Conversion factor
- Diode compression point dcpi
- Frequency
- Crest factor
- Conductivity
- Density f cf r These parameters must be set correctly in the software. They can be found in the component documents or be imported into the software from the configuration files issued for the DASY components. In the direct measuring mode of the multi-meter option, the parameters of the actual system setup are used. In the scan visualization and export modes, the parameters stored in the corresponding document files are used. The first step of the evaluation is a linearization of the filtered input signal to account for the compression characteristics of the detector diode. The compensation depends on the input signal, the diode type and the DC-transmission factor from the diode to the evaluation electronics. If the exciting field is pulsed, the crest factor of the signal must be known to correctly compensate for peak power. The formula for each channel can be given as:
=
cfUUV dcp 2 i
+
i i i with Vi Ui cf dcpi = Diode compression point
= Compensated signal of channel i (i = x, y, z)
(i = x, y, z)
= Input signal of channel i
(DASY parameter)
= Crest factor of exciting field
(DASY parameter) From the compensated input signals the primary field data for each channel can be evaluated:
E-field probes:
H-field probes:
=
E i i V ConvF Norm i
=
H i Vi
+
a i 10 i 11 fa f
+
fa 12 i 2 with Vi
= Compensated signal of channel i (i = x, y, z)
(i = x, y, z) Normi = Sensor sensitivity of channel i m V/(V/m)2 for E0field Probes ConvF = Sensitivity enhancement in solution aij f Ei Hi
= Sensor sensitivity factors for H-field probes
= Carrier frequency (GHz)
= Electric field strength of channel i in V/m
= Magnetic field strength of channel i in A/m Page: 9 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. s
REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 The RSS value of the field components gives the total field strength (Hermitian magnitude):
=
E tot
+
EEE
+
2 y 2 x 2 z The primary field data are used to calculate the derived field units. SAR
=
E 2 tot s 1000 r with SAR = local specific absorption rate in mW/g
= total field strength in V/m
= conductivity in [mho/m] or [Siemens/m]
= equivalent tissue density in g/cm3 Etot s r Note that the density is normally set to 1 (or 1.06), to account for actual brain density rather than the density of the simulation liquid. The power flow density is calculated assuming the excitation field as a free space field. P pwe
=
tot 2E 3770 or
= HP pwe 2 tot 7.37 with Ppwe = Equivalent power density of a plane wave in mW/cm2 Htot Etot
= total magnetic field strength in A/m
= total electric field strength in V/m Page: 10 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document.
REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 SAR EVALUATION PROCEDURES The procedure for assessing the peak spatial-average SAR value consists of the following steps:
Power Reference Measurement The reference and drift jobs are useful jobs for monitoring the power drift of the device under test in the batch process. Both jobs measure the field at a specified reference position, at a selectable distance from the phantom surface. The reference position can be either the selected sections grid reference point or a user point in this section. The reference job projects the selected point onto the phantom surface, orients the probe perpendicularly to the surface, and approaches the surface using the selected detection method. Area Scan The area scan is used as a fast scan in two dimensions to find the area of high field values, before doing a finer measurement around the hot spot. The sophisticated interpolation routines implemented in DASY4 software can find the maximum locations even in relatively coarse grids. The scan area is defined by an editable grid. This grid is anchored at the grid reference point of the selected section in the phantom. When the area scans property sheet is brought-up, grid was at to 10 mm by 10 mm and can be edited by a user. Zoom Scan Zoom scans are used to assess the peak spatial SAR values within a cubic averaging volume containing 1 g and 10 g of simulated tissue. The default zoom scan measures 7 x 7 x 8 points within a cube whose base faces are centered around the maximum found in a preceding area scan job within the same procedure. If the preceding Area Scan job indicates more then one maximum, the number of Zoom Scans has to be enlarged accordingly (The default number inserted is 1). Power Drift measurement The drift job measures the field at the same location as the most recent reference job within the same procedure, and with the same settings. The drift measurement gives the field difference in dB from the reading conducted within the last reference measurement. Several drift measurements are possible for one reference measurement. This allows a user to monitor the power drift of the device under test within a batch process. In the properties of the Drift job, the user can specify a limit for the drift and have DASY4 software stop the measurements if this limit is exceeded. Z-Scan The Z Scan job measures points along a vertical straight line. The line runs along the Z-axis of a one-
dimensional grid. A user can anchor the grid to the current probe location. As with any other grids, the local Z-axis of the anchor location establishes the Z-axis of the grid. Page: 11 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A 5. MEASUREMENT UNCERTAINTY DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 UNCERTAINTY BUDGE ACCORDING TO IEEE P1528 Error Description Uncertaint y Value Measurement System Probe Calibration Axial Isotropy Hemispherical Isotropy Boundary Effects Linearity System Detection Limits Readout Electronics Response Time Integration Time
[%]
8.3 4.7 9.6 2.0 4.7 1.0 1.0 0.8 2.6 RF Ambient Condition 1.59 Probe Positioner Probe Positioning Max. SAR Eval. Extrap/Interp algorithm error Test sample Related Device Positioning Device Holder Power Drift Phantom and Setup Phantom Uncertainty Liquid Conductivity (target) Liquid Conductivity (meas.) Liquid Peermittivity (target) Liquid Permittivity (meas.) Combined Std. Uncertainty 0.8 5 1.0 20 1.1 3.6 5.0 4.0 5.0 2.5 5.0 2.5 Prob. Dist. Div.
(ci) 1g
(ci) 10g Std. Std. Unc.(1g) Unc. (10g)
(vi) veff N R R R R R N R R R R R R R N N R R R N R N 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 3 3 3 1 3 1 1 0.7 0.7 1 0.7 0.7 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.43 0.43 0.49 0.49 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.64 0.64 0.6 0.6 4.8%
1.9%
3.9%
1.2%
2.7%
0.6%
1.0%
0.5%
1.5%
0.9%
0.2%
0.5%
2.9%
11.6 1.1%
3.6%
2.9%
2.3%
1.8%
1.6%
1.7%
1.5%
4.8%
1.9%
3.9%
1.2%
2.7%
0.6%
1.0%
0.5%
1.5%
0.9%
0.2%
0.5%
2.9%
11.6 1.1%
145 3.6%
2.9%
2.3%
1.2%
1.1%
1.4%
1.2%
55 15.4%
9.6%
330 Expanded STD Uncertainty 30.8%
30.6%
Table: Worst-case uncertainty for DASY4 assessed according to IEEE P1528. The budge is valid for the frequency range 300 MHz to 3G Hz and represents a worst-case analysis. Page: 12 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 6. EXPOSURE LIMIT
(A). Limits for Occupational/Controlled Exposure (W/kg) Whole-Body 0.4 Partial-Body 8.0 Hands, Wrists, Feet and Ankles 2.0
(B). Limits for General Population/Uncontrolled Exposure (W/kg) Partial-Body 1.6 Whole-Body 0.08 NOTE: Whole-Body SAR is averaged over the entire body, partial-body SAR is Hands, Wrists, Feet and Ankles 4.0 averaged over any 1 gram of tissue defined as a tissue volume in the shape of a cube. SAR for hands, wrists, feet and ankles is averaged over any 10 grams of tissue defined as a tissue volume in the shape of a cube. Population/Uncontrolled Environments:
are defined as locations where there is the exposure of individuals who have no knowledge or control of their exposure. Occupational/Controlled Environments:
are defined as locations where there is exposure that may be incurred by people who are aware of the potential for exposure, (i.e. as a result of employment or occupation). GENERAL POPULATION/UNCONTROLLED EXPOSURE NOTE PARTIAL BODY LIMIT 1.6 mW/g Page: 13 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A 7. MEASUREMENT RESULTS DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 7.1. SYSTEM PERFORMANCE CHECK The system performance check is performed prior to any usage of the system in order to guarantee reproducible results. The system performance check verifies that the system operates within its specifications. The system performance check results are tabulated below. And also the corresponding SAR plot is attached as well in the SAR plots files. SYSTEM PERFORMANCE CHECK MEASUREMENT CONDITIONS The measurements were performed in the flat section of the SAM twin phantom filled with Body simulating liquid of the following parameters. The DASY4 system with an Isotropic E-Field Probe ES3DV2-SN: 3021 was used for the measurements. The dipole was mounted on the small tripod so that the dipole feed point was positioned below the center marking of the flat phantom section and the dipole was oriented parallel to the body axis (the long side of the phantom). The standard measuring distance was 10 mm (above 1 GHz) from dipole center to the simulating liquid surface. The coarse grid with a grid spacing of 10 mm was aligned with the dipole. Special 7x7x8 fine cube was chosen for cube integration (dx=dy= 4.3 mm, dz= 3 mm). Distance between probe sensors and phantom surface was set to 3.0 mm. The dipole input power (forward power) was 250 mW 3%. The results are normalized to 1 W input power. REFERENCE SAR VALUES The reference SAR values were using measurement results indicated in the dipole calibration document (see table below) f (MHz) 5200 5800 Head Tissue Body Tissue SAR1g 87.2 89.6 SAR 10g 24.3 25.1 SAR1g 84 80.8 SAR 10g 23.5 22.8 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE CHECK RESULTS Dipole: D5GHzV2 SN 1003 Date: October 22, 2003 Ambient condition: Temperature 25.0 C; Relative humidity 45%
B o d y Simulating Liquid f (M H z ) T em p . [ C ] Depth [cm ]
Param eters Target M e a s u r e d D e viation[% ]
Limited[% ]
5 2 0 0 2 3.50 1 5.00 Conductivity:
Permitivity:
1 g S A R :
4 9 5.3 8 4 4 8.9569 5.4839 9 1.6
-0.09 3.47 9.05 1 0 5 N/A Date: October 23, 2003 Ambient condition: Temperature 25.0 C; Relative humidity 44%
B o d y Simulating Liquid f (M H z ) T em p . [ C ] Depth [cm ]
Param eters Target M e a s u r e d D e viation[% ]
Limited[% ]
5 8 0 0 2 3.50 1 5.00 Conductivity:
6 6.2951 Permitivity:
4 8.2 4 7.2275 1 g S A R :
8 0.8 9 1.2
-2.02 4.92 1 2.87 1 0 5 N/A Page: 14 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 7.2. TEST LIQUID CONFIRMATION SIMULATING LIQUIDS PARAMETER CHECK The simulating liquids should be checked at the beginning of a series of SAR measurements to determine of the dielectric parameters are within the tolerances of the specified target values. The relative permittivity and conductivity of the tissue material should be within 5% of the values given in the table below. 5% may not be easily achieved at certain frequencies. Under such circumstances, 10% tolerance may be used until more precise tissue recipes are available circumstances, 10%
tolerance may be used until more precise tissue recipes are available TISSUE SIMULATING LIQUIDS In the current guidelines and draft standards for compliance testing of mobile phones (i.e., IEEE P1528, OET 65 Supplement C), the dielectric parameters suggested for head and body tissue simulating liquid are given only at 3.0 GHz and 5.8 GHz. As an intermediate solution, dielectric parameters for the frequencies between 5 to 5.8 GHz were obtained using linear interpolation (see table below). SPEAG has developed suitable head and body tissue simulating liquids consisting of the following ingredients: de-ionized water, salt and a special composition including mineral oil and an emulgators. Dielectric parameters of these liquids were measured suing a HP 8570C Dielectric Probe Kit in conjunction with HP 8753ES Network Analyzer (30 kHz 6G Hz). The differences with respect to the interpolated values were well within desired 5% for the whole 5 to 5.8 GHz range. f (MHz) Head Tissue Body Tissue rel. permitivity conductivity rel. permitivity conductivity 3000 5800 5000 5100 5200 5300 5400 5500 5600 5700 38.5 35.3 36.2 36.1 36.0 35.9 35.8 35.6 35.5 35.4
(e r = relative permittivity, s = conductivity and r = 1000 kg/m3) 2.40 5.27 1.45 4.55 4.66 4.76 4.86 4.96 5.07 5.17 52.0 48.2 49.3 49.1 49.0 48.9 48.7 48.6 48.5 48.3 2.73 6.00 5.07 5.18 5.30 5.42 5.53 5.65 5.77 5.88 Reference Standard Standard Interpolated Interpolated Interpolated Interpolated Interpolated Interpolated Interpolated Interpolated SIMULATING LIQUIDS PARAMETER CHECK RESULTS Ambient condition: Temperature: 25.0 C; Relative humidity: 45%
Date: October 22, 2003 Body Simulating Liquid f (MHz) Temp. [C] Depth (cm) 5200 23.5 15 Parameters Target Measured Deviation[%] Limited[%]
Permitivity:
Conductivity:
49 5.3 48.9569 5.4839
-0.09 3.47 10 5 Ambient condition: Temperature: 25.0 C; Relative humidity: 44%
Date: October 23, 2003 Body Simulating Liquid f (MHz) Temp. [C] Depth (cm) 5800 23.5 15 Parameters Target Measured Deviation[%] Limited[%]
Permitivity:
48.2 47.2275 Conductivity:
6 6.2951
-2.02 4.92 10 5 Page: 15 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 7.3. EUT TUNE-UP PROCEDURES The following procedures had been used to prepare the EUT for the SAR test. o The client supplied a special driving program (ART Version 2.5 Build 15) to program the EUT to continually transmit the specified maximum power. And also to change the channel frequency. o The conducted power was measured at the high, middle and low channel frequency before and after the SAR measurement. o Co-Location (Both Wireless LAN and Bluetooth were transmitted: First, Wireless LAN was settled to highest SAR channel measured, and then Bluetooth transmitter was turned on to check if SAR value remains in reasonable reading. Page: 16 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 7.4. SAR MEASUREMENTS RESULTS EUT Setup Configuration 1 (Antenna A) Antenna A Frequency Range: 5180 - 5320 MHz Duty Cycle = 100%, Crest Factor: 1. Depth of liquid: 15.0 cm Normal mode Sep.
[mm]
Antenna Channel Frequency [MHz]
*Conducted Pwr_dBm Before
--
17.90
--
After
--
17.85
--
Liquid Temp
[ C]
--
23.5
--
SAR
(W/kg) Limit
(W/kg)
**
0.434
**
1.6 5180 5260 5320 A 15 36 52 64 Co-location (turbo mode) 52 15 A 5260 17.90 17.85 23.5 0.436 1.6 Turbo mode Sep.
[mm]
Antenna Channel Frequency [MHz]
15 A 42 50 58 5210 5250 5290
*Conducted Pwr_dBm Before
--
15.79
--
After
--
15.75
--
Liquid Temp
[ C]
--
23.5
--
SAR
(W/kg) Limit
(W/kg)
**
0.273
**
1.6 Notes:
1. 2.
*: Average power.
**: The SAR measured at the middle channel for this configuration is at least 3 dB lower than SAR limit, testing at the high and low channels is option. 3. See attachment for the result presentation in plot format. Page: 17 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 EUT Setup Configuration 1 (Antenna A) Antenna A Frequency Range: 5745 - 5825 MHz Duty Cycle = 100%, Crest Factor: 1. Depth of liquid: 15.0 cm Normal mode Sep.
[mm]
Antenna Channel Frequency [MHz]
15 A Turbo mode 149 157 165 5745 5785 5825 Sep.
[mm]
Antenna Channel Frequency [MHz]
15 A 152 160 5760 5800
*Conducted Pwr_dBm Before
--
16.57
--
After
--
16.55
--
*Conducted Pwr_dBm Before
--
16.51 After
--
16.50 Liquid Temp
[ C]
--
23.5
--
Liquid Temp
[ C]
--
23.5 SAR
(W/kg) Limit
(W/kg)
**
0.229
**
SAR
(W/kg)
**
0.215 1.6 Limit
(W/kg) 1.6 Notes:
1. 2.
*: Average power.
**: The SAR measured at the middle channel for this configuration is at least 3 dB lower than SAR limit, testing at the high and low channels is option. 3. See attachment for the result presentation in plot format. Page: 18 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 EUT Setup Configuration 2 (Antenna B) Antenna B Frequency Range: 5180 - 5320 MHz Duty Cycle = 100%, Crest Factor: 1. Depth of liquid: 15.0 cm Normal mode Sep.
[mm]
Antenna Channel Frequency [MHz]
15 B Turbo mode 36 52 64 5180 5260 5320 Sep.
[mm]
Antenna Channel Frequency [MHz]
15 B 42 50 58 5210 5250 5290
*Conducted Pwr_dBm Before
--
17.90
--
After
--
17.85
--
*Conducted Pwr_dBm Before
--
15.79
--
After
--
15.75
--
Liquid Temp
[ C]
--
23.5
--
Liquid Temp
[ C]
--
23.5
--
SAR
(W/kg) Limit
(W/kg)
**
0.157
**
1.6 SAR
(W/kg) Limit
(W/kg)
**
0.125
**
1.6 Notes:
1. 2.
*: Average power.
**: The SAR measured at the middle channel for this configuration is at least 3 dB lower than SAR limit, testing at the high and low channels is option. 3. See attachment for the result presentation in plot format. Page: 19 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 EUT Setup Configuration 2 (Antenna B) Antenna B Frequency Range: 5745 - 5825 MHz Duty Cycle = 100%, Crest Factor: 1. Depth of liquid: 15.0 cm Normal mode Sep.
[mm]
Antenna Channel Frequency [MHz]
15 B Turbo mode 149 157 165 5745 5785 5825 Sep.
[mm]
Antenna Channel Frequency [MHz]
15 B 152 160 5760 5800
*Conducted Pwr_dBm Before
--
16.57
--
After
--
16.55
--
*Conducted Pwr_dBm Before
--
16.51 After
--
16.50 Liquid Temp
[ C]
--
23.5
--
Liquid Temp
[ C]
--
23.5 SAR
(W/kg) Limit
(W/kg)
**
0.323
**
SAR
(W/kg)
**
0.332 1.6 Limit
(W/kg) 1.6 Notes:
1. 2.
*: Average power.
**: The SAR measured at the middle channel for this configuration is at least 3 dB lower than SAR limit, testing at the high and low channels is option. 3. See attachment for the result presentation in plot format. Page: 20 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 EUT Setup Configuration 3 (Antenna A) Antenna A Frequency Range: 5180 - 5320 MHz Duty Cycle = 100%, Crest Factor: 1. Depth of liquid: 15.0 cm Normal mode Sep.
[mm]
Antenna Channel Frequency [MHz]
0 A 36 52 64 5180 5260 5320
*Conducted Pwr_dBm Before
--
17.90
--
After
--
17.85
--
Liquid Temp
[ C]
--
23.0
--
SAR
(W/kg) Limit
(W/kg)
**
0.183
**
1.6 Notes:
1. 2.
*: Average power.
**: The SAR measured at the middle channel for this configuration is at least 3 dB lower than SAR limit, testing at the high and low channels is option. 3. See attachment for the result presentation in plot format. Page: 21 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 EUT Setup Configuration 3 (Antenna A) Antenna A Frequency Range: 5745 - 5825 MHz Duty Cycle = 100%, Crest Factor: 1. Depth of liquid: 15.0 cm Normal mode Sep.
[mm]
Antenna Channel Frequency [MHz]
0 A 149 157 165 5745 5785 5825
*Conducted Pwr_dBm Before
--
16.57
--
After
--
16.55
--
Liquid Temp
[ C]
--
23.5
--
SAR
(W/kg) Limit
(W/kg)
**
0.098
**
1.6 Notes:
1. 2.
*: Average power.
**: The SAR measured at the middle channel for this configuration is at least 3 dB lower than SAR limit, testing at the high and low channels is option. 3. See attachment for the result presentation in plot format. Page: 22 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 EUT Setup Configuration 4 (Antenna B) Antenna B Frequency Range: 5180 - 5320 MHz Duty Cycle = 100%, Crest Factor: 1. Depth of liquid: 15.0 cm Normal mode Sep.
[mm]
Antenna Channel Frequency [MHz]
0 B 36 52 64 5180 5260 5320
*Conducted Pwr_dBm Before
--
17.90
--
After
--
17.85
--
Liquid Temp
[ C]
--
23.0
--
SAR
(W/kg) Limit
(W/kg)
**
0.031
**
1.6 Notes:
1. 2.
*: Average power.
**: The SAR measured at the middle channel for this configuration is at least 3 dB lower than SAR limit, testing at the high and low channels is option. 3. See attachment for the result presentation in plot format. Page: 23 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 EUT Setup Configuration 4 (Antenna B) Antenna B Frequency Range: 5745 - 5825 MHz Duty Cycle = 100%, Crest Factor: 1. Depth of liquid: 15.0 cm Normal mode Sep.
[mm]
Antenna Channel Frequency [MHz]
0 A 149 157 165 5745 5785 5825
*Conducted Pwr_dBm Before
--
16.57
--
After
--
16.55
--
Liquid Temp
[ C]
--
23.5
--
SAR
(W/kg) Limit
(W/kg)
**
0.076
**
1.6 Notes:
1. 2.
*: Average power.
**: The SAR measured at the middle channel for this configuration is at least 3 dB lower than SAR limit, testing at the high and low channels is option. 3. See attachment for the result presentation in plot format. Page: 24 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A 8. EUT PHOTOS EUT HOST DEVICES (HP, MODEL: TC1100) Page: 25 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 HOST DEVICES (HP, MODEL: TC1100) With keyboard KEYBOARD Removed keyboard Page: 26 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 EUT Location 802.11 a/b/g WLAN Mini-PCI Module Antenna B ANTENNAS LOCATIONS Antenna A Bluetooth module Page: 27 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 9. EQUIPMENT LIST & CALIBRATION STATUS Manufacturer Agilent Hewlett Packard HP Giga-tronics Giga-tronics Mini-Circuits Mini-Circuits Rohde & Schwarz SPEAG SPEAG SPEAG SPEAG Staubli SPEAG SPEAG SPEAG Name of Equipment S-Parameter Network Analyzer Electronic Probe kit Signal General Power Meter Power Sensor Amplifier Amplifier Radio Communication Tester Data Acquisition Electronics (DAE) Dosimetric E-Field Probe System Validation Dipole Probe Alignment Unit Robot SAM Twin Phantom SAM Twin Phantom Simulating Liquids Type/Model 8753ES-6 85070C 83732B 8651A 80701A ZVE-8G ZHL-42W CMU 200 DAE3 V1 ES3DV2 D5GHzV2 LB (V2) RX90B L TP-1785 TP-1015 MSL5800 Serial Number US39173569 N/A US34490599 8651404 1834588 0360 D072701-5 838114/032 427 3021 1003 261 F00/5H31A1/A/01 QD 000 P40 CA N/A N/A Cal. Due date 8/8/04 N/A 4/4/04 5/12/04 2/18/04 N/A N/A 2/14/04 2/4/04 7/29/04 10/5/05 N/A N/A N/A N/A Daily check Page: 28 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A 10. REFERENCES DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903
[1] Federal Communications Commission, \Report and order: Guidelines for evaluating the environ-
mental effects of radiofrequency radiation", Tech. Rep. FCC 96-326, FCC, Washington, D.C. 20554, 1996.
[2] David L. Means Kwok Chan, Robert F. Cleveland, \Evaluating compliance with FCC guidelines for human exposure to radiofrequency electromagnetic fields", Tech. Rep., Federal Communication Commision, O_ce of Engineering & Technology, Washington, DC, 1997.
[3] Thomas Schmid, Oliver Egger, and Niels Kuster, \Automated E-_eld scanning system for dosimetric assessments", IEEE Transactions on Microwave Theory and Techniques, vol. 44, pp. 105{113, Jan. 1996.
[4] Niels Kuster, Ralph K.astle, and Thomas Schmid, \Dosimetric evaluation of mobile communications equipment with known precision", IEICE Transactions on Communications, vol. E80-B, no. 5, pp. 645{652, May 1997.
[5] CENELEC, \Considerations for evaluating of human exposure to electromagnetic fields (EMFs) from mobile telecommunication equipment (MTE) in the frequency range 30MHz - 6GHz", Tech. Rep., CENELEC, European Committee for Electrotechnical Standardization, Brussels, 1997.
[6] ANSI, ANSI/IEEE C95.1-1992: IEEE Standard for Safety Levels with Respect to Human Exposure to Radio Frequency Electromagnetic Fields, 3 kHz to 300 GHz, The Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc., New York, NY 10017, 1992.
[7] Katja Pokovic, Thomas Schmid, and Niels Kuster, \Robust setup for precise calibration of E-_eld probes in tissue simulating liquids at mobile communications frequencies", in ICECOM _ 97, Dubrovnik, October 15{17, 1997, pp. 120{124.
[8] Katja Pokovic, Thomas Schmid, and Niels Kuster, \E-_eld probe with improved isotropy in brain simulating liquids", in Proceedings of the ELMAR, Zadar, Croatia, 23{25 June, 1996, pp. 172{175.
[9] Volker Hombach, Klaus Meier, Michael Burkhardt, Eberhard K. uhn, and Niels Kuster, \The dependence of EM energy absorption upon human head modeling at 900 MHz", IEEE Transactions onMicrowave Theory and Techniques, vol. 44, no. 10, pp. 1865{1873, Oct. 1996.
[10] Klaus Meier, Ralf Kastle, Volker Hombach, Roger Tay, and Niels Kuster, \The dependence of EM energy absorption upon human head modeling at 1800 MHz", IEEE Transactions on Microwave Theory and Techniques, Oct. 1997, in press.
[11] W. Gander, Computermathematik, Birkhaeuser, Basel, 1992.
[12] W. H. Press, S. A. Teukolsky,W. T. Vette rling, and B. P. Flannery, Numerical Recepies in C, The Art of Scientific Computing, Second Edition, Cambridge University Press, 1992..Dosimetric Evaluation of Sample device, month 1998 9
[13] NIS81 NAMAS, \The treatment of uncertainity in EMC measurement", Tech. Rep., NAMAS Executive, National Physical Laboratory, Teddington, Middlesex, England, 1994.
[14] Barry N. Taylor and Christ E. Kuyatt, \Guidelines for evaluating and expressing the uncertainty of NIST measurement results", Tech. Rep., National Institute of Standards and Technology, 1994. Dosimetric Evaluation of Sample device, month 1998 10 Page: 29 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A 11. ATTACHMENTS Contents No. of page (s) System Performance Check Plots SAR Test Plots Probe_ES3DV2-SN: 3021 Validation Dipole _D5GHzV2-SN: 1003 4 20 13 11 No. 1 2 3 4 End of Report Page: 30 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Antenna info | Operational Description | 1.40 MiB | November 12 2003 |
Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 Raptor Regulatory Antenna Information Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 Raptor Antenna Information I. Antenna Assembly Specifications Antenna assembly overview: Peak Gain including cable loss. Designator Manufacture Antenna type Cable Assembly Info. Peak Gain W/
Cable loss (dBi)
(P/N:HAS-03-115) Main antenna Hitachi Cable
(P/N: HAS-03-116) Auxiliary antenna Hitachi Cable Film Antenna Film Antenna Antenna overview: Peak Gain not including cable loss. Antenna Designator Manufacture
(P/N: U.FL-2LP) 50 ohm Coaxial. length: 175mm diameter: 1.1mm Connector: U.FL
(P/N: U.FL-2LP) 50 ohm Coaxial. length: 165mm diameter: 1.1mm Connector: U.FL Antenna type
(P/N: HAS-03-115) Main antenna Hitachi Cable Film Antenna
(P/N: HAS-03-116) Auxiliary antenna Hitachi Cable Film Antenna Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 2400-2500MHz 1.53 dBi (peak) 5150-5350MHz 3.38 dBi (peak) 5470-5725MHz 3.56 dBi (peak) 5725-5850MHz 3.16 dBi (peak) 2400-2500MHz
-3.86 dBi (peak) 5150-5350MHz 3.50 dBi (peak) 5470-5725MHz 3.65 dBi (peak) 5725-5850MHz 3.20 dBi (peak) Peak Gain w/o Cable Loss (dBi) 2400-2500MHz 2.04 dBi (peak) 5150-5350MHz 4.20 dBi (peak) 5470-5725MHz 4.38 dBi (peak) 5725-5850MHz 3.98 dBi (peak) 2400-2500MHz
-3.38 dBi (peak) 5150-5350MHz 4.28 dBi (peak) 5470-5725MHz 4.43 dBi (peak) 5725-5850MHz 3.98 dBi (peak) Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 VSWR 2400-2500MHz 1.40 max 5150-5350MHz 1.60 max 5470-5725MHz 1.84 max 5725-5850MHz 2.04max 2400-2500MHz 1.63 max 5150-5350MHz 1.50 max 5470-5725MHz 1.18 max 5725-5850MHz 1.37 max Cable Loss (dBi) 2400-2500MHz 0.51 dBi (peak) 5150-5350MHz 0.82 dBi (peak) 5470-5725MHz 0.82 dBi (peak) 5725-5850MHz 0.82 dBi (peak) 2400-2500MHz 0.48 dBi (peak) 5150-5350MHz 0.78 dBi (peak) 5470-5725MHz 0.78 dBi (peak) 5725-5850MHz 0.78 dBi (peak) Cable assembly overview: Cable loss (including connector). Designator Manufacture
(P/N:
HAS-03-115) For use with the Main antenna Hitachi Cable Cable type and length
(P/N: U.FL-2LP) 50 ohm Coaxial. length: 175mm diameter: 1.1mm Connector: U.FL
(P/N:
HAS-03-116) For use with the Auxiliary antenna Hitachi Cable
(P/N: U.FL-2LP) 50 ohm Coaxial. length: 165mm diameter: 1.1mm Connector: U.FL Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 Please insert mechanical drawings of antennae here. Main Antenna Auxiliary Antenna Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 Radiation characteristic of antennae Loaded (In Host System) 2400-2500MHz radiation characteristic Main antenna: 2400 MHz n a G B d
(
300 270
) i i 240 10 0
- 10
- 20
- 30
- 40
- 50
- 50
- 40
- 30
- 20
- 10 0 10 330 0 30 Vertical Horizontal 60 90 120 210 180 150 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak Horz+Vert (dBi) peak 2400 MHz
-5.46 1.53 X.XX Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 330 0 30 Vertical Horizontal Main antenna: 2450 MHz n a G B d
(
270 300
) i i 10 0
- 10
- 20
- 30
- 40
- 50
- 50
- 40
- 30
- 20
- 10 0 10 60 90 120 240 210 150 180 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak Horz+Vert (dBi) peak 2450 MHz
-3.93 1.47 X.XX Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 0 30 Vertical Horizontal 60 90 120 330 Main antenna: 2500 MHz n a G B d
(
270 300
) i i 240 10 0
- 10
- 20
- 30
- 40
- 50
- 50
- 40
- 30
- 20
- 10 0 10 210 150 180 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak Horz+Vert (dBi) peak 2500 MHz
-5.36 1.50 X.XX Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 0 30 Vertical Horizontal 330 Auxiliary antenna: 2400 MHz n a G B d
(
300 270
) i i 10 0
- 10
- 20
- 30
- 40
- 50
- 50
- 40
- 30
- 20
- 10 0 10 60 90 120 240 210 180 150 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak Horz+Vert (dBi) peak 2400 MHz
-5.35
-3.86 X.XX Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 0 30 Vertical Horizontal Auxiliary antenna: 2450 MHz B d
(
300 270
) i i n a G 330 10 0
- 10
- 20
- 30
- 40
- 50
- 50
- 40
- 30
- 20
- 10 0 10 60 90 120 240 210 180 150 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak Horz+Vert (dBi) peak 2450 MHz
-5.58
-4.21 X.XX Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 0 30 Vertical Horizontal 330 Auxiliary antenna: 2500 MHz n a G B d
(
300 270
) i i 10 0
- 10
- 20
- 30
- 40
- 50
- 50
- 40
- 30
- 20
- 10 0 10 60 90 120 240 210 180 150 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak Horz+Vert (dBi) peak 2500 MHz
-3.94
-4.74 X.XX Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 Vertical Horizontal 30 5150-5135 MHz radiation characteristic Main antenna: 5150 MHz B d
(
300 270 330
) i 0 i n a G 10 0
- 10
- 20
- 30
- 40
- 50
- 50
- 40
- 30
- 20
- 10 0 10 240 210 180 150 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak Horz+Vert (dBi) peak 5150 MHz
-3.17 1.03 X.XX 60 90 120 Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 330 0 30 Vertical Horizontal 60 90 120 Main antenna: 5250 MHz n a G B d
(
300 270
) i i 240 10 0
- 10
- 20
- 30
- 40
- 50
- 50
- 40
- 30
- 20
- 10 0 10 210 180 150 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak Horz+Vert (dBi) peak 5250 MHz
-4.69 1.74 X.XX Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 330 0 30 Vertical Horizontal 60 90 120 Main antenna: 5350 MHz n a G B d
(
300 270
) i i 240 10 0
- 10
- 20
- 30
- 40
- 50
- 50
- 40
- 30
- 20
- 10 0 10 210 180 150 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak Horz+Vert (dBi) peak 5350 MHz
-2.28 3.38 X.XX Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 0 30 Vertical Horizontal Auxiliary antenna: 5150 MHz B d
(
300 270
) i i n a G 330 10 0
- 10
- 20
- 30
- 40
- 50
- 50
- 40
- 30
- 20
- 10 0 10 60 90 120 240 210 180 150 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak Horz+Vert (dBi) peak 5150 MHz
-3.48 0.44 X.XX Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 0 30 Vertical Horizontal 60 90 120 330 Auxiliary antenna: 5250 MHz n a G B d
(
270 300
) i i 240 10 0
- 10
- 20
- 30
- 40
- 50
- 50
- 40
- 30
- 20
- 10 0 10 210 180 150 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak Horz+Vert (dBi) peak 5250 MHz
-3.39 3.50 X.XX Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 0 30 Vertical Horizontal Auxiliary antenna: 5350 MHz B d
(
300 270
) i i n a G 330 10 0
- 10
- 20
- 30
- 40
- 50
- 50
- 40
- 30
- 20
- 10 0 10 60 90 120 240 210 180 150 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak Horz+Vert (dBi) peak 5350 MHz
-2.41 2.44 X.XX Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 5470-5725MHz radiation characteristic Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 330 0 30 Vertical Horizontal Main antenna: 5470 MHz B d
(
300 270
) i i n a G 10 0
- 10
- 20
- 30
- 40
- 50
- 50
- 40
- 30
- 20
- 10 0 10 60 90 120 240 210 180 150 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak Horz+Vert (dBi) peak 5470 MHz
-3.47 2.38 X.XX Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 0 30 Vertical Horizontal 60 90 120 330 Main antenna: 5597.5 MHz n a G B d
(
270 300
) i i 240 10 0
- 10
- 20
- 30
- 40
- 50
- 50
- 40
- 30
- 20
- 10 0 10 210 180 150 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak Horz+Vert (dBi) peak 5597.5 MHz
-0.19 3.56 X.XX Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 330 0 30 Vertical Horizontal 60 90 120 Main antenna: 5725 MHz n a G B d
(
300 270
) i i 240 10 0
- 10
- 20
- 30
- 40
- 50
- 50
- 40
- 30
- 20
- 10 0 10 210 180 150 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak Horz+Vert (dBi) peak 5725 MHz
-0.68 2.88 X.XX Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 0 30 Vertical Horizontal Auxiliary antenna: 5470 MHz B d
(
300 270
) i 330 i n a G 10 0
- 10
- 20
- 30
- 40
- 50
- 50
- 40
- 30
- 20
- 10 0 10 60 90 120 240 210 180 150 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak Horz+Vert (dBi) peak 5470 MHz
-3.11 3.21 X.XX Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 0 30 Vertical Horizontal 60 90 120 330 Auxiliary antenna: 5597.5 MHz n a G B d
(
300 270
) i i 240 10 0
- 10
- 20
- 30
- 40
- 50
- 50
- 40
- 30
- 20
- 10 0 10 210 180 150 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak Horz+Vert (dBi) peak 5597.5 MHz
-2.63 3.65 X.XX Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 0 30 Vertical Horizontal 60 90 120 330 Auxiliary antenna: 5725 MHz n a G B d
(
300 270
) i i 240 10 0
- 10
- 20
- 30
- 40
- 50
- 50
- 40
- 30
- 20
- 10 0 10 210 180 150 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak Horz+Vert (dBi) peak 5725 MHz
-3.62 3.20 X.XX Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 5725-5850 MHz radiation characteristic Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 330 0 30 Vertical Horizontal Main antenna: 5725 MHz B d
(
300 270
) i i n a G 10 0
- 10
- 20
- 30
- 40
- 50
- 50
- 40
- 30
- 20
- 10 0 10 60 90 120 240 210 180 150 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak Horz+Vert (dBi) peak 5725 MHz
-0.68 2.88 X.XX Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 0 30 Vertical Horizontal 60 90 120 330 Main antenna: 5787.5 MHz n a G B d
(
270 300
) i i 240 10 0
- 10
- 20
- 30
- 40
- 50
- 50
- 40
- 30
- 20
- 10 0 10 210 180 150 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak Horz+Vert (dBi) peak 5787.5 MHz
-2.47 3.16 X.XX Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 330 0 30 Vertical Horizontal 60 90 120 Main antenna: 5850 MHz n a G B d
(
300 270
) i i 240 10 0
- 10
- 20
- 30
- 40
- 50
- 50
- 40
- 30
- 20
- 10 0 10 210 180 150 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak Horz+Vert (dBi) peak 5850 MHz
-1.64 1.82 X.XX Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 0 30 Vertical Horizontal 330 Auxiliary antenna: 5725 MHz B d
(
300 270
) i i n a G 10 0
- 10
- 20
- 30
- 40
- 50
- 50
- 40
- 30
- 20
- 10 0 10 60 90 120 240 210 180 150 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak Horz+Vert (dBi) peak 5725 MHz
-3.62 3.20 X.XX Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 0 30 Vertical Horizontal 60 90 120 330 Auxiliary antenna: 5787.5 MHz n a G B d
(
300 270
) i i 240 10 0
- 10
- 20
- 30
- 40
- 50
- 50
- 40
- 30
- 20
- 10 0 10 210 180 150 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak Horz+Vert (dBi) peak 5787.5 MHz
-4.93 1.77 X.XX Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 0 30 Vertical Horizontal Auxiliary antenna: 5850 MHz 300
) i B d
(
270 i n a G 330 10 0
- 10
- 20
- 30
- 40
- 50
- 50
- 40
- 30
- 20
- 10 0 10 60 90 120 240 210 180 150 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak Horz+Vert (dBi) peak 5850 MHz
-3.64 1.87 X.XX Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 Host PC Information Host model: HP Tablet PC TR1105, HP Compaq Tablet TC1105 Agency Series # xxxxxxxx Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 Main Antenna Auxiliary Antenna Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | CRN26066 response | Cover Letter(s) | 8.53 KiB | November 12 2003 |
Steve Cheng To:
Subject:
Diane Poole (E-mail) RE: Ambit Microsystems Corporation, CRN26066, FCC ID MCLJ07H06903 Dear Diane, The response for the requested technical information in CRN: 26066 has been integrated into your original text below. Please review at your earliest convenience. Thanks. Best regards, Steve Cheng EMC Engineering Manager Compliance Certification Services 561F Monterey road, Morgan Hill, CA 95037-9001 Tel: (408) 463-0885, Fax: (408) 463-0888
-----Original Message-----
From: oetech@fccsun34w.fcc.gov [mailto:oetech@fccsun34w.fcc.gov]
Sent: Tuesday, December 09, 2003 3:08 PM To: SCHENG@CCSEMC.COM Subject: Data To:
From:
STEVE CHENG, COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES Diane Poole Diane.Poole@fcc.gov FCC Application Processing Branch FCC ID MCLJ07H06903 Re:
Applicant:
Correspondence Reference Number:
731 Confirmation Number:
26066 EA417148 Ambit Microsystems Corporation 1) please submit laptop user manual
<CCS response> New user manual which address the laptop operation has been uploaded to EAS data base. 2) is user install of card intended? if yes, BIOS lock or other 15.407(d) compliance issues may need to be verified.
<CCS response> Yes, the device is intended to be installed by end-user. 3) fyi 5ghz SAR report seems to have typo error on uncertainty page -should be 5ghz budget not 0.3-3GHz
<CCS response> Thanks for your info, it is a typo inherited from our previous 3G report template. Revised report has been uploaded to EAS data base. 4) please explain use of different SAR test positions in 2.4ghz vs 5ghz report, also considering any intended use positions described in user manual
<CCS response> Since only Tablet position is subjected to touch condition and all other usages is either bystander or sit on the arm, so tested to 1.5cm separation distance shall be sufficient to cover all the cases. We will make sure to have a consistent test configuration in the future application. 5) internal photo in SAR report shows Bluetooth - what is certification info?
<CCS response> Bluetooh-Manufactured by Actiontec, FCC ID: LNQBTM200 "Bluetooth Wireless Module"(Described in SAR Test Report page 4). Also, SAR co-location test has been preformed in this filling to make sure the compliance. 6) if not included already, please submit 5ghz mix ingredients and procedures, or spec sheet and ordering info.
<CCS response> The simulation liquid is made by SAR system manufacture, SPEAG, Please see enclosed file entitle
"Material Specification Data Sheet of Body Simulating Liquid (5GHz).pdf". 1 The items indicated above must be submitted before processing can continue on the above referenced application. Failure to provide the requested information within 60 days of the original e-mail date may result in application dismissal pursuant to Section 2.917 (c) and forfeiture of the filing fee pursuant to section 1.1108. DO NOT reply to this e-mail by using the Reply button. In order for your response to be processed expeditiously, you must upload your response via the Internet at www.fcc.gov, Electronic Filing, OET Equipment Authorization Electronic Filing. If the response is submitted through Add Attachments, in order to expedite processing, a message which informs the processing staff that a new exhibit has been submitted must also be submitted via Submit Correspondence. Also, please note that partial responses increase processing time and should not be submitted. Any questions about the content of this correspondence should be directed to the e-mail address listed below the name of the sender. 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Class II Change Letter | Cover Letter(s) | 96.61 KiB |
AMBIT Microsystems Corporation 4-1, Min-Sheng Street, Tu Cheng Taipei County 236, Taiwan, R.O.C. TEL:+886-2-2267-6511 FAX:+886-2-2267-6512
(Original Grant date: 3/27/2003 ) Applicant: Ambit Microsystems Co. Date: October 16, 03 Federal Communications Commission Authorization and Evaluation Division 7435 Oakland Mills Road Columbia, MD 21046 Attn: OET Dept. Ref: FCC Class II Permissive change for FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 Dear Examiner, This is to request a Class II permissive change for FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903, originally granted on 3/27/2003. The major change filed under this application is:
Change #1 Additional antennas and antenna types are added. Change #2 Changed to portable device from mobile device. If you have any questions regarding this application, please feel free to contact me. Sincerely yours,
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Revised 5G SAR report | RF Exposure Info | 1.27 MiB | November 12 2003 |
FCC Report and Order: ET Docket 93-62, and OET Bulletin 65 Supplement C in accordance with the requirements of for 802.11abg WLAN Mini-PCI Module Installed into Tablet PC (TC1100) Model: J07H069.01 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 October 23, 2003 REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A Prepared for Ambit Microsystems Corporation 4-1, 5 Hsin-An Road Hsinchu, Science-Based Industrial Park Hsinchu, Taiwan, R. O. C. Prepared by COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES 561F MONTEREY ROAD MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA TEL: (408) 463-0885 REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE (SAR EVALUATION) Dates of Tests: October 22-23, 2003 APPLICANT:
MODEL:
FCC ID:
DEVICE CATEGORY:
EXPOSURE CATEGORY: GENERAL POPULATION/UNCONTROLLED EXPOSURE Ambit Microsystems Corporation 5F-1, 5 Hsin-An Road Hsinchu, Science-Based Industrial Park Hsinchu, Taiwan, R O C J07H069.01 MCLJ07H06903 PORTABLE DEVICES Test Sample is a:
Production unit Modulation type:
802.11a Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) Tx Frequency:
5180 MHz to 5320 MHz (UNII-1 & UNII-2) 802.11 a/b/g WLAN Mini-PCI Module 5745 MHz to 5825 MHz (UNII-3) Max. O/P Power:
(Conducted/Average) UNII-1 & 2: 17.90 dBm UNII-3: 16.57 dBm Max. SAR (1g):
UNII-1 & 2: 0.434 mW/g UNII-3: 0.332 mW/g Co-location: 0.436 mW/g (UNII-2) Application Type: Certification FCC Rule Part(s):
15C/E Host device (TC1100) Note: This Report is only applicable for 802.11a This wireless portable device has been shown to be capable of compliance for localized specific absorption rate (SAR) for uncontrolled environment/general population exposure limits specified in ANSI/IEEE Std. C95.1-1992 and had been tested in accordance with the measurement procedures specified in FCC OET 65 Supplement C (released on 6/29/2001 see Test Report). I attest to the accuracy of data. All measurements reported herein were performed by me or were made under my supervision and are correct to the best of my knowledge and belief. I assume full responsibility for the completeness of these measurements and vouch for the qualifications of all persons taking them. Steve Cheng EMC Engineering Manager Page: 2 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. 2. 3. EQUIPMENT UNDER TEST (EUT) DESCRIPTION ...........................................................4 REQUIREMENTS FOR COMPLIANCE TESTING DEFINED BY THE FCC ...............................5 DOSIMETRIC ASSESSMENT SYSTEM ..........................................................................5 3.1. MEASUREMENT SYSTEM DIAGRAM ..................................................................................................... 6 3.2. SYSTEM COMPONENTS ...................................................................................................................... 7 DASY4 MEASUREMENT SERVER.......................................................................................... 7 DATA ACQUISITION ELECTRONICS (DAE) .............................................................................. 7 SAM PHANTOM (V4.0)......................................................................................................... 8 DEVICE HOLDER FOR SAM TWIN PHANTOM .......................................................................... 8 SYSTEM VALIDATION KITS..................................................................................................... 8 EVALUATION PROCEDURES .....................................................................................9 MEASUREMENT UNCERTAINTY ...............................................................................12 EXPOSURE LIMIT..................................................................................................13 MEASUREMENT RESULTS ......................................................................................14 7.1. SYSTEM PERFORMANCE CHECK ....................................................................................................... 14 7.2. TEST LIQUID CONFIRMATION............................................................................................................. 15 7.3. EUT TUNE-UP PROCEDURES................................................................................................................ 16 7.4. SAR MEASUREMENTS RESULTS....................................................................................................... 17 EUT PHOTOS ......................................................................................................25 8. EQUIPMENT LIST & CALIBRATION STATUS ...............................................................28 9. 10. REFERENCES ......................................................................................................29 11. ATTACHMENTS ....................................................................................................30 4. 5. 6. 7. Page: 3 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 1. EQUIPMENT UNDER TEST (EUT) DESCRIPTION APPLICANT:
MODEL:
FCC ID:
DEVICE CATEGORY:
EXPOSURE CATEGORY: GENERAL POPULATION/UNCONTROLLED EXPOSURE Ambit Microsystems Corporation 5F-1, 5 Hsin-An Road Hsinchu, Science-Based Industrial Park Hsinchu, Taiwan, R O C J07H069.01 MCLJ07H06903 PORTABLE DEVICES Test Sample is a:
Production unit Modulation type:
802.11a Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) Tx Frequency:
5180 MHz to 5320 MHz (UNII-1 & UNII-2) 802.11 a/b/g WLAN Mini-PCI Module 5745 MHz to 5825 MHz (UNII-3) Max. O/P Power:
(Conducted/Average) UNII-1 & 2: 17.90 dBm UNII-3: 16.57 dBm Max. SAR (1g):
UNII-1 & 2: 0.434 mW/g UNII-3: 0.332 mW/g Co-location: 0.436 mW/g (UNII-2) Application Type: Certification FCC Rule Part(s):
15C/E Host Device (s):
HP, model TC1100 Bluetooth Module: Actiontec, FCC ID: LNQBTM200 Host device (TC1100) Page: 4 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 2. REQUIREMENTS FOR COMPLIANCE TESTING DEFINED BY THE FCC The US Federal Communications Commission has released the report and order Guidelines for Evaluating the Environmental Effects of RF Radiation", ET Docket No. 93-62 in August 1996 [1]. The order requires routine SAR evaluation prior to equipment authorization of portable transmitter devices, including portable telephones. For consumer products, the applicable limit is 1.6 mW/g for an uncontrolled environment and 8.0 mW/g for an occupational/controlled environment as recommended by the ANSI/IEEE standard C95.1-1992 [6]. According to the Supplement C of OET Bulletin 65 Evaluating Compliance with FCC Guide-lines for Human Exposure to Radio frequency Electromagnetic Fields", released on Jun 29, 2001 by the FCC, the device should be evaluated at maximum output power (radiated from the antenna) under worst-case conditions for normal or intended use, incorporating normal antenna operating positions, device peak performance frequencies and positions for maximum RF energy coupling. 3. DOSIMETRIC ASSESSMENT SYSTEM These measurements were performed with the automated near-field scanning system DASY4 from Schmid & Partner Engineering AG (SPEAG). The system is based on a high precision robot (working range greater than 0.9 m) which positions the probes with a positional repeatability of better than 0.02 mm. Special E- and H-field probes have been developed for measurements close to material discontinuity, the sensors of which are directly loaded with a Schottky diode and connected via highly resistive lines to the data acquisition unit. The SAR measurements were conducted with the dosimetric probe ES3DV2-SN: 3021 (manufactured by SPEAG), designed in the classical triangular configuration and optimized for dosimetric evaluation. The probe has been calibrated according to the procedure with accuracy of better than 10%. The spherical isotropy was evaluated with the procedure and found to be better than 0.25 dB. The phantom used was the SAM Twin Phantom as described in FCC supplement C, IEEE P1528 and EN50361. Page: 5 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 3.1. MEASUREMENT SYSTEM DIAGRAM The DASY4 system for performing compliance tests consists of the following items:
A standard high precision 6-axis robot (Staubli RX family) with controller, teach pendant and software. An arm extension for accommodating the data acquisition electronics (DAE). A dosimetric probe, i.e., an isotropic E-field probe optimized and calibrated for usage in tissue simulating liquid. The probe is equipped with an optical surface detector system. A data acquisition electronics (DAE) which performs the signal amplification, signal multiplexing, AD-conversion, offset measurements, mechanical surface detection, collision detection, etc. The unit is battery powered with standard or rechargeable batteries. The signal is optically transmitted to the EOC. The Electro-optical converter (EOC) performs the conversion between optical and electrical of the signals for the digital communication to the DAE and for the analog signal from the optical surface detection. The EOC is connected to the measurement server. The function of the measurement server is to perform the time critical tasks such as signal filtering, control of the robot operation and fast movement interrupts. A probe alignment unit which improves the (absolute) accuracy of the probe positioning. A computer operating Windows 2000 or Windows XP. DASY4 software. Remote control with teach pendant and additional circuitry for robot safety such as warning lamps, etc. The SAM twin phantom enabling testing left-hand and right-hand usage. The device holder for handheld mobile phones. Tissue simulating liquid mixed according to the given recipes. Validation dipole kits allowing validating the proper functioning of the system. Page: 6 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 3.2. SYSTEM COMPONENTS DASY4 Measurement Server The DASY4 measurement server is based on a PC/104 CPU board with a 166MHz low-power Pentium, 32MB chip disk and 64MB RAM. The necessary circuits for communication with either the DAE3 electronic box as well as the 16-bit AD-converter system for optical detection and digital I/O interface are contained on the DASY4 I/O-board, which is directly connected to the PC/104 bus of the CPU board. The measurement server performs all real-time data evaluation for field measurements and surface detection, controls robot movements and handles safety operation. The PC-operating system cannot interfere with these time critical processes. All connections are supervised by a watchdog, and disconnection of any of the cables to the measurement server will automatically disarm the robot and disable all program-controlled robot movements. Furthermore, the measurement server is equipped with two expansion slots which are reserved for future applications. Please note that the expansion slots do not have a standardized pinout and therefore only the expansion cards provided by SPEAG can be inserted. Expansion cards from any other supplier could seriously damage the measurement server. Calibration: No calibration required. Data Acquisition Electronics (DAE) The data acquisition electronics (DAE3) consists of a highly sensitive electrometer grade preamplifier with auto-zeroing, a channel and gain-switching multiplexer, a fast 16 bit AD converter and a command decoder and control logic unit. Transmission to the measurement server is accomplished through an optical downlink for data and status information as well as an optical uplink for commands and the clock. The mechanical probe mounting device includes two different sensor systems for frontal and sideways probe contacts. They are used for mechanical surface detection and probe collision detection. The input impedance of the DAE3 box is 200MOhm; the inputs are symmetrical and floating. Common mode rejection is above 80 dB. ES3DV2 Isotropic E-Field Probe for Dosimetric Measurements Construction:
Symmetrical design with triangular core Interleaved sensors Built-in shielding against static charges PEEK enclosure material (resistant to organic solvents, e.g., glycolether) Basic Broad Band Calibration in air: 10-2500 MHz. Conversion Factors (CF) for HSL 900 and HSL 1800 CF-Calibration for other liquids and frequencies upon request. 10 MHz to > 6 GHz; Linearity: 0.2 dB 0.2 dB in HSL (rotation around probe axis);
0.3 dB in tissue material (rotation normal to probe axis) Dynamic Range: 5 W/g to > 100 mW/g; Linearity: 0.2 dB Dimensions:
Overall length: 330 mm (Tip: 20 mm) Tip diameter: 3.9 mm (Body: 12 mm) Distance from probe tip to dipole centers: 2.7 mm General dosimetry up to 6 GHz Dosimetry in strong gradient fields Compliance tests of mobile phones Calibration:
Frequency:
Directivity:
Application:
Interior of probe Isotropic E-Field Probe Page: 7 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 SAM Phantom (V4.0) Construction:
The shell corresponds to the specifications of the Specific Anthropomorphic Mannequin (SAM) phantom defined in IEEE 1528-200X, CENELEC 50361 and IEC 62209. It enables the dosimetric evaluation of left and right hand phone usage as well as body mounted usage at the flat phantom region. A cover prevents evaporation of the liquid. Reference markings on the phantom allow the complete setup of all predefined phantom positions and measurement grids by manually teaching three points with the robot. 2 0.2 mm Approx. 25 liters Height: 810mm; Length: 1000mm;
Width: 500mm Shell Thickness:
Filling Volume:
Dimensions:
Device Holder for SAM Twin Phantom Construction:
In combination with the Twin SAM Phantom V4.0 or Twin SAM, the Mounting Device (made from POM) enables the rotation of the mounted transmitter in spherical coordinates, whereby the rotation point is the ear opening. The devices can be easily and accurately positioned according to IEC, IEEE, CENELEC, FCC or other specifications. The device holder can be locked at different phantom locations (left head, right head, flat phantom). System Validation Kits Construction:
Symmetrical dipole with l/4 balun Enables measurement of feedpoint impedance with NWA Matched for use near flat phantoms filled with brain simulating solutions Includes distance holder and tripod adaptor. Frequency:
450, 900, 1800, 2450, 5800 MHz Return loss:
> 20 dB at specified validation position Power capability: > 100 W (f < 1GHz); > 40 W (f > 1GHz) Dimensions:
450V2: dipole length: 270 mm; overall height: 330 mm D900V2: dipole length: 149 mm; overall height: 330 mm D1800V2: dipole length: 72 mm; overall height: 300 mm D2450V2: dipole length: 51.5 mm; overall height: 300 mm D5GHzV2: dipole length: 25.5 mm; overall height: 290 mm Page: 8 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A 4. EVALUATION PROCEDURES DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 DATA EVALUATION The DASY4 post processing software (SEMCAD) automatically executes the following procedures to calculate the field units from the microvolt readings at the probe connector. The parameters used in the evaluation are stored in the configuration modules of the software:
- Sensitivity
- Conversion factor
- Diode compression point dcpi Normi, ai0, ai1, ai2 ConvFi Probe parameters:
Device parameters: - Frequency
- Crest factor
- Conductivity Media parameters:
- Density f cf r These parameters must be set correctly in the software. They can be found in the component documents or be imported into the software from the configuration files issued for the DASY components. In the direct measuring mode of the multi-meter option, the parameters of the actual system setup are used. In the scan visualization and export modes, the parameters stored in the corresponding document files are used. The first step of the evaluation is a linearization of the filtered input signal to account for the compression characteristics of the detector diode. The compensation depends on the input signal, the diode type and the DC-transmission factor from the diode to the evaluation electronics. If the exciting field is pulsed, the crest factor of the signal must be known to correctly compensate for peak power. The formula for each channel can be given as:
=
cfUUV dcp 2 i
+
i i i with Vi Ui cf dcpi = Diode compression point
= Compensated signal of channel i (i = x, y, z)
(i = x, y, z)
= Input signal of channel i
(DASY parameter)
= Crest factor of exciting field
(DASY parameter) From the compensated input signals the primary field data for each channel can be evaluated:
E-field probes:
H-field probes:
=
E i i V ConvF Norm i
=
H i Vi
+
a i 10 i 11 fa f
+
fa 12 i 2 with Vi
= Compensated signal of channel i (i = x, y, z)
(i = x, y, z) Normi = Sensor sensitivity of channel i m V/(V/m)2 for E0field Probes ConvF = Sensitivity enhancement in solution aij f Ei Hi
= Sensor sensitivity factors for H-field probes
= Carrier frequency (GHz)
= Electric field strength of channel i in V/m
= Magnetic field strength of channel i in A/m Page: 9 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. s
REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 The RSS value of the field components gives the total field strength (Hermitian magnitude):
=
E tot
+
EEE
+
2 y 2 x 2 z The primary field data are used to calculate the derived field units. SAR
=
E 2 tot s 1000 r with SAR = local specific absorption rate in mW/g
= total field strength in V/m
= conductivity in [mho/m] or [Siemens/m]
= equivalent tissue density in g/cm3 Etot r Note that the density is normally set to 1 (or 1.06), to account for actual brain density rather than the density of the simulation liquid. The power flow density is calculated assuming the excitation field as a free space field. P pwe
=
tot 2E 3770 or
= HP pwe 2 tot 7.37 with Ppwe = Equivalent power density of a plane wave in mW/cm2 Htot Etot
= total magnetic field strength in A/m
= total electric field strength in V/m Page: 10 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document.
s REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 SAR EVALUATION PROCEDURES The procedure for assessing the peak spatial-average SAR value consists of the following steps:
Power Reference Measurement The reference and drift jobs are useful jobs for monitoring the power drift of the device under test in the batch process. Both jobs measure the field at a specified reference position, at a selectable distance from the phantom surface. The reference position can be either the selected sections grid reference point or a user point in this section. The reference job projects the selected point onto the phantom surface, orients the probe perpendicularly to the surface, and approaches the surface using the selected detection method. Area Scan The area scan is used as a fast scan in two dimensions to find the area of high field values, before doing a finer measurement around the hot spot. The sophisticated interpolation routines implemented in DASY4 software can find the maximum locations even in relatively coarse grids. The scan area is defined by an editable grid. This grid is anchored at the grid reference point of the selected section in the phantom. When the area scans property sheet is brought-up, grid was at to 10 mm by 10 mm and can be edited by a user. Zoom Scan Zoom scans are used to assess the peak spatial SAR values within a cubic averaging volume containing 1 g and 10 g of simulated tissue. The default zoom scan measures 7 x 7 x 8 points within a cube whose base faces are centered around the maximum found in a preceding area scan job within the same procedure. If the preceding Area Scan job indicates more then one maximum, the number of Zoom Scans has to be enlarged accordingly (The default number inserted is 1). Power Drift measurement The drift job measures the field at the same location as the most recent reference job within the same procedure, and with the same settings. The drift measurement gives the field difference in dB from the reading conducted within the last reference measurement. Several drift measurements are possible for one reference measurement. This allows a user to monitor the power drift of the device under test within a batch process. In the properties of the Drift job, the user can specify a limit for the drift and have DASY4 software stop the measurements if this limit is exceeded. Z-Scan The Z Scan job measures points along a vertical straight line. The line runs along the Z-axis of a one-
dimensional grid. A user can anchor the grid to the current probe location. As with any other grids, the local Z-axis of the anchor location establishes the Z-axis of the grid. Page: 11 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A 5. MEASUREMENT UNCERTAINTY DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 UNCERTAINTY BUDGE ACCORDING TO IEEE P1528 Error Description Uncertaint y Value Measurement System Probe Calibration Axial Isotropy Hemispherical Isotropy Boundary Effects Linearity System Detection Limits Readout Electronics Response Time Integration Time
[%]
8.3 4.7 9.6 2.0 4.7 1.0 1.0 0.8 2.6 RF Ambient Condition 1.59 Probe Positioner Probe Positioning Max. SAR Eval. Extrap/Interp algorithm error Test sample Related Device Positioning Device Holder Power Drift Phantom and Setup Phantom Uncertainty Liquid Conductivity (target) Liquid Conductivity (meas.) Liquid Peermittivity (target) Liquid Permittivity (meas.) Combined Std. Uncertainty 0.8 5 1.0 20 1.1 3.6 5.0 4.0 5.0 2.5 5.0 2.5 Prob. Dist. Div.
(ci) 1g
(ci) 10g Std. Std. Unc.(1g) Unc. (10g)
(vi) veff N R R R R R N R R R R R R R N N R R R N R N 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 3 3 3 1 3 1 1 0.7 0.7 1 0.7 0.7 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.43 0.43 0.49 0.49 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.64 0.64 0.6 0.6 4.8%
1.9%
3.9%
1.2%
2.7%
0.6%
1.0%
0.5%
1.5%
0.9%
0.2%
0.5%
2.9%
11.6 1.1%
3.6%
2.9%
2.3%
1.8%
1.6%
1.7%
1.5%
4.8%
1.9%
3.9%
1.2%
2.7%
0.6%
1.0%
0.5%
1.5%
0.9%
0.2%
0.5%
2.9%
11.6 1.1%
145 3.6%
2.9%
2.3%
1.2%
1.1%
1.4%
1.2%
55 15.4%
9.6%
330 Expanded STD Uncertainty 30.8%
30.6%
Table: Worst-case uncertainty for DASY4 assessed according to IEEE P1528. The budge is valid for the frequency range 300 MHz to 6GHz and represents a worst-case analysis. Page: 12 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 6. EXPOSURE LIMIT
(A). Limits for Occupational/Controlled Exposure (W/kg) Whole-Body 0.4 Partial-Body 8.0 Hands, Wrists, Feet and Ankles 2.0
(B). Limits for General Population/Uncontrolled Exposure (W/kg) Hands, Wrists, Feet and Ankles 4.0 Whole-Body 0.08 NOTE: Whole-Body SAR is averaged over the entire body, partial-body SAR is Partial-Body 1.6 averaged over any 1 gram of tissue defined as a tissue volume in the shape of a cube. SAR for hands, wrists, feet and ankles is averaged over any 10 grams of tissue defined as a tissue volume in the shape of a cube. Population/Uncontrolled Environments:
are defined as locations where there is the exposure of individuals who have no knowledge or control of their exposure. Occupational/Controlled Environments:
are defined as locations where there is exposure that may be incurred by people who are aware of the potential for exposure, (i.e. as a result of employment or occupation). GENERAL POPULATION/UNCONTROLLED EXPOSURE NOTE PARTIAL BODY LIMIT 1.6 mW/g Page: 13 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A 7. MEASUREMENT RESULTS DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 7.1. SYSTEM PERFORMANCE CHECK The system performance check is performed prior to any usage of the system in order to guarantee reproducible results. The system performance check verifies that the system operates within its specifications. The system performance check results are tabulated below. And also the corresponding SAR plot is attached as well in the SAR plots files. SYSTEM PERFORMANCE CHECK MEASUREMENT CONDITIONS The measurements were performed in the flat section of the SAM twin phantom filled with Body simulating liquid of the following parameters. The DASY4 system with an Isotropic E-Field Probe ES3DV2-SN: 3021 was used for the measurements. The dipole was mounted on the small tripod so that the dipole feed point was positioned below the center marking of the flat phantom section and the dipole was oriented parallel to the body axis (the long side of the phantom). The standard measuring distance was 10 mm (above 1 GHz) from dipole center to the simulating liquid surface. The coarse grid with a grid spacing of 10 mm was aligned with the dipole. Special 7x7x8 fine cube was chosen for cube integration (dx=dy= 4.3 mm, dz= 3 mm). Distance between probe sensors and phantom surface was set to 3.0 mm. The dipole input power (forward power) was 250 mW 3%. The results are normalized to 1 W input power. REFERENCE SAR VALUES The reference SAR values were using measurement results indicated in the dipole calibration document (see table below) f (MHz) 5200 5800 Head Tissue Body Tissue SAR1g 87.2 89.6 SAR 10g 24.3 25.1 SAR1g 84 80.8 SAR 10g 23.5 22.8 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE CHECK RESULTS Dipole: D5GHzV2 SN 1003 Date: October 22, 2003 Ambient condition: Temperature 25.0 C; Relative humidity 45%
B o d y Simulating Liquid f (M H z ) T em p . [ C ] Depth [cm ]
Param eters Target M e a s u r e d D e viation[% ]
Limited[% ]
5 2 0 0 2 3.50 1 5.00 Conductivity:
Permitivity:
1 g S A R :
4 9 5.3 8 4 4 8.9569 5.4839 9 1.6
-0.09 3.47 9.05 1 0 5 N/A Date: October 23, 2003 Ambient condition: Temperature 25.0 C; Relative humidity 44%
B o d y Simulating Liquid f (M H z ) T em p . [ C ] Depth [cm ]
Param eters Target M e a s u r e d D e viation[% ]
Limited[% ]
5 8 0 0 2 3.50 1 5.00 Conductivity:
6 6.2951 Permitivity:
4 8.2 4 7.2275 1 g S A R :
8 0.8 9 1.2
-2.02 4.92 1 2.87 1 0 5 N/A Page: 14 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 7.2. TEST LIQUID CONFIRMATION SIMULATING LIQUIDS PARAMETER CHECK The simulating liquids should be checked at the beginning of a series of SAR measurements to determine of the dielectric parameters are within the tolerances of the specified target values. The relative permittivity and conductivity of the tissue material should be within 5% of the values given in the table below. 5% may not be easily achieved at certain frequencies. Under such circumstances, 10% tolerance may be used until more precise tissue recipes are available circumstances, 10%
tolerance may be used until more precise tissue recipes are available TISSUE SIMULATING LIQUIDS In the current guidelines and draft standards for compliance testing of mobile phones (i.e., IEEE P1528, OET 65 Supplement C), the dielectric parameters suggested for head and body tissue simulating liquid are given only at 3.0 GHz and 5.8 GHz. As an intermediate solution, dielectric parameters for the frequencies between 5 to 5.8 GHz were obtained using linear interpolation (see table below). SPEAG has developed suitable head and body tissue simulating liquids consisting of the following ingredients: de-ionized water, salt and a special composition including mineral oil and an emulgators. Dielectric parameters of these liquids were measured suing a HP 8570C Dielectric Probe Kit in conjunction with HP 8753ES Network Analyzer (30 kHz 6G Hz). The differences with respect to the interpolated values were well within desired 5% for the whole 5 to 5.8 GHz range. f (MHz) Head Tissue Body Tissue rel. permitivity conductivity rel. permitivity conductivity 3000 5800 5000 5100 5200 5300 5400 5500 5600 5700 38.5 35.3 36.2 36.1 36.0 35.9 35.8 35.6 35.5 35.4
(e r = relative permittivity, s = conductivity and r = 1000 kg/m3) 2.40 5.27 1.45 4.55 4.66 4.76 4.86 4.96 5.07 5.17 52.0 48.2 49.3 49.1 49.0 48.9 48.7 48.6 48.5 48.3 2.73 6.00 5.07 5.18 5.30 5.42 5.53 5.65 5.77 5.88 Reference Standard Standard Interpolated Interpolated Interpolated Interpolated Interpolated Interpolated Interpolated Interpolated SIMULATING LIQUIDS PARAMETER CHECK RESULTS Ambient condition: Temperature: 25.0 C; Relative humidity: 45%
Date: October 22, 2003 Body Simulating Liquid f (MHz) Temp. [C] Depth (cm) 5200 23.5 15 Parameters Target Measured Deviation[%] Limited[%]
Permitivity:
Conductivity:
49 5.3 48.9569 5.4839
-0.09 3.47 10 5 Ambient condition: Temperature: 25.0 C; Relative humidity: 44%
Date: October 23, 2003 Body Simulating Liquid f (MHz) Temp. [C] Depth (cm) 5800 23.5 15 Parameters Target Measured Deviation[%] Limited[%]
Permitivity:
48.2 47.2275 Conductivity:
6 6.2951
-2.02 4.92 10 5 Page: 15 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 7.3. EUT TUNE-UP PROCEDURES The following procedures had been used to prepare the EUT for the SAR test. o The client supplied a special driving program (ART Version 2.5 Build 15) to program the EUT to continually transmit the specified maximum power. And also to change the channel frequency. o The conducted power was measured at the high, middle and low channel frequency before and after the SAR measurement. o Co-Location (Both Wireless LAN and Bluetooth were transmitted: First, Wireless LAN was settled to highest SAR channel measured, and then Bluetooth transmitter was turned on to check if SAR value remains in reasonable reading. Page: 16 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 7.4. SAR MEASUREMENTS RESULTS EUT Setup Configuration 1 (Antenna A) Antenna A Frequency Range: 5180 - 5320 MHz Duty Cycle = 100%, Crest Factor: 1. Depth of liquid: 15.0 cm Normal mode Sep.
[mm]
Antenna Channel Frequency [MHz]
*Conducted Pwr_dBm Before
--
17.90
--
After
--
17.85
--
Liquid Temp
[ C]
--
23.5
--
SAR
(W/kg) Limit
(W/kg)
**
0.434
**
1.6 5180 5260 5320 A 15 36 52 64 Co-location (turbo mode) 52 15 A 5260 17.90 17.85 23.5 0.436 1.6 Turbo mode Sep.
[mm]
Antenna Channel Frequency [MHz]
15 A 42 50 58 5210 5250 5290
*Conducted Pwr_dBm Before
--
15.79
--
After
--
15.75
--
Liquid Temp
[ C]
--
23.5
--
SAR
(W/kg) Limit
(W/kg)
**
0.273
**
1.6 Notes:
1. 2.
*: Average power.
**: The SAR measured at the middle channel for this configuration is at least 3 dB lower than SAR limit, testing at the high and low channels is option. 3. See attachment for the result presentation in plot format. Page: 17 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 EUT Setup Configuration 1 (Antenna A) Antenna A Frequency Range: 5745 - 5825 MHz Duty Cycle = 100%, Crest Factor: 1. Depth of liquid: 15.0 cm Normal mode Sep.
[mm]
Antenna Channel Frequency [MHz]
15 A Turbo mode 149 157 165 5745 5785 5825 Sep.
[mm]
Antenna Channel Frequency [MHz]
15 A 152 160 5760 5800
*Conducted Pwr_dBm Before
--
16.57
--
After
--
16.55
--
*Conducted Pwr_dBm Before
--
16.51 After
--
16.50 Liquid Temp
[ C]
--
23.5
--
Liquid Temp
[ C]
--
23.5 SAR
(W/kg) Limit
(W/kg)
**
0.229
**
SAR
(W/kg)
**
0.215 1.6 Limit
(W/kg) 1.6 Notes:
1. 2.
*: Average power.
**: The SAR measured at the middle channel for this configuration is at least 3 dB lower than SAR limit, testing at the high and low channels is option. 3. See attachment for the result presentation in plot format. Page: 18 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 EUT Setup Configuration 2 (Antenna B) Antenna B Frequency Range: 5180 - 5320 MHz Duty Cycle = 100%, Crest Factor: 1. Depth of liquid: 15.0 cm Normal mode Sep.
[mm]
Antenna Channel Frequency [MHz]
15 B Turbo mode 36 52 64 5180 5260 5320 Sep.
[mm]
Antenna Channel Frequency [MHz]
15 B 42 50 58 5210 5250 5290
*Conducted Pwr_dBm Before
--
17.90
--
After
--
17.85
--
*Conducted Pwr_dBm Before
--
15.79
--
After
--
15.75
--
Liquid Temp
[ C]
--
23.5
--
Liquid Temp
[ C]
--
23.5
--
SAR
(W/kg) Limit
(W/kg)
**
0.157
**
1.6 SAR
(W/kg) Limit
(W/kg)
**
0.125
**
1.6 Notes:
1. 2.
*: Average power.
**: The SAR measured at the middle channel for this configuration is at least 3 dB lower than SAR limit, testing at the high and low channels is option. 3. See attachment for the result presentation in plot format. Page: 19 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 EUT Setup Configuration 2 (Antenna B) Antenna B Frequency Range: 5745 - 5825 MHz Duty Cycle = 100%, Crest Factor: 1. Depth of liquid: 15.0 cm Normal mode Sep.
[mm]
Antenna Channel Frequency [MHz]
15 B Turbo mode 149 157 165 5745 5785 5825 Sep.
[mm]
Antenna Channel Frequency [MHz]
15 B 152 160 5760 5800
*Conducted Pwr_dBm Before
--
16.57
--
After
--
16.55
--
*Conducted Pwr_dBm Before
--
16.51 After
--
16.50 Liquid Temp
[ C]
--
23.5
--
Liquid Temp
[ C]
--
23.5 SAR
(W/kg) Limit
(W/kg)
**
0.323
**
SAR
(W/kg)
**
0.332 1.6 Limit
(W/kg) 1.6 Notes:
1. 2.
*: Average power.
**: The SAR measured at the middle channel for this configuration is at least 3 dB lower than SAR limit, testing at the high and low channels is option. 3. See attachment for the result presentation in plot format. Page: 20 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 EUT Setup Configuration 3 (Antenna A) Antenna A Frequency Range: 5180 - 5320 MHz Duty Cycle = 100%, Crest Factor: 1. Depth of liquid: 15.0 cm Normal mode Sep.
[mm]
Antenna Channel Frequency [MHz]
0 A 36 52 64 5180 5260 5320
*Conducted Pwr_dBm Before
--
17.90
--
After
--
17.85
--
Liquid Temp
[ C]
--
23.0
--
SAR
(W/kg) Limit
(W/kg)
**
0.183
**
1.6 Notes:
1. 2.
*: Average power.
**: The SAR measured at the middle channel for this configuration is at least 3 dB lower than SAR limit, testing at the high and low channels is option. 3. See attachment for the result presentation in plot format. Page: 21 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 EUT Setup Configuration 3 (Antenna A) Antenna A Frequency Range: 5745 - 5825 MHz Duty Cycle = 100%, Crest Factor: 1. Depth of liquid: 15.0 cm Normal mode Sep.
[mm]
Antenna Channel Frequency [MHz]
0 A 149 157 165 5745 5785 5825
*Conducted Pwr_dBm Before
--
16.57
--
After
--
16.55
--
Liquid Temp
[ C]
--
23.5
--
SAR
(W/kg) Limit
(W/kg)
**
0.098
**
1.6 Notes:
1. 2.
*: Average power.
**: The SAR measured at the middle channel for this configuration is at least 3 dB lower than SAR limit, testing at the high and low channels is option. 3. See attachment for the result presentation in plot format. Page: 22 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 EUT Setup Configuration 4 (Antenna B) Antenna B Frequency Range: 5180 - 5320 MHz Duty Cycle = 100%, Crest Factor: 1. Depth of liquid: 15.0 cm Normal mode Sep.
[mm]
Antenna Channel Frequency [MHz]
0 B 36 52 64 5180 5260 5320
*Conducted Pwr_dBm Before
--
17.90
--
After
--
17.85
--
Liquid Temp
[ C]
--
23.0
--
SAR
(W/kg) Limit
(W/kg)
**
0.031
**
1.6 Notes:
1. 2.
*: Average power.
**: The SAR measured at the middle channel for this configuration is at least 3 dB lower than SAR limit, testing at the high and low channels is option. 3. See attachment for the result presentation in plot format. Page: 23 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 EUT Setup Configuration 4 (Antenna B) Antenna B Frequency Range: 5745 - 5825 MHz Duty Cycle = 100%, Crest Factor: 1. Depth of liquid: 15.0 cm Normal mode Sep.
[mm]
Antenna Channel Frequency [MHz]
0 A 149 157 165 5745 5785 5825
*Conducted Pwr_dBm Before
--
16.57
--
After
--
16.55
--
Liquid Temp
[ C]
--
23.5
--
SAR
(W/kg) Limit
(W/kg)
**
0.076
**
1.6 Notes:
1. 2.
*: Average power.
**: The SAR measured at the middle channel for this configuration is at least 3 dB lower than SAR limit, testing at the high and low channels is option. 3. See attachment for the result presentation in plot format. Page: 24 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A 8. EUT PHOTOS EUT HOST DEVICES (HP, MODEL: TC1100) Page: 25 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 HOST DEVICES (HP, MODEL: TC1100) With keyboard KEYBOARD Removed keyboard Page: 26 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 EUT Location 802.11 a/b/g WLAN Mini-PCI Module Antenna B ANTENNAS LOCATIONS Antenna A Bluetooth module Page: 27 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 9. EQUIPMENT LIST & CALIBRATION STATUS Manufacturer Agilent Hewlett Packard HP Giga-tronics Giga-tronics Mini-Circuits Mini-Circuits Rohde & Schwarz SPEAG SPEAG SPEAG SPEAG Staubli SPEAG SPEAG SPEAG Name of Equipment S-Parameter Network Analyzer Electronic Probe kit Signal General Power Meter Power Sensor Amplifier Amplifier Radio Communication Tester Data Acquisition Electronics (DAE) Dosimetric E-Field Probe System Validation Dipole Probe Alignment Unit Robot SAM Twin Phantom SAM Twin Phantom Simulating Liquids Type/Model 8753ES-6 85070C 83732B 8651A 80701A ZVE-8G ZHL-42W CMU 200 DAE3 V1 ES3DV2 D5GHzV2 LB (V2) RX90B L TP-1785 TP-1015 MSL5800 Serial Number US39173569 N/A US34490599 8651404 1834588 0360 D072701-5 838114/032 427 3021 1003 261 F00/5H31A1/A/01 QD 000 P40 CA N/A N/A Cal. Due date 8/8/04 N/A 4/4/04 5/12/04 2/18/04 N/A N/A 2/14/04 2/4/04 7/29/04 10/5/05 N/A N/A N/A N/A Daily check Page: 28 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A 10. REFERENCES DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903
[1] Federal Communications Commission, \Report and order: Guidelines for evaluating the environ-
mental effects of radiofrequency radiation", Tech. Rep. FCC 96-326, FCC, Washington, D.C. 20554, 1996.
[2] David L. Means Kwok Chan, Robert F. Cleveland, \Evaluating compliance with FCC guidelines for human exposure to radiofrequency electromagnetic fields", Tech. Rep., Federal Communication Commision, O_ce of Engineering & Technology, Washington, DC, 1997.
[3] Thomas Schmid, Oliver Egger, and Niels Kuster, \Automated E-_eld scanning system for dosimetric assessments", IEEE Transactions on Microwave Theory and Techniques, vol. 44, pp. 105{113, Jan. 1996.
[4] Niels Kuster, Ralph K.astle, and Thomas Schmid, \Dosimetric evaluation of mobile communications equipment with known precision", IEICE Transactions on Communications, vol. E80-B, no. 5, pp. 645{652, May 1997.
[5] CENELEC, \Considerations for evaluating of human exposure to electromagnetic fields (EMFs) from mobile telecommunication equipment (MTE) in the frequency range 30MHz - 6GHz", Tech. Rep., CENELEC, European Committee for Electrotechnical Standardization, Brussels, 1997.
[6] ANSI, ANSI/IEEE C95.1-1992: IEEE Standard for Safety Levels with Respect to Human Exposure to Radio Frequency Electromagnetic Fields, 3 kHz to 300 GHz, The Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc., New York, NY 10017, 1992.
[7] Katja Pokovic, Thomas Schmid, and Niels Kuster, \Robust setup for precise calibration of E-_eld probes in tissue simulating liquids at mobile communications frequencies", in ICECOM _ 97, Dubrovnik, October 15{17, 1997, pp. 120{124.
[8] Katja Pokovic, Thomas Schmid, and Niels Kuster, \E-_eld probe with improved isotropy in brain simulating liquids", in Proceedings of the ELMAR, Zadar, Croatia, 23{25 June, 1996, pp. 172{175.
[9] Volker Hombach, Klaus Meier, Michael Burkhardt, Eberhard K. uhn, and Niels Kuster, \The dependence of EM energy absorption upon human head modeling at 900 MHz", IEEE Transactions onMicrowave Theory and Techniques, vol. 44, no. 10, pp. 1865{1873, Oct. 1996.
[10] Klaus Meier, Ralf Kastle, Volker Hombach, Roger Tay, and Niels Kuster, \The dependence of EM energy absorption upon human head modeling at 1800 MHz", IEEE Transactions on Microwave Theory and Techniques, Oct. 1997, in press.
[11] W. Gander, Computermathematik, Birkhaeuser, Basel, 1992.
[12] W. H. Press, S. A. Teukolsky,W. T. Vetterling, and B. P. Flannery, Numerical Recepies in C, The Art of Scientific Computing, Second Edition, Cambridge University Press, 1992..Dosimetric Evaluation of Sample device, month 1998 9
[13] NIS81 NAMAS, \The treatment of uncertainity in EMC measurement", Tech. Rep., NAMAS Executive, National Physical Laboratory, Teddington, Middlesex, England, 1994.
[14] Barry N. Taylor and Christ E. Kuyatt, \Guidelines for evaluating and expressing the uncertainty of NIST measurement results", Tech. Rep., National Institute of Standards and Technology, 1994. Dosimetric Evaluation of Sample device, month 1998 10 Page: 29 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. DATE: October 23, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 REPORT NO: 03U2185-6A 11. ATTACHMENTS Contents No. of page (s) System Performance Check Plots SAR Test Plots Probe_ES3DV2-SN: 3021 Validation Dipole _D5GHzV2-SN: 1003 4 20 13 11 No. 1 2 3 4 End of Report Page: 30 of 30 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | UNII Setup Photos | Test Setup Photos | 220.40 KiB |
REPORT NO: 03U2185-10 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module 8. SETUP PHOTOS RADIATED RF MEASUREMENT SETUP RADIATED FRONT PHOTO DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 Page 36 of 39 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-10 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module RADIATED BACK PHOTO DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 Page 37 of 39 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-10 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module POWERLINE CONDUCTED EMISSIONS MEASUREMENT SETUP LINE CONDUCTED FRONT PHOTO DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 Page 38 of 39 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-10 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module LINE CONDUCTED BACK PHOTO DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 END OF REPORT Page 39 of 39 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | UNII Test Report | Test Report | 1.12 MiB |
FCC CFR47 PART 15 SUBPART E CLASS II PERMISSIVE CHANGE TEST REPORT FOR 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI MODULE MODEL NUMBER: J07H069.01 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 REPORT NUMBER: 03U2185-10 ISSUE DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 Prepared for AMBIT MICROSYSTEMS CORPORATION 5F-1, 5 HSIN-AN ROAD, HSINCU CITY SCIENCE-BASED INDUSTRAIL PARK, TAIWAN, R.O.C. Prepared by COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037, USA TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 REPORT NO: 03U2185-10 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. TEST RESULT CERTIFICATION ................................................................................................. 3 2. EUT DESCRIPTION ......................................................................................................................... 4 2.1. DESCRIPTION OF EUT.............................................................................................................. 4 2.2. DESCRIPTION OF CLASS II PERMISSIVE CHANGE .............................................................. 4 3. TEST METHODOLOGY.................................................................................................................. 5 4. FACILITIES AND ACCREDITATION.......................................................................................... 5 5. CALIBRATION AND UNCERTAINTY ......................................................................................... 6 5.1. MEASURING INSTRUMENT CALIBRATION ............................................................................ 6 5.2. MEASUREMENT UNCERTAINTY .............................................................................................. 6 TEST AND MEASUREMENT EQUIPMENT ............................................................................... 7 5.3. 6. SETUP OF EQUIPMENT UNDER TEST....................................................................................... 8 7. APPLICABLE LIMITS AND TEST RESULTS........................................................................... 10 7.1. RADIATED EMISSIONS ............................................................................................................ 10 RADIATED EMISSIONS ABOVE 1 GHZ....................................................................... 13 CO-LOCATED RADIATED EMISSIONS ....................................................................... 22 RADIATED EMISSIONS BELOW 1 GHZ ...................................................................... 31 7.2. POWERLINE CONDUCTED EMISSIONS................................................................................ 33 7.1.1. 7.1.2. 7.1.3. 8. SETUP PHOTOS.............................................................................................................................. 36 Page 2 of 39 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-10 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 1. TEST RESULT CERTIFICATION COMPANY NAME:
AMBIT MICROSYSTEMS CORPORATION 5F-1, 5 HSIN-AN ROAD, HSINCU SCIENCE BASED INDUSTRIAL PARK, TAIWAN, R.O.C. EUT DESCRIPTION:
MODEL:
DATE TESTED:
802.11 A/B/G MINI PCI MODULE J07H069.01 AUGUST 25 AUGUST 26, 2003 APPLICABLE STANDARDS STANDARD TEST RESULTS FCC PART 15 SUBPART E NO NON-COMPLIANCE NOTED Compliance Certification Services, Inc. tested the above equipment in accordance with the requirements set forth in the above standards. The test results show that the equipment tested is capable of demonstrating compliance with the requirements as documented in this report. Note: This document reports conditions under which testing was conducted and results of tests performed. This document may not be altered or revised in any way unless done so by Compliance Certification Services and all revisions are duly noted in the revisions section. Any alteration of this document not carried out by Compliance Certification Services will constitute fraud and shall nullify the document. Note: The 5.2 GHz band is applicable to this report; other bands of operation (2.4 and 5.8 GHz) are documented in a separate report. Approved & Released For CCS By:
Tested By:
MIKE HECKROTTE CHIEF ENGINEER COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES CHIN PANG EMC TECHCIAN COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES Page 3 of 39 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 REPORT NO: 03U2185-10 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module 2. EUT DESCRIPTION 2.1. DESCRIPTION OF EUT The EUT is an 802.11a/b/g transceiver in a mini-PCI form factor. The transmitter has a maximum peak conducted output power as follows:
Frequency Band Output Power Output Power
(MHz) 5180 - 5250 5260 - 5320
(W) 0.044 0.056
(dBm) 16.43 17.48 2.2. DESCRIPTION OF CLASS II PERMISSIVE CHANGE 1. The radio module is intended to be used with an additional antenna type. The main antenna is a Hitachi HAS-03-115 Film Antenna with a maximum assembly gain (including cable loss) of 3.38 dBi in the 5150 5350 MHz band. The auxilliary antenna is a Hitachi HAS-03-116 Film Antenna with a maximum assembly gain (including cable loss) of 3.50 dBi in the 5150 5350 MHz band. 2. The radio is intended to be used in a portable application, installed in host computer Hewlett Packard Model TC1100. 3. The radio is intended to be co-located with Bluetooth radio Actiontec model BTM200, FCC ID:
LNQBTM200. Page 4 of 39 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-10 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 3. TEST METHODOLOGY The tests documented in this report were performed in accordance with ANSI C63.4/1992, FCC CFR 47 Part 2 and FCC CFR 47 Part 15. 4. FACILITIES AND ACCREDITATION The open area test sites and conducted measurement facilities used to collect data are located at 561F Monterey Road, Morgan Hill, California, USA. The sites are constructed in conformance with the requirements of ANSI C63.4, ANSI C63.7 and CISPR Publication 22. All receiving equipment conforms to CISPR Publication 16-1, Radio Interference Measuring Apparatus and Measurement Methods. CCS is accredited by NVLAP, Laboratory Code 200065-0. The full scope of accreditation can be viewed at http://www.ccsemc.com. No part of this report may be used to claim or imply product endorsement by NVLAP or any agency of the US Government. Page 5 of 39 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-10 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module 5. CALIBRATION AND UNCERTAINTY DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 5.1. MEASURING INSTRUMENT CALIBRATION The measuring equipment utilized to perform the tests documented in this report has been calibrated in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, and is traceable to recognized national standards. 5.2. MEASUREMENT UNCERTAINTY Where relevant, the following measurement uncertainty levels have been estimated for tests performed on the apparatus:
Radiated Emission, 30 to 200 MHz Radiated Emission, 200 to 1000 MHz Radiated Emission, 1000 to 2000 MHz Power Line Conducted Emission Uncertainty figures are valid to a confidence level of 95%.
+/- 3.3 dB
+4.5 / -2.9 dB
+4.5 / -2.9 dB
+/- 2.9 dB Page 6 of 39 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-10 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 5.3. TEST AND MEASUREMENT EQUIPMENT The following test and measurement equipment was utilized for the tests documented in this report:
TEST AND MEASUREMENT EQUIPMENT LIST Name of Equipment Manufacturer EMI Receiver. RF Filter Section Bilog EMI Test Receiver LISN, 10 kHz ~ 30 MHz Spectrum Analyzer Pre-amplifier Horn Antenna Power Meter Power Sensor High Pass Filter HP HP ARA R & S FCC AGILENT MITEQ EMCO AGILENT Agilent Model 8542E 8542E LPB-2820A ESHS 20 50/250-25-2 E4446A NSP2600-SP 3115 E4416A E9327A Serial Number 3942A00286 3705A00256 1185 827129/006 114 US42070220 924341 6717 0841291160 US40440755 Calibration Due Date 11/20/03 11/20/03 3/6/04 7/17/2004 10/6/2003 1/13/04 4/25/04 2/4/04 11/7/04 11/7/04 N.C.R. FSY Microwave FM-4570-9SS 003 Page 7 of 39 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-10 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module 6. SETUP OF EQUIPMENT UNDER TEST SUPPORT EQUIPMENT DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 PERIPHERAL SUPPORT EQUIPMENT LIST Device Type Host Computer AC Adapter Manufacturer HP HP/Compaq Model TC1100 PA-1650-02C Serial Number 310681-001 340938004 FCC ID DoC DoC I/O CABLES Cable No. Port 1 2 AC DC
# of Identical Ports 1 2 Connector Type Cable Type US115 DC Un-Shielded Un-Shielded Cable Length 2m 1m Remarks Bundled AC Cable for LC Test NA TEST SETUP The EUT is installed in the host laptop computer during the tests. Test software exercised the radio card. Page 8 of 39 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-10 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module SETUP DIAGRAM FOR TESTS DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 EUT 2 AC Adapter 1 115Vac, 60Hz Page 9 of 39 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-10 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module 7. APPLICABLE LIMITS AND TEST RESULTS 7.1. RADIATED EMISSIONS DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 LIMITS 15.205 (a) Except as shown in paragraph (d) of this section, only spurious emissions are permitted in any of the frequency bands listed below:
MHz MHz MHz GHz 0.090 - 0.110 10.495 - 0.505 2.1735 - 2.1905 4.125 - 4.128 4.17725 - 4.17775 4.20725 - 4.20775 6.215 - 6.218 6.26775 - 6.26825 6.31175 - 6.31225 8.291 - 8.294 8.362 - 8.366 8.37625 - 8.38675 8.41425 - 8.41475 12.29 - 12.293 12.51975 - 12.52025 12.57675 - 12.57725 13.36 - 13.41 16.42 - 16.423 16.69475 - 16.69525 16.80425 - 16.80475 25.5 - 25.67 37.5 - 38.25 73 - 74.6 74.8 - 75.2 108 - 121.94 123 - 138 149.9 - 150.05 156.52475 - 156.52525 156.7 - 156.9 162.0125 - 167.17 167.72 - 173.2 240 - 285 322 - 335.4 399.9 - 410 608 - 614 960 - 1240 1300 - 1427 1435 - 1626.5 1645.5 - 1646.5 1660 - 1710 1718.8 - 1722.2 2200 - 2300 2310 - 2390 2483.5 - 2500 2655 - 2900 3260 - 3267 3332 - 3339 3345.8 - 3358 3600 - 4400 4.5 - 5.15 5.35 - 5.46 7.25 - 7.75 8.025 - 8.5 9.0 - 9.2 9.3 - 9.5 10.6 - 12.7 13.25 - 13.4 14.47 - 14.5 15.35 - 16.2 17.7 - 21.4 22.01 - 23.12 23.6 - 24.0 31.2 - 31.8 36.43 - 36.5
(2) 1 Until February 1, 1999, this restricted band shall be 0.490-0.510 MHz. 2 Above 38.6 15.205 (b) Except as provided in paragraphs (d) and (e), the field strength of emissions appearing within these frequency bands shall not exceed the limits shown in Section 15.209. At frequencies equal to or less than 1000 MHz, compliance with the limits in Section 15.209 shall be demonstrated using measurement instrumentation employing a CISPR quasi-peak detector. Above 1000 MHz, compliance with the emission limits in Section 15.209 shall be demonstrated based on the average value of the measured emissions. The provisions in Section 15.35 apply to these measurements. Page 10 of 39 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. Field Strength
(microvolts/meter) Measurement Distance
(meters) DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 REPORT NO: 03U2185-10 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module 15.209 (a) Except as provided elsewhere in this Subpart, the emissions from an intentional radiator shall not exceed the field strength levels specified in the following table:
Frequency
(MHz) ______________________________________________________________ 30 - 88 88 - 216 216 - 960 Above 960 _______________________________________________________________
** Except as provided in paragraph (g), fundamental emissions from intentional radiators operating under this Section shall not be located in the frequency bands 54-72 MHz, 76-88 MHz, 174-216 MHz or 470-806 MHz. However, operation within these frequency bands is permitted under other sections of this Part, e.g., Sections 15.231 and 15.241. 15.209 (b) In the emission table above, the tighter limit applies at the band edges. 100 **
150 **
200 **
500 3 3 3 3 Page 11 of 39 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-10 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 TEST PROCEDURE The EUT is placed on a non-conducting table 80 cm above the ground plane. The antenna to EUT distance is 3 meters. The EUT is configured in accordance with ANSI C63.4. The EUT is set to transmit in a continuous mode. For measurements below 1 GHz the resolution bandwidth is set to 100 kHz for peak detection measurements or 120 kHz for quasi-peak detection measurements. Peak detection is used unless otherwise noted as quasi-peak. For measurements above 1 GHz the resolution bandwidth is set to 1 MHz, then the video bandwidth is set to 1 MHz for peak measurements and 10 Hz for average measurements. The spectrum from 30 MHz to 40 GHz is investigated with the transmitter set to the lowest, middle, and highest channels. The frequency range of interest is monitored at a fixed antenna height and EUT azimuth. The EUT is rotated through 360 degrees to maximize emissions received. The antenna is scanned from 1 to 4 meters above the ground plane to further maximize the emission. Measurements are made with the antenna polarized in both the vertical and the horizontal positions. RESULTS No non-compliance noted:
Page 12 of 39 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-10 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 7.1.1. RADIATED EMISSIONS ABOVE 1 GHZ RESTRICTED BANDEDGE (NORMAL MODE, LOW CHANNEL, HORIZONTAL) LOW CH RESTRICTED, PEAK (Normal mode, Horizontal) Page 13 of 39 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-10 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 LOW CH RESTRICTED, AVG (Normal mode, Horizontal) Page 14 of 39 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-10 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 RESTRICTED BANDEDGE (NORMAL MODE, LOW CHANNEL, VERTICAL) LOW CH RESTRICTED, PEAK (Normal mode, Vertical) Page 15 of 39 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-10 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module LOW CH RESTRICTED, AVG (Normal mode, Vertical) DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 Page 16 of 39 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-10 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 RESTRICTED BANDEDGE (NORMAL MODE, HIGH CHANNEL, HORIZONTAL) HIGH CH RESTRICTED, PEAK (Normal mode, Horizontal) Page 17 of 39 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-10 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 HIGH CH RESTRICTED, AVG (Normal mode, Horizontal) Page 18 of 39 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-10 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 RESTRICTED BANDEDGE (NORMAL MODE, HIGH CHANNEL, VERTICAL) HIGH CH RESTRICTED, PEAK (Normal mode, Vertical) Page 19 of 39 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-10 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 HIGH CH RESTRICTED, AVG (Normal mode, Vertical) Page 20 of 39 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-10 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 HARMONICS AND SPURIOUS EMISSIONS (NORMAL MODE, L M & H CHANNELS High Frequency Measurement 08/26/03 Compliance Certification Services, Morgan Hill Open Field Site Test Engr: chin pang Project #:03U2185-2 Company:Ambit EUT Descrip.:802.11 a/b/g MiniPCI EUT M/N:J07H06901 ( antenna change ) Test Target:FCC Class B Mode Oper:Tx Test Equipment:
EMCO Horn 1-18GHz Pre-amplifer 1-26GHz Spectrum Analyzer Horn > 18GHz T59; S/N: 3245 @3m T87 Miteq 924342 Agilent E4446A Analyzer Hi Frequency Cables
(2 ft)
(2 ~ 3 ft)
(4 ~ 6 ft)
(12 ft) 11a, 5.2GHz Ch. Peak Measurements:
1 MHz Resolution Bandwidth 1MHz Video Bandwidth Average Measurements:
1 MHz Resolution Bandwidth 10Hz Video Bandwidth f Dist Read Pk Read Avg. AF feet dBuV dB/m dB dBuV Transmitting at low ch GHz CL Amp D Corr HPF Peak Avg Pk Lim Avg Lim Pk Mar Avg Mar Notes dB dB dBuV/m dBuV/m dBuV/m dBuV/m dB dB 5.180 10.360 10.360 46.9 47.2 Transmitting at mid ch 9.8 9.8 5.260 10.520 15.781 10.520 15.781 54.8 49.5 58.3 48.6 Transmitting at Hi ch 9.8 9.8 9.8 9.8 5.320 10.640 10.640 9.8 9.8 44.0 45.0 36.0 36.2 43.9 38.6 45.6 38.4 34.0 34.5 37.8 37.8 37.9 39.0 37.9 39.0 38.0 38.0 6.5 6.5 6.6 8.2 6.6 8.2 6.6 6.6
-41.6
-41.6
-41.4
-45.6
-41.4
-45.6
-41.3
-41.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 50.6 50.9 58.9 52.1 62.3 51.2 48.3 49.3 39.7 39.9 47.9 41.1 49.6 40.9 38.3 38.8 74.0 74.0 74.0 74.0 74.0 74.0 74.0 74.0 54.0 54.0 54.0 54.0 54.0 54.0 54.0 54.0
-23.4
-23.1
-15.1
-21.9
-11.7
-22.8
-25.7
-24.7
-14.3
-14.1
-6.1
-12.9
-4.4
-13.1
-15.7
-15.2 V H V V H H V H No other emissions were detected above system noise floor . Measurement Frequency f Dist Distance to Antenna Read Analyzer Reading AF CL Antenna Factor Cable Loss Preamp Gain Amp D Corr Distance Correct to 3 meters Avg Peak HPF Average Field Strength @ 3 m Calculated Peak Field Strength High Pass Filter Avg Lim Average Field Strength Limit Pk Lim Peak Field Strength Limit Avg Mar Margin vs. Average Limit Pk Mar Margin vs. Peak Limit Page 21 of 39 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-10 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module 7.1.2. CO-LOCATED RADIATED EMISSIONS DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 SUPPLEMENTAL TEST PROCEDURE FOR CO-LOCATED RADIATED EMISSIONS The dominant transmitter is set to the worst case channel. The spurious emissions performance of the dominant transmitter is investigated as the settings of the non-dominant transmitter are varied. Worst case results are reported. RESULTS The WLAN is the dominant transmitter; the Bluetooth is the non-dominant transmitter. The worst case band and mode for the dominant transmitter is 2.4 GHz band, g mode. No non-compliance noted:
WORST-CASE RESTRICTED BANDEDGE (LOW CHANNEL, HORIZONTAL) LOW CH RESTRICTED, PEAK (Horizontal) Page 22 of 39 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-10 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module LOW CH RESTRICTED, AVG (Horizontal) DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 Page 23 of 39 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-10 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 WORST-CASE RESTRICTED BANDEDGE (LOW CHANNEL, VERTICAL) LOW CH RESTRICTED, PEAK (Vertical) Page 24 of 39 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-10 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module LOW CH RESTRICTED, AVG (Vertical) DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 Page 25 of 39 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-10 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 WORST-CASE RESTRICTED BANDEDGE (HIGH CHANNEL, HORIZONTAL) HIGH CH RESTRICTED, PEAK (Horizontal) Page 26 of 39 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-10 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module HIGH CH RESTRICTED, AVG (Horizontal) DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 Page 27 of 39 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-10 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 WORST-CASE RESTRICTED BANDEDGE (HIGH CHANNEL, VERTICAL) HIGH CH RESTRICTED, PEAK (Vertical) Page 28 of 39 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-10 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module HIGH CH RESTRICTED, AVG (Vertical) DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 Page 29 of 39 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 REPORT NO: 03U2185-10 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module WORST-CASE HARMONICS AND SPURIOUS EMISSIONS High Frequency Measurement 09/26/03 Compliance Certification Services, Morgan Hill Open Field Site Test Engr:Chin Pang Project #:03U2185-2 Company:Ambit Microsystem Corp. ST EUT Descrip.:802.11 a/b/g Mini PCI EUT M/N:J07H06901 ( Antenna Change ) Test Target:FCC 15.247 Mode Oper:WLAN and Bluetooth colocation, ( Worse case, g mode ) Test Equipment:
EMCO Horn 1-18GHz Pre-amplifer 1-26GHz Spectrum Analyzer Horn > 18GHz T59; S/N: 3245 @3m T87 Miteq 924342 Agilent E4446A Analyzer Hi Frequency Cables
(2 ft)
(2 ~ 3 ft)
(4 ~ 6 ft)
(12 ft) Peak Measurements:
1 MHz Resolution Bandwidth 1MHz Video Bandwidth Average Measurements:
1 MHz Resolution Bandwidth 10Hz Video Bandwidth 11g Mode f GHz Dist Read Pk Read Avg. AF feet dBuV dBuV dB/m dB dB Transmittiag at g mode, mid ch with bluetooth transmitting 4.874 7.311 4.874 7.311 9.8 9.8 9.8 9.8 51.5 52.7 50.0 51.0 40.6 41.0 39.2 39.0 33.1 36.0 33.1 36.0 4.0 5.2 4.0 5.2
-44.7
-44.5
-44.7
-44.5 No other emissions were detected above system noise floor. CL Amp D Corr HPF Peak Avg Pk Lim Avg Lim Pk Mar Avg Mar Notes dB 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 dBuV/m dBuV/m dBuV/m dBuV/m dB 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 44.8 50.3 43.3 48.6 33.9 38.6 32.5 36.6 74.0 74.0 74.0 74.0 54.0 54.0 54.0 54.0
-29.2
-23.7
-30.7
-25.4 dB
-20.1
-15.4
-21.5
-17.4 V V H H Avg Lim Average Field Strength Limit Pk Lim Peak Field Strength Limit Avg Mar Margin vs. Average Limit Pk Mar Margin vs. Peak Limit Measurement Frequency f Dist Distance to Antenna Read Analyzer Reading AF CL Antenna Factor Cable Loss Preamp Gain Amp D Corr Distance Correct to 3 meters Avg Peak HPF Average Field Strength @ 3 m Calculated Peak Field Strength High Pass Filter Page 30 of 39 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-10 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 7.1.3. RADIATED EMISSIONS BELOW 1 GHZ SPURIOUS EMISSIONS 30 TO 1000 MHz (WORST-CASE CONFIGURATION, HORIZONTAL) Page 31 of 39 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-10 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 SPURIOUS EMISSIONS 30 TO 1000 MHz (WORST-CASE CONFIGURATION VERTICAL) Page 32 of 39 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-10 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 7.2. POWERLINE CONDUCTED EMISSIONS LIMIT 15.207 (a) Except as shown in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, for an intentional radiator that is designed to be connected to the public utility (AC) power line, the radio frequency voltage that is conducted back onto the AC power line on any frequency or frequencies within the band 150 kHz to 30 MHz shall not exceed the limits in the following table, as measured using a 50 H/50 ohms line impedance stabilization network (LISN). Compliance with the provisions of this paragraph shall be based on the measurement of the radio frequency voltage between each power line and ground at the power terminal. The lower limit applies at the boundary between the frequency ranges. TEST PROCEDURE The EUT is placed on a non-conducting table 40 cm from the vertical ground plane and 80 cm above the horizontal ground plane. The EUT is configured in accordance with ANSI C63.4. The resolution bandwidth is set to 9 kHz for both peak detection and quasi-peak detection measurements. Peak detection is used unless otherwise noted as quasi-peak. Line conducted data is recorded for both NEUTRAL and HOT lines. RESULTS No non-compliance noted:
Page 33 of 39 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-10 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module 6 WORST EMISSIONS DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 CONDUCTED EMISSIONS DATA (115VAC 60Hz) Reading EN_B Freq.
(MHz) PK (dBuV) QP (dBuV) AV (dBuV) 0.24 0.36 4.16 0.24 0.36 4.11 50.62 41.80 40.14 50.22 42.32 40.14
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
Closs
(dB) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Limit QP 63.46 60.00 56.00 63.46 60.00 56.00 Margin Remark QP (dB) AV (dB) L1 / L2
-12.84
-18.20
-15.86
-13.24
-17.68
-15.86
-2.84
-8.20
-5.86
-3.24
-7.68
-5.86 L1 L1 L1 L2 L2 L2 AV 53.46 50.00 46.00 53.46 50.00 46.00 6 Worst Data Page 34 of 39 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-10 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module LINE 1 AND LINE 2 RESULTS DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 Page 35 of 39 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-10 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module 8. SETUP PHOTOS RADIATED RF MEASUREMENT SETUP RADIATED FRONT PHOTO DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 Page 36 of 39 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-10 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module RADIATED BACK PHOTO DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 Page 37 of 39 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-10 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module POWERLINE CONDUCTED EMISSIONS MEASUREMENT SETUP LINE CONDUCTED FRONT PHOTO DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 Page 38 of 39 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-10 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module LINE CONDUCTED BACK PHOTO DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 END OF REPORT Page 39 of 39 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Antanna info | Operational Description | 1.40 MiB | November 12 2003 |
Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 Raptor Regulatory Antenna Information Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 Raptor Antenna Information I. Antenna Assembly Specifications Antenna assembly overview: Peak Gain including cable loss. Designator Manufacture Antenna type Cable Assembly Info. Peak Gain W/
Cable loss (dBi)
(P/N:HAS-03-115) Main antenna Hitachi Cable
(P/N: HAS-03-116) Auxiliary antenna Hitachi Cable Film Antenna Film Antenna Antenna overview: Peak Gain not including cable loss. Antenna Designator Manufacture
(P/N: U.FL-2LP) 50 ohm Coaxial. length: 175mm diameter: 1.1mm Connector: U.FL
(P/N: U.FL-2LP) 50 ohm Coaxial. length: 165mm diameter: 1.1mm Connector: U.FL Antenna type
(P/N: HAS-03-115) Main antenna Hitachi Cable Film Antenna
(P/N: HAS-03-116) Auxiliary antenna Hitachi Cable Film Antenna Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 2400-2500MHz 1.53 dBi (peak) 5150-5350MHz 3.38 dBi (peak) 5470-5725MHz 3.56 dBi (peak) 5725-5850MHz 3.16 dBi (peak) 2400-2500MHz
-3.86 dBi (peak) 5150-5350MHz 3.50 dBi (peak) 5470-5725MHz 3.65 dBi (peak) 5725-5850MHz 3.20 dBi (peak) Peak Gain w/o Cable Loss (dBi) 2400-2500MHz 2.04 dBi (peak) 5150-5350MHz 4.20 dBi (peak) 5470-5725MHz 4.38 dBi (peak) 5725-5850MHz 3.98 dBi (peak) 2400-2500MHz
-3.38 dBi (peak) 5150-5350MHz 4.28 dBi (peak) 5470-5725MHz 4.43 dBi (peak) 5725-5850MHz 3.98 dBi (peak) Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 VSWR 2400-2500MHz 1.40 max 5150-5350MHz 1.60 max 5470-5725MHz 1.84 max 5725-5850MHz 2.04max 2400-2500MHz 1.63 max 5150-5350MHz 1.50 max 5470-5725MHz 1.18 max 5725-5850MHz 1.37 max Cable Loss (dBi) 2400-2500MHz 0.51 dBi (peak) 5150-5350MHz 0.82 dBi (peak) 5470-5725MHz 0.82 dBi (peak) 5725-5850MHz 0.82 dBi (peak) 2400-2500MHz 0.48 dBi (peak) 5150-5350MHz 0.78 dBi (peak) 5470-5725MHz 0.78 dBi (peak) 5725-5850MHz 0.78 dBi (peak) Cable assembly overview: Cable loss (including connector). Designator Manufacture
(P/N:
HAS-03-115) For use with the Main antenna Hitachi Cable Cable type and length
(P/N: U.FL-2LP) 50 ohm Coaxial. length: 175mm diameter: 1.1mm Connector: U.FL
(P/N:
HAS-03-116) For use with the Auxiliary antenna Hitachi Cable
(P/N: U.FL-2LP) 50 ohm Coaxial. length: 165mm diameter: 1.1mm Connector: U.FL Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 Please insert mechanical drawings of antennae here. Main Antenna Auxiliary Antenna Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 Radiation characteristic of antennae Loaded (In Host System) 2400-2500MHz radiation characteristic Main antenna: 2400 MHz n a G B d
(
300 270
) i i 240 10 0
- 10
- 20
- 30
- 40
- 50
- 50
- 40
- 30
- 20
- 10 0 10 330 0 30 Vertical Horizontal 60 90 120 210 180 150 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak Horz+Vert (dBi) peak 2400 MHz
-5.46 1.53 X.XX Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 330 0 30 Vertical Horizontal Main antenna: 2450 MHz n a G B d
(
270 300
) i i 10 0
- 10
- 20
- 30
- 40
- 50
- 50
- 40
- 30
- 20
- 10 0 10 60 90 120 240 210 150 180 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak Horz+Vert (dBi) peak 2450 MHz
-3.93 1.47 X.XX Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 0 30 Vertical Horizontal 60 90 120 330 Main antenna: 2500 MHz n a G B d
(
270 300
) i i 240 10 0
- 10
- 20
- 30
- 40
- 50
- 50
- 40
- 30
- 20
- 10 0 10 210 150 180 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak Horz+Vert (dBi) peak 2500 MHz
-5.36 1.50 X.XX Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 0 30 Vertical Horizontal 330 Auxiliary antenna: 2400 MHz n a G B d
(
300 270
) i i 10 0
- 10
- 20
- 30
- 40
- 50
- 50
- 40
- 30
- 20
- 10 0 10 60 90 120 240 210 180 150 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak Horz+Vert (dBi) peak 2400 MHz
-5.35
-3.86 X.XX Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 0 30 Vertical Horizontal Auxiliary antenna: 2450 MHz B d
(
300 270
) i i n a G 330 10 0
- 10
- 20
- 30
- 40
- 50
- 50
- 40
- 30
- 20
- 10 0 10 60 90 120 240 210 180 150 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak Horz+Vert (dBi) peak 2450 MHz
-5.58
-4.21 X.XX Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 0 30 Vertical Horizontal 330 Auxiliary antenna: 2500 MHz n a G B d
(
300 270
) i i 10 0
- 10
- 20
- 30
- 40
- 50
- 50
- 40
- 30
- 20
- 10 0 10 60 90 120 240 210 180 150 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak Horz+Vert (dBi) peak 2500 MHz
-3.94
-4.74 X.XX Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 Vertical Horizontal 30 5150-5135 MHz radiation characteristic Main antenna: 5150 MHz B d
(
300 270 330
) i 0 i n a G 10 0
- 10
- 20
- 30
- 40
- 50
- 50
- 40
- 30
- 20
- 10 0 10 240 210 180 150 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak Horz+Vert (dBi) peak 5150 MHz
-3.17 1.03 X.XX 60 90 120 Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 330 0 30 Vertical Horizontal 60 90 120 Main antenna: 5250 MHz n a G B d
(
300 270
) i i 240 10 0
- 10
- 20
- 30
- 40
- 50
- 50
- 40
- 30
- 20
- 10 0 10 210 180 150 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak Horz+Vert (dBi) peak 5250 MHz
-4.69 1.74 X.XX Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 330 0 30 Vertical Horizontal 60 90 120 Main antenna: 5350 MHz n a G B d
(
300 270
) i i 240 10 0
- 10
- 20
- 30
- 40
- 50
- 50
- 40
- 30
- 20
- 10 0 10 210 180 150 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak Horz+Vert (dBi) peak 5350 MHz
-2.28 3.38 X.XX Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 0 30 Vertical Horizontal Auxiliary antenna: 5150 MHz B d
(
300 270
) i i n a G 330 10 0
- 10
- 20
- 30
- 40
- 50
- 50
- 40
- 30
- 20
- 10 0 10 60 90 120 240 210 180 150 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak Horz+Vert (dBi) peak 5150 MHz
-3.48 0.44 X.XX Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 0 30 Vertical Horizontal 60 90 120 330 Auxiliary antenna: 5250 MHz n a G B d
(
270 300
) i i 240 10 0
- 10
- 20
- 30
- 40
- 50
- 50
- 40
- 30
- 20
- 10 0 10 210 180 150 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak Horz+Vert (dBi) peak 5250 MHz
-3.39 3.50 X.XX Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 0 30 Vertical Horizontal Auxiliary antenna: 5350 MHz B d
(
300 270
) i i n a G 330 10 0
- 10
- 20
- 30
- 40
- 50
- 50
- 40
- 30
- 20
- 10 0 10 60 90 120 240 210 180 150 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak Horz+Vert (dBi) peak 5350 MHz
-2.41 2.44 X.XX Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 5470-5725MHz radiation characteristic Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 330 0 30 Vertical Horizontal Main antenna: 5470 MHz B d
(
300 270
) i i n a G 10 0
- 10
- 20
- 30
- 40
- 50
- 50
- 40
- 30
- 20
- 10 0 10 60 90 120 240 210 180 150 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak Horz+Vert (dBi) peak 5470 MHz
-3.47 2.38 X.XX Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 0 30 Vertical Horizontal 60 90 120 330 Main antenna: 5597.5 MHz n a G B d
(
270 300
) i i 240 10 0
- 10
- 20
- 30
- 40
- 50
- 50
- 40
- 30
- 20
- 10 0 10 210 180 150 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak Horz+Vert (dBi) peak 5597.5 MHz
-0.19 3.56 X.XX Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 330 0 30 Vertical Horizontal 60 90 120 Main antenna: 5725 MHz n a G B d
(
300 270
) i i 240 10 0
- 10
- 20
- 30
- 40
- 50
- 50
- 40
- 30
- 20
- 10 0 10 210 180 150 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak Horz+Vert (dBi) peak 5725 MHz
-0.68 2.88 X.XX Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 0 30 Vertical Horizontal Auxiliary antenna: 5470 MHz B d
(
300 270
) i 330 i n a G 10 0
- 10
- 20
- 30
- 40
- 50
- 50
- 40
- 30
- 20
- 10 0 10 60 90 120 240 210 180 150 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak Horz+Vert (dBi) peak 5470 MHz
-3.11 3.21 X.XX Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 0 30 Vertical Horizontal 60 90 120 330 Auxiliary antenna: 5597.5 MHz n a G B d
(
300 270
) i i 240 10 0
- 10
- 20
- 30
- 40
- 50
- 50
- 40
- 30
- 20
- 10 0 10 210 180 150 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak Horz+Vert (dBi) peak 5597.5 MHz
-2.63 3.65 X.XX Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 0 30 Vertical Horizontal 60 90 120 330 Auxiliary antenna: 5725 MHz n a G B d
(
300 270
) i i 240 10 0
- 10
- 20
- 30
- 40
- 50
- 50
- 40
- 30
- 20
- 10 0 10 210 180 150 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak Horz+Vert (dBi) peak 5725 MHz
-3.62 3.20 X.XX Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 5725-5850 MHz radiation characteristic Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 330 0 30 Vertical Horizontal Main antenna: 5725 MHz B d
(
300 270
) i i n a G 10 0
- 10
- 20
- 30
- 40
- 50
- 50
- 40
- 30
- 20
- 10 0 10 60 90 120 240 210 180 150 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak Horz+Vert (dBi) peak 5725 MHz
-0.68 2.88 X.XX Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 0 30 Vertical Horizontal 60 90 120 330 Main antenna: 5787.5 MHz n a G B d
(
270 300
) i i 240 10 0
- 10
- 20
- 30
- 40
- 50
- 50
- 40
- 30
- 20
- 10 0 10 210 180 150 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak Horz+Vert (dBi) peak 5787.5 MHz
-2.47 3.16 X.XX Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 330 0 30 Vertical Horizontal 60 90 120 Main antenna: 5850 MHz n a G B d
(
300 270
) i i 240 10 0
- 10
- 20
- 30
- 40
- 50
- 50
- 40
- 30
- 20
- 10 0 10 210 180 150 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak Horz+Vert (dBi) peak 5850 MHz
-1.64 1.82 X.XX Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 0 30 Vertical Horizontal 330 Auxiliary antenna: 5725 MHz B d
(
300 270
) i i n a G 10 0
- 10
- 20
- 30
- 40
- 50
- 50
- 40
- 30
- 20
- 10 0 10 60 90 120 240 210 180 150 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak Horz+Vert (dBi) peak 5725 MHz
-3.62 3.20 X.XX Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 0 30 Vertical Horizontal 60 90 120 330 Auxiliary antenna: 5787.5 MHz n a G B d
(
300 270
) i i 240 10 0
- 10
- 20
- 30
- 40
- 50
- 50
- 40
- 30
- 20
- 10 0 10 210 180 150 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak Horz+Vert (dBi) peak 5787.5 MHz
-4.93 1.77 X.XX Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 0 30 Vertical Horizontal Auxiliary antenna: 5850 MHz 300
) i B d
(
270 i n a G 330 10 0
- 10
- 20
- 30
- 40
- 50
- 50
- 40
- 30
- 20
- 10 0 10 60 90 120 240 210 180 150 Center Frequency Horizontal (dBi) peak Vertical (dBi) peak Horz+Vert (dBi) peak 5850 MHz
-3.64 1.87 X.XX Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 Host PC Information Host model: HP Tablet PC TR1105, HP Compaq Tablet TC1105 Agency Series # xxxxxxxx Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003 Document Number: 338792 Rev: 1.1 Main Antenna Auxiliary Antenna Hewlett-Packard Company June 18, 2003
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | CRN 26065 response | Cover Letter(s) | 8.56 KiB | November 12 2003 |
Steve Cheng To:
Subject:
Diane Poole (E-mail) RE: Ambit Microsystems Corporation, CRN26065T, FCC ID MCLJ07H06903 Dear Diane, The response for the requested technical information in CRN: 26065T has been integrated into your original text below. Please review at your earliest convenience. Thanks. Best regards, Steve Cheng EMC Engineering Manager Compliance Certification Services 561F Monterey road, Morgan Hill, CA 95037-9001 Tel: (408) 463-0885, Fax: (408) 463-0888 scheng@ccsemc.com
-----Original Message-----
From: oetech@fccsun34w.fcc.gov [mailto:oetech@fccsun34w.fcc.gov]
Sent: Tuesday, December 09, 2003 3:08 PM To: SCHENG@CCSEMC.COM Subject: Data To:
From:
STEVE CHENG, COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES Diane Poole Diane.Poole@fcc.gov FCC Application Processing Branch FCC ID MCLJ07H06903 Re:
Applicant:
Correspondence Reference Number:
731 Confirmation Number:
26065T EA918977 1) please submit laptop user manual
<CCS response> New user manual which address the laptop operation has been uploaded to EAS data base. 2) is user install of card intended? if yes, BIOS lock or other 15.407(d) compliance issues may need to be verified.
<CCS response> Yes, the device is intended to be installed by end-user. 3) fyi 5ghz SAR report seems to have typo error on uncertainty page -should be 5ghz budget not 0.3-3GHz
<CCS response> Thanks for your info, it is a typo inherited from our previous 3G report template. Revised report has been uploaded to EAS data base. 4) please explain use of different SAR test positions in 2.4ghz vs 5ghz report, also considering any intended use positions described in user manual
<CCS response> Since only Tablet position is subjected to touch condition and all other usages is either bystander or sit on the arm, so tested to 1.5cm separation distance shall be sufficient to cover all the cases. We will make sure to have a consistent test configuration in the future application. 5) internal photo in SAR report shows Bluetooth - what is certification info?
<CCS response> Bluetooh-Manufactured by Actiontec, FCC ID: LNQBTM200 "Bluetooth Wireless Module"(Described in SAR Test Report page 4). Also, SAR co-location test has been preformed in this filling to make sure the compliance. 6) if not included already, please submit 5ghz mix ingredients and procedures, or spec sheet and ordering info.
<CCS response> The simulation liquid is made by SAR system manufacture, SPEAG, Please see enclosed file entitle
"Material Specification Data Sheet of Body Simulating Liquid (5GHz).pdf". 1 The items indicated above must be submitted before processing can continue on the above referenced application. Failure to provide the requested information within 60 days of the original e-mail date may result in application dismissal pursuant to Section 2.917 (c) and forfeiture of the filing fee pursuant to section 1.1108. DO NOT reply to this e-mail by using the Reply button. In order for your response to be processed expeditiously, you must upload your response via the Internet at www.fcc.gov, Electronic Filing, OET Equipment Authorization Electronic Filing. If the response is submitted through Add Attachments, in order to expedite processing, a message which informs the processing staff that a new exhibit has been submitted must also be submitted via Submit Correspondence. Also, please note that partial responses increase processing time and should not be submitted. Any questions about the content of this correspondence should be directed to the e-mail address listed below the name of the sender. 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | DTS Setup Photos | Test Setup Photos | 220.42 KiB |
REPORT NO: 03U2185-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module 8. SETUP PHOTOS RADIATED RF MEASUREMENT SETUP RADIATED FRONT PHOTO DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 Page 46 of 49 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module RADIATED BACK PHOTO DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 Page 47 of 49 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module POWERLINE CONDUCTED EMISSIONS MEASUREMENT SETUP LINE CONDUCTED FRONT PHOTO DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 Page 48 of 49 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module LINE CONDUCTED BACK PHOTO DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 END OF REPORT Page 49 of 49 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | DTS Test Report | Test Report | 1.30 MiB |
FCC CFR47 PART 15 SUBPART C CLASS II PERMISSIVE CHANGE TEST REPORT FOR 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI MODULE MODEL NUMBER: J07H069.01 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 REPORT NUMBER: 03U2185-1 ISSUE DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 Prepared for AMBIT MICROSYSTEMS CORPORATION 5F-1, 5 HSIN-AN ROAD, HSINCU CITY SCIENCE-BASED INDUSTRAIL PARK, TAIWAN, R.O.C. Prepared by COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037, USA TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 REPORT NO: 03U2185-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. TEST RESULT CERTIFICATION ................................................................................................. 3 2. EUT DESCRIPTION ......................................................................................................................... 4 2.1. DESCRIPTION OF EUT.............................................................................................................. 4 2.2. DESCRIPTION OF CLASS II PERMISSIVE CHANGE .............................................................. 4 3. TEST METHODOLOGY.................................................................................................................. 5 4. FACILITIES AND ACCREDITATION.......................................................................................... 5 5. CALIBRATION AND UNCERTAINTY ......................................................................................... 6 5.1. MEASURING INSTRUMENT CALIBRATION ............................................................................ 6 5.2. MEASUREMENT UNCERTAINTY .............................................................................................. 6 TEST AND MEASUREMENT EQUIPMENT ............................................................................... 7 5.3. 6. SETUP OF EQUIPMENT UNDER TEST....................................................................................... 8 7. APPLICABLE LIMITS AND TEST RESULTS........................................................................... 10 7.1. RADIATED EMISSIONS ............................................................................................................ 10 RADIATED EMISSIONS ABOVE 1 GHZ....................................................................... 13 CO-LOCATED RADIATED EMISSIONS ....................................................................... 32 RADIATED EMISSIONS BELOW 1 GHZ ...................................................................... 41 7.2. POWERLINE CONDUCTED EMISSIONS................................................................................ 43 7.1.1. 7.1.2. 7.1.3. 8. SETUP PHOTOS.............................................................................................................................. 46 Page 2 of 49 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 1. TEST RESULT CERTIFICATION COMPANY NAME:
AMBIT MICROSYSTEMS CORPORATION 5F-1, 5 HSIN-AN ROAD, HSINCU SCIENCE BASED INDUSTRIAL PARK, TAIWAN, R.O.C. EUT DESCRIPTION:
MODEL:
DATE TESTED:
802.11 A/B/G MINI PCI MODULE J07H069.01 AUGUST 25 AUGUST 26, 2003 APPLICABLE STANDARDS STANDARD TEST RESULTS FCC PART 15 SUBPART C NO NON-COMPLIANCE NOTED Compliance Certification Services, Inc. tested the above equipment in accordance with the requirements set forth in the above standards. The test results show that the equipment tested is capable of demonstrating compliance with the requirements as documented in this report. Note: This document reports conditions under which testing was conducted and results of tests performed. This document may not be altered or revised in any way unless done so by Compliance Certification Services and all revisions are duly noted in the revisions section. Any alteration of this document not carried out by Compliance Certification Services will constitute fraud and shall nullify the document. Note: The 2.4 and 5.8 GHz bands are applicable to this report; another band of operation (5.2 GHz) is documented in a separate report. Approved & Released For CCS By:
Tested By:
MIKE HECKROTTE CHIEF ENGINEER COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES CHIN PANG EMC TECHCIAN COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES Page 3 of 49 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 REPORT NO: 03U2185-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module 2. EUT DESCRIPTION 2.1. DESCRIPTION OF EUT The EUT is an 802.11a/b/g transceiver in a mini-PCI form factor. The transmitter has a maximum peak conducted output power as follows:
Frequency Band Output Power Output Power
(MHz) 2412 - 2462 5745 - 5825
(W) 0.158 0.118
(dBm) 21.99 20.72 2.2. DESCRIPTION OF CLASS II PERMISSIVE CHANGE 1. The radio module is intended to be used with an additional antenna type. The main antenna is a Hitachi HAS-03-115 Film Antenna with a maximum assembly gain (including cable loss) of 1.53 dBi in the 2400 2483.5 MHz band and 3.16 dBi in the 5725 - 5850 MHz band. The auxilliary antenna is a Hitachi HAS-03-116 Film Antenna with a maximum assembly gain (including cable loss) of 3.86 dBi in the 2400 2483.5 MHz band and 3.20 dBi in the 5725 - 5850 MHz band. 2. The radio is intended to be used in a portable application, installed in host computer Hewlett Packard Model TC1100. 3. The radio is intended to be co-located with Bluetooth radio Actiontec model BTM200, FCC ID:
LNQBTM200. Page 4 of 49 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 3. TEST METHODOLOGY The tests documented in this report were performed in accordance with ANSI C63.4/1992, FCC CFR 47 Part 2 and FCC CFR 47 Part 15. 4. FACILITIES AND ACCREDITATION The open area test sites and conducted measurement facilities used to collect data are located at 561F Monterey Road, Morgan Hill, California, USA. The sites are constructed in conformance with the requirements of ANSI C63.4, ANSI C63.7 and CISPR Publication 22. All receiving equipment conforms to CISPR Publication 16-1, Radio Interference Measuring Apparatus and Measurement Methods. CCS is accredited by NVLAP, Laboratory Code 200065-0. The full scope of accreditation can be viewed at http://www.ccsemc.com. No part of this report may be used to claim or imply product endorsement by NVLAP or any agency of the US Government. Page 5 of 49 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module 5. CALIBRATION AND UNCERTAINTY DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 5.1. MEASURING INSTRUMENT CALIBRATION The measuring equipment utilized to perform the tests documented in this report has been calibrated in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, and is traceable to recognized national standards. 5.2. MEASUREMENT UNCERTAINTY Where relevant, the following measurement uncertainty levels have been estimated for tests performed on the apparatus:
Radiated Emission, 30 to 200 MHz Radiated Emission, 200 to 1000 MHz Radiated Emission, 1000 to 2000 MHz Power Line Conducted Emission Uncertainty figures are valid to a confidence level of 95%.
+/- 3.3 dB
+4.5 / -2.9 dB
+4.5 / -2.9 dB
+/- 2.9 dB Page 6 of 49 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 5.3. TEST AND MEASUREMENT EQUIPMENT The following test and measurement equipment was utilized for the tests documented in this report:
TEST AND MEASUREMENT EQUIPMENT LIST Name of Equipment Manufacturer EMI Receiver. RF Filter Section Bilog EMI Test Receiver LISN, 10 kHz ~ 30 MHz Spectrum Analyzer Pre-amplifier Horn Antenna Power Meter Power Sensor High Pass Filter HP HP ARA R & S FCC AGILENT MITEQ EMCO AGILENT Agilent Model 8542E 8542E LPB-2820A ESHS 20 50/250-25-2 E4446A NSP2600-SP 3115 E4416A E9327A Serial Number 3942A00286 3705A00256 1185 827129/006 114 US42070220 924341 6717 0841291160 US40440755 Calibration Due Date 11/20/03 11/20/03 3/6/04 7/17/2004 10/6/2003 1/13/04 4/25/04 2/4/04 11/7/04 11/7/04 N.C.R. FSY Microwave FM-4570-9SS 003 Page 7 of 49 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module 6. SETUP OF EQUIPMENT UNDER TEST SUPPORT EQUIPMENT DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 PERIPHERAL SUPPORT EQUIPMENT LIST Device Type Host Computer AC Adapter Manufacturer HP HP/Compaq Model TC1100 PA-1650-02C Serial Number 310681-001 340938004 FCC ID DoC DoC I/O CABLES Cable No. Port 1 2 AC DC
# of Identical Ports 1 2 Connector Type Cable Type US115 DC Un-Shielded Un-Shielded Cable Length 2m 1m Remarks Bundled AC Cable for LC Test NA TEST SETUP The EUT is installed in the host laptop computer during the tests. Test software exercised the radio card. Page 8 of 49 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module SETUP DIAGRAM FOR TESTS DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 EUT 2 AC Adapter 1 115Vac, 60Hz Page 9 of 49 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module 7. APPLICABLE LIMITS AND TEST RESULTS 7.1. RADIATED EMISSIONS DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 LIMITS 15.205 (a) Except as shown in paragraph (d) of this section, only spurious emissions are permitted in any of the frequency bands listed below:
MHz MHz MHz GHz 0.090 - 0.110 10.495 - 0.505 2.1735 - 2.1905 4.125 - 4.128 4.17725 - 4.17775 4.20725 - 4.20775 6.215 - 6.218 6.26775 - 6.26825 6.31175 - 6.31225 8.291 - 8.294 8.362 - 8.366 8.37625 - 8.38675 8.41425 - 8.41475 12.29 - 12.293 12.51975 - 12.52025 12.57675 - 12.57725 13.36 - 13.41 16.42 - 16.423 16.69475 - 16.69525 16.80425 - 16.80475 25.5 - 25.67 37.5 - 38.25 73 - 74.6 74.8 - 75.2 108 - 121.94 123 - 138 149.9 - 150.05 156.52475 - 156.52525 156.7 - 156.9 162.0125 - 167.17 167.72 - 173.2 240 - 285 322 - 335.4 399.9 - 410 608 - 614 960 - 1240 1300 - 1427 1435 - 1626.5 1645.5 - 1646.5 1660 - 1710 1718.8 - 1722.2 2200 - 2300 2310 - 2390 2483.5 - 2500 2655 - 2900 3260 - 3267 3332 - 3339 3345.8 - 3358 3600 - 4400 4.5 - 5.15 5.35 - 5.46 7.25 - 7.75 8.025 - 8.5 9.0 - 9.2 9.3 - 9.5 10.6 - 12.7 13.25 - 13.4 14.47 - 14.5 15.35 - 16.2 17.7 - 21.4 22.01 - 23.12 23.6 - 24.0 31.2 - 31.8 36.43 - 36.5
(2) 1 Until February 1, 1999, this restricted band shall be 0.490-0.510 MHz. 2 Above 38.6 15.205 (b) Except as provided in paragraphs (d) and (e), the field strength of emissions appearing within these frequency bands shall not exceed the limits shown in Section 15.209. At frequencies equal to or less than 1000 MHz, compliance with the limits in Section 15.209 shall be demonstrated using measurement instrumentation employing a CISPR quasi-peak detector. Above 1000 MHz, compliance with the emission limits in Section 15.209 shall be demonstrated based on the average value of the measured emissions. The provisions in Section 15.35 apply to these measurements. Page 10 of 49 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. Field Strength
(microvolts/meter) DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 Measurement Distance
(meters) REPORT NO: 03U2185-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module 15.209 (a) Except as provided elsewhere in this Subpart, the emissions from an intentional radiator shall not exceed the field strength levels specified in the following table:
Frequency
(MHz) ______________________________________________________________ 30 - 88 88 - 216 216 - 960 Above 960 _______________________________________________________________
** Except as provided in paragraph (g), fundamental emissions from intentional radiators operating under this Section shall not be located in the frequency bands 54-72 MHz, 76-88 MHz, 174-216 MHz or 470-806 MHz. However, operation within these frequency bands is permitted under other sections of this Part, e.g., Sections 15.231 and 15.241. 15.209 (b) In the emission table above, the tighter limit applies at the band edges. 100 **
150 **
200 **
500 3 3 3 3 Page 11 of 49 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 TEST PROCEDURE The EUT is placed on a non-conducting table 80 cm above the ground plane. The antenna to EUT distance is 3 meters. The EUT is configured in accordance with ANSI C63.4. The EUT is set to transmit in a continuous mode. For measurements below 1 GHz the resolution bandwidth is set to 100 kHz for peak detection measurements or 120 kHz for quasi-peak detection measurements. Peak detection is used unless otherwise noted as quasi-peak. For measurements above 1 GHz the resolution bandwidth is set to 1 MHz, then the video bandwidth is set to 1 MHz for peak measurements and 10 Hz for average measurements. The spectrum from 30 MHz to 26 GHz is investigated with the transmitter set to the lowest, middle, and highest channels of the 2.4 GHz band. The spectrum from 30 MHz to 40 GHz is investigated with the transmitter set to the lowest, middle, and highest channels of the 5.8 GHz band. The frequency range of interest is monitored at a fixed antenna height and EUT azimuth. The EUT is rotated through 360 degrees to maximize emissions received. The antenna is scanned from 1 to 4 meters above the ground plane to further maximize the emission. Measurements are made with the antenna polarized in both the vertical and the horizontal positions. RESULTS No non-compliance noted:
Page 12 of 49 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 7.1.1. RADIATED EMISSIONS ABOVE 1 GHZ RESTRICTED BANDEDGE (b MODE, LOW CHANNEL, HORIZONTAL) LOW CH RESTRICTED, PEAK (802.11b mode, Horizontal) Page 13 of 49 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 LOW CH RESTRICTED, AVG (802.11b mode, Horizontal) Page 14 of 49 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module RESTRICTED BANDEDGE (b MODE, LOW CHANNEL, VERTICAL) LOW CH RESTRICTED, PEAK (802.11b mode, Vertical) DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 Page 15 of 49 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 LOW CH RESTRICTED, AVG (802.11b mode, Vertical) Page 16 of 49 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 RESTRICTED BANDEDGE (b MODE, HIGH CHANNEL, HORIZONTAL) HIGH CH RESTRICTED, PEAK (802.11b mode, Horizontal) Page 17 of 49 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 HIGH CH RESTRICTED, AVG (802.11b mode, Horizontal) Page 18 of 49 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module RESTRICTED BANDEDGE (b MODE, HIGH CHANNEL, VERTICAL) HIGH CH RESTRICTED, PEAK (802.11b mode, Vertical) DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 Page 19 of 49 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 HIGH CH RESTRICTED, AVG (802.11b mode, Vertical) Page 20 of 49 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 HARMONICS AND SPURIOUS EMISSIONS (b MODE, L M & H CHANNELS) High Frequency Measurement 08/25/03 Compliance Certification Services, Morgan Hill Open Field Site Test Engr:Chin Pang Project #:03U2185-2 Company:Ambit Microsystem Corp ST. EUT Descrip.:802.11 a/b/g Mini PCI EUT M/N:J07H06901 ( Antenna Change ) Test Target:FCC 15.247 Mode Oper:Tx Test Equipment:
EMCO Horn 1-18GHz Pre-amplifer 1-26GHz Spectrum Analyzer Horn > 18GHz T59; S/N: 3245 @3m T87 Miteq 924342 Agilent E4446A Analyzer Hi Frequency Cables
(2 ft)
(2 ~ 3 ft)
(4 ~ 6 ft)
(12 ft) Peak Measurements:
1 MHz Resolution Bandwidth 1MHz Video Bandwidth Average Measurements:
1 MHz Resolution Bandwidth 10Hz Video Bandwidth 11b Mode f dBuV Transmittiag at low ch GHz Dist Read Pk Read Avg. AF feet dBuV dB/m dB CL Amp D Corr HPF Peak Avg Pk Lim Avg Lim Pk Mar Avg Mar Notes dB dB dBuV/m dBuV/m dBuV/m dBuV/m dB 4.824 7.236 2.412 7.236 9.8 9.8 9.8 9.8 52.0 50.4 50.0 49.5 Transmittiag at mid ch 4.874 7.311 4.874 7.311 9.8 9.8 9.8 9.8 51.0 48.0 50.6 49.6 Transmittiag at hi ch 4.924 7.386 4.924 7.386 9.8 9.8 9.8 9.8 50.4 49.9 51.0 49.0 43.0 38.0 40.0 38.0 40.7 38.0 39.5 38.6 39.0 38.0 40.0 39.0 33.1 35.9 29.4 35.9 33.1 36.0 33.1 36.0 33.1 36.1 33.1 36.1 3.9 5.1 2.5 5.1 4.0 5.2 4.0 5.2 4.0 5.2 4.0 5.2
-44.7
-44.6
-43.2
-44.6
-44.7
-44.5
-44.7
-44.5
-44.8
-44.5
-44.8
-44.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 45.3 47.8 39.6 46.9 44.3 45.6 43.9 47.2 43.7 47.7 44.3 46.8 36.3 35.4 29.6 35.4 34.0 35.6 32.8 36.2 32.3 35.8 33.3 36.8 74.0 74.0 74.0 74.0 74.0 74.0 74.0 74.0 74.0 74.0 74.0 74.0 54.0 54.0 54.0 54.0 54.0 54.0 54.0 54.0 54.0 54.0 54.0 54.0
-28.7
-26.2
-34.4
-27.1
-29.7
-28.4
-30.1
-26.8
-30.3
-26.3
-29.7
-27.2 dB
-17.7
-18.6
-24.4
-18.6
-20.0
-18.4
-21.2
-17.8
-21.7
-18.2
-20.7
-17.2 V V H H V V H H V V H H No other emissions were detected above system noise floor. Measurement Frequency f Dist Distance to Antenna Read Analyzer Reading AF CL Antenna Factor Cable Loss Preamp Gain Amp D Corr Distance Correct to 3 meters Avg Peak HPF Average Field Strength @ 3 m Calculated Peak Field Strength High Pass Filter Avg Lim Average Field Strength Limit Pk Lim Peak Field Strength Limit Avg Mar Margin vs. Average Limit Pk Mar Margin vs. Peak Limit Page 21 of 49 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 RESTRICTED BANDEDGE (g MODE, LOW CHANNEL, HORIZONTAL) LOW CH RESTRICTED, PEAK (802.11g mode, Horizontal) Page 22 of 49 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 LOW CH RESTRICTED, AVG (802.11g mode, Horizontal) Page 23 of 49 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module RESTRICTED BANDEDGE (g MODE, LOW CHANNEL, VERTICAL) LOW CH RESTRICTED, PEAK (802.11g mode, Vertical) DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 Page 24 of 49 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 LOW CH RESTRICTED, AVG (802.11g mode, Vertical) Page 25 of 49 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 RESTRICTED BANDEDGE (g MODE, HIGH CHANNEL, HORIZONTAL) HIGH CH RESTRICTED, PEAK (802.11g mode, Horizontal) Page 26 of 49 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 HIGH CH RESTRICTED, AVG (802.11g mode, Horizontal) Page 27 of 49 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module RESTRICTED BANDEDGE (g MODE, HIGH CHANNEL, VERTICAL) HIGH CH RESTRICTED, PEAK (802.11g mode, Vertical) DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 Page 28 of 49 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 HIGH CH RESTRICTED, AVG (802.11g mode, Vertical) Page 29 of 49 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 HARMONICS AND SPURIOUS EMISSIONS (g NORMAL MODE, L M & H CHANNELS) High Frequency Measurement 08/25/03 Compliance Certification Services, Morgan Hill Open Field Site Test Engr:Chin Pang Project #:03U2185-2 Company:Ambit Microsystem Corp. ST EUT Descrip.:802.11 a/b/g Mini PCI EUT M/N:J07H06901 ( Antenna Change ) Test Target:FCC 15.247 Mode Oper:Tx Test Equipment:
EMCO Horn 1-18GHz Pre-amplifer 1-26GHz Spectrum Analyzer Horn > 18GHz T59; S/N: 3245 @3m T87 Miteq 924342 Agilent E4446A Analyzer Hi Frequency Cables
(2 ft)
(2 ~ 3 ft)
(4 ~ 6 ft)
(12 ft) Peak Measurements:
1 MHz Resolution Bandwidth 1MHz Video Bandwidth Average Measurements:
1 MHz Resolution Bandwidth 10Hz Video Bandwidth 11g Mode f dBuV Transmittiag at low ch GHz Dist Read Pk Read Avg. AF feet dBuV dB/m dB CL Amp D Corr HPF Peak Avg Pk Lim Avg Lim Pk Mar Avg Mar Notes dB dB dBuV/m dBuV/m dBuV/m dBuV/m dB 4.824 7.236 2.412 7.236 9.8 9.8 9.8 9.8 50.0 49.0 49.5 49.3 Transmittiag at mid ch 4.874 7.311 4.874 7.311 9.8 9.8 9.8 9.8 52.0 49.0 49.5 50.0 Transmittiag at hi ch 4.924 7.386 4.924 7.386 9.8 9.8 9.8 9.8 50.0 49.0 50.5 49.0 38.0 38.0 38.0 38.5 41.5 38.6 39.0 39.4 39.0 38.0 39.3 38.6 33.1 35.9 29.4 35.9 33.1 36.0 33.1 36.0 33.1 36.1 33.1 36.1 3.9 5.1 2.5 5.1 4.0 5.2 4.0 5.2 4.0 5.2 4.0 5.2
-44.7
-44.6
-43.2
-44.6
-44.7
-44.5
-44.7
-44.5
-44.8
-44.5
-44.8
-44.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 43.3 46.4 39.1 46.7 45.3 46.6 42.8 47.6 43.3 46.8 43.8 46.8 31.3 35.4 27.6 35.9 34.8 36.2 32.3 37.0 32.3 35.8 32.6 36.4 74.0 74.0 74.0 74.0 74.0 74.0 74.0 74.0 74.0 74.0 74.0 74.0 54.0 54.0 54.0 54.0 54.0 54.0 54.0 54.0 54.0 54.0 54.0 54.0
-30.7
-27.6
-34.9
-27.3
-28.7
-27.4
-31.2
-26.4
-30.7
-27.2
-30.2
-27.2 dB
-22.7
-18.6
-26.4
-18.1
-19.2
-17.8
-21.7
-17.0
-21.7
-18.2
-21.4
-17.6 V V H H V V H H V V H H No other emissions were detected above system noise floor. Measurement Frequency f Dist Distance to Antenna Read Analyzer Reading AF CL Antenna Factor Cable Loss Preamp Gain Amp D Corr Distance Correct to 3 meters Avg Peak HPF Average Field Strength @ 3 m Calculated Peak Field Strength High Pass Filter Avg Lim Average Field Strength Limit Pk Lim Peak Field Strength Limit Avg Mar Margin vs. Average Limit Pk Mar Margin vs. Peak Limit Page 30 of 49 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 HARMONICS AND SPURIOUS EMISSIONS (a NORMAL MODE, L M & H CHANNELS) High Frequency Measurement 08/26/03 Compliance Certification Services, Morgan Hill Open Field Site Test Engr: chin pang Project #:03U2185-2 Company:Ambit EUT Descrip.:802.11 a/b/g MiniPCI EUT M/N:J07H06901 ( antenna change ) Test Target:FCC Class B Mode Oper:Tx, normal mode Test Equipment:
EMCO Horn 1-18GHz Pre-amplifer 1-26GHz Spectrum Analyzer Horn > 18GHz T59; S/N: 3245 @3m T87 Miteq 924342 Agilent E4446A Analyzer Hi Frequency Cables
(2 ft)
(2 ~ 3 ft)
(4 ~ 6 ft)
(12 ft) 11a, 5.8GHz Ch. Peak Measurements:
1 MHz Resolution Bandwidth 1MHz Video Bandwidth Average Measurements:
1 MHz Resolution Bandwidth 10Hz Video Bandwidth f Dist Read Pk Read Avg. AF feet dBuV dB/m dB dBuV Transmitting at low ch GHz CL Amp D Corr HPF Peak Avg Pk Lim Avg Lim Pk Mar Avg Mar Notes dB dB dBuV/m dBuV/m dBuV/m dBuV/m dB dB 5.745 11.490 11.490 45.9 46.3 Transmitting at mid ch 9.8 9.8 5.785 11.570 11.570 46.7 47.0 Transmitting at Hi ch 9.8 9.8 5.825 11.650 11.650 9.8 9.8 46.8 46.3 35.0 35.3 35.6 36.0 36.0 35.5 38.7 38.7 38.8 38.8 38.9 38.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 6.9 7.0 7.0
-41.5
-41.5
-41.6
-41.6
-41.7
-41.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 51.0 51.4 51.8 52.1 51.9 51.4 40.1 40.4 40.7 41.1 41.1 40.6 74.0 74.0 74.0 74.0 74.0 74.0 54.0 54.0 54.0 54.0 54.0 54.0
-23.0
-22.6
-22.2
-21.9
-22.1
-22.6
-13.9
-13.6
-13.3
-12.9
-12.9
-13.4 V H V H V H No other emissions were detected above system noise floor . Measurement Frequency f Dist Distance to Antenna Read Analyzer Reading AF CL Antenna Factor Cable Loss Preamp Gain Amp D Corr Distance Correct to 3 meters Avg Peak HPF Average Field Strength @ 3 m Calculated Peak Field Strength High Pass Filter Avg Lim Average Field Strength Limit Pk Lim Peak Field Strength Limit Avg Mar Margin vs. Average Limit Pk Mar Margin vs. Peak Limit Page 31 of 49 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module 7.1.2. CO-LOCATED RADIATED EMISSIONS DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 SUPPLEMENTAL TEST PROCEDURE FOR CO-LOCATED RADIATED EMISSIONS The dominant transmitter is set to the worst case channel. The spurious emissions performance of the dominant transmitter is investigated as the settings of the non-dominant transmitter are varied. Worst case results are reported. RESULTS The WLAN is the dominant transmitter; the Bluetooth is the non-dominant transmitter. The worst case band and mode for the dominant transmitter is 2.4 GHz band, g mode. No non-compliance noted:
WORST-CASE RESTRICTED BANDEDGE (LOW CHANNEL, HORIZONTAL) LOW CH RESTRICTED, PEAK (Horizontal) Page 32 of 49 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module LOW CH RESTRICTED, AVG (Horizontal) DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 Page 33 of 49 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 WORST-CASE RESTRICTED BANDEDGE (LOW CHANNEL, VERTICAL) LOW CH RESTRICTED, PEAK (Vertical) Page 34 of 49 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module LOW CH RESTRICTED, AVG (Vertical) DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 Page 35 of 49 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 WORST-CASE RESTRICTED BANDEDGE (HIGH CHANNEL, HORIZONTAL) HIGH CH RESTRICTED, PEAK (Horizontal) Page 36 of 49 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module HIGH CH RESTRICTED, AVG (Horizontal) DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 Page 37 of 49 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 WORST-CASE RESTRICTED BANDEDGE (HIGH CHANNEL, VERTICAL) HIGH CH RESTRICTED, PEAK (Vertical) Page 38 of 49 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module HIGH CH RESTRICTED, AVG (Vertical) DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 Page 39 of 49 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 REPORT NO: 03U2185-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module WORST-CASE HARMONICS AND SPURIOUS EMISSIONS High Frequency Measurement 09/26/03 Compliance Certification Services, Morgan Hill Open Field Site Test Engr:Chin Pang Project #:03U2185-2 Company:Ambit Microsystem Corp. ST EUT Descrip.:802.11 a/b/g Mini PCI EUT M/N:J07H06901 ( Antenna Change ) Test Target:FCC 15.247 Mode Oper:WLAN and Bluetooth colocation, ( Worse case, g mode ) Test Equipment:
EMCO Horn 1-18GHz Pre-amplifer 1-26GHz Spectrum Analyzer Horn > 18GHz T59; S/N: 3245 @3m T87 Miteq 924342 Agilent E4446A Analyzer Hi Frequency Cables
(2 ft)
(2 ~ 3 ft)
(4 ~ 6 ft)
(12 ft) Peak Measurements:
1 MHz Resolution Bandwidth 1MHz Video Bandwidth Average Measurements:
1 MHz Resolution Bandwidth 10Hz Video Bandwidth 11g Mode f GHz Dist Read Pk Read Avg. AF feet dBuV dBuV dB/m dB dB Transmittiag at g mode, mid ch with bluetooth transmitting 4.874 7.311 4.874 7.311 9.8 9.8 9.8 9.8 51.5 52.7 50.0 51.0 40.6 41.0 39.2 39.0 33.1 36.0 33.1 36.0 4.0 5.2 4.0 5.2
-44.7
-44.5
-44.7
-44.5 No other emissions were detected above system noise floor. CL Amp D Corr HPF Peak Avg Pk Lim Avg Lim Pk Mar Avg Mar Notes dB 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 dBuV/m dBuV/m dBuV/m dBuV/m dB 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 44.8 50.3 43.3 48.6 33.9 38.6 32.5 36.6 74.0 74.0 74.0 74.0 54.0 54.0 54.0 54.0
-29.2
-23.7
-30.7
-25.4 dB
-20.1
-15.4
-21.5
-17.4 V V H H Avg Lim Average Field Strength Limit Pk Lim Peak Field Strength Limit Avg Mar Margin vs. Average Limit Pk Mar Margin vs. Peak Limit Measurement Frequency f Dist Distance to Antenna Read Analyzer Reading AF CL Antenna Factor Cable Loss Preamp Gain Amp D Corr Distance Correct to 3 meters Avg Peak HPF Average Field Strength @ 3 m Calculated Peak Field Strength High Pass Filter Page 40 of 49 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 7.1.3. RADIATED EMISSIONS BELOW 1 GHZ SPURIOUS EMISSIONS 30 TO 1000 MHz (WORST-CASE CONFIGURATION, HORIZONTAL) Page 41 of 49 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 SPURIOUS EMISSIONS 30 TO 1000 MHz (WORST-CASE CONFIGURATION VERTICAL) Page 42 of 49 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 7.2. POWERLINE CONDUCTED EMISSIONS LIMIT 15.207 (a) Except as shown in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, for an intentional radiator that is designed to be connected to the public utility (AC) power line, the radio frequency voltage that is conducted back onto the AC power line on any frequency or frequencies within the band 150 kHz to 30 MHz shall not exceed the limits in the following table, as measured using a 50 H/50 ohms line impedance stabilization network (LISN). Compliance with the provisions of this paragraph shall be based on the measurement of the radio frequency voltage between each power line and ground at the power terminal. The lower limit applies at the boundary between the frequency ranges. TEST PROCEDURE The EUT is placed on a non-conducting table 40 cm from the vertical ground plane and 80 cm above the horizontal ground plane. The EUT is configured in accordance with ANSI C63.4. The resolution bandwidth is set to 9 kHz for both peak detection and quasi-peak detection measurements. Peak detection is used unless otherwise noted as quasi-peak. Line conducted data is recorded for both NEUTRAL and HOT lines. RESULTS No non-compliance noted:
Page 43 of 49 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module 6 WORST EMISSIONS DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 CONDUCTED EMISSIONS DATA (115VAC 60Hz) Reading EN_B Freq.
(MHz) PK (dBuV) QP (dBuV) AV (dBuV) 0.24 0.36 4.16 0.24 0.36 4.11 50.62 41.80 40.14 50.22 42.32 40.14
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
--
Closs
(dB) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Limit QP 63.46 60.00 56.00 63.46 60.00 56.00 Margin Remark QP (dB) AV (dB) L1 / L2
-12.84
-18.20
-15.86
-13.24
-17.68
-15.86
-2.84
-8.20
-5.86
-3.24
-7.68
-5.86 L1 L1 L1 L2 L2 L2 AV 53.46 50.00 46.00 53.46 50.00 46.00 6 Worst Data Page 44 of 49 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module LINE 1 AND LINE 2 RESULTS DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 Page 45 of 49 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module 8. SETUP PHOTOS RADIATED RF MEASUREMENT SETUP RADIATED FRONT PHOTO DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 Page 46 of 49 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module RADIATED BACK PHOTO DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 Page 47 of 49 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module POWERLINE CONDUCTED EMISSIONS MEASUREMENT SETUP LINE CONDUCTED FRONT PHOTO DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 Page 48 of 49 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-1 EUT: 802.11 a/b/g MINI PCI Module LINE CONDUCTED BACK PHOTO DATE: OCTOBER 1, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 END OF REPORT Page 49 of 49 DOCUMENT NO: CCSUP4031A COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES TEL: (408) 463-0885 FAX: (408) 463-0888 561F MONTEREY ROAD, MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | SAR Report | RF Exposure Info | 1012.90 KiB |
FCC Report and Order: ET Docket 93-62, and OET Bulletin 65 Supplement C in accordance with the requirements of for 802.11 a/b/g WLAN Mini-PCI Module Installed into Tablet PC (TC1100) Model: J07H069.01 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 September 19, 2003 REPORT NO: 03U2185-6 Prepared for Ambit Microsystems Corporation 4-1, 5 Hsin-An Road Hsinchu, Science-Based Industrial Park Hsinchu, Taiwan, R. O. C. Prepared by COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES 561F MONTEREY ROAD MORGAN HILL, CA 95037 USA TEL: (408) 463-0885 REPORT NO: 03U2185-6 DATE: September 19, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE (SAR EVALUATION) Dates of Tests: September 19, 2003 APPLICANT:
MODEL:
FCC ID:
DEVICE CATEGORY:
EXPOSURE CATEGORY: GENERAL POPULATION/UNCONTROLLED EXPOSURE Ambit Microsystems Corporation 5F-1, 5 Hsin-An Road Hsinchu, Science-Based Industrial Park Hsinchu, Taiwan, R O C J07H069.01 MCLJ07H06903 PORTABLE DEVICES Test Sample is a: Production unit Modulation type:
802.11b Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum (DSSS) 802.11g Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) 802.11 a/b/g WLAN Mini-PCI Module Tx Frequency:
2412 MHz to 2462 MHz Max. O/P Power:
(Conducted/Peak) 802.11b: 20.65dBm (116mW) 802.11g: 21.98dBm (158mW) Max. SAR (1g):
802.11b: 1.24mW/g 802.11b: 1.22mW/g (Co-location) 802.11g: 0.795mW/g Application Type: Certification FCC Rule Part(s): 15.247 Note: This Report is only applicable for 802.11b/g. Host device (TC1100) This wireless portable device has been shown to be capable of compliance for localized specific absorption rate (SAR) for uncontrolled environment/general population exposure limits specified in ANSI/IEEE Std. C95.1-1992 and had been tested in accordance with the measurement procedures specified in FCC OET 65 Supplement C (released on 6/29/2001 see Test Report). I attest to the accuracy of data. All measurements reported herein were performed by me or were made under my supervision and are correct to the best of my knowledge and belief. I assume full responsibility for the completeness of these measurements and vouch for the qualifications of all persons taking them. Steve Cheng EMC Engineering Manager Page: 2 of 29 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6 DATE: September 19, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. 2. 3. EUT DESCRIPTION .............................................................................................4 REQUIREMENTS FOR COMPLIANCE TESTING DEFINED BY THE FCC ...............5 DOSIMETRIC ASSESSMENT SYSTEM.................................................................5 3.1. MEASUREMENT SYSTEM DIAGRAM............................................................................................ 6 3.2. SYSTEM COMPONENTS................................................................................................................ 7 DASY4 Measurement Server..............................................................................7 Data Acquisition Electronics (DAE).....................................................................7 ET3DV6 Isotropic E-Field Probe for Dosimetric Measurements..........................7 SAM Phantom (V4.0)..........................................................................................8 Device Holder for SAM Twin Phantom................................................................8 System Validation Kits ........................................................................................8 EVALUATION PROCEDURES ..............................................................................9 MEASUREMENT UNCERTAINTY .......................................................................12 EXPOSURE LIMIT..............................................................................................13 MEASUREMENT RESULTS ...............................................................................14 7.1. SYSTEM PERFORMANCE CHECK.............................................................................................. 14 7.2. MEASUREMENT THE DIELECTRIC PARAMETERS OF SIMULATING LIQUIDS....................... 16 7.3. EUT TUNE-UP PROCEDURES ......................................................................................................... 18 7.4. EUT SETUP PHOTOS................................................................................................................... 19 7.5. SAR MEASUREMENTS RESULTS............................................................................................... 22 EUT PHOTOS ....................................................................................................24 8. EQUIPMENT LIST & CALIBRATION STATUS .....................................................27 9. 10. REFERENCES...................................................................................................28 11. ATTACHMENTS ................................................................................................29 4. 5. 6. 7. Page: 3 of 29 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6 1. EUT DESCRIPTION DATE: September 19, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 APPLICANT:
MODEL:
FCC ID:
DEVICE CATEGORY:
EXPOSURE CATEGORY: GENERAL POPULATION/UNCONTROLLED EXPOSURE Ambit Microsystems Corporation 5F-1, 5 Hsin-An Road Hsinchu, Science-Based Industrial Park Hsinchu, Taiwan, R O C J07H069.01 MCLJ07H06903 PORTABLE DEVICES Test Sample is a:
Production unit Modulation type:
802.11b Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum (DSSS) 802.11g Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) 802.11 a/b/g WLAN Mini-PCI Module Tx Frequency:
2412 MHz to 2462 MHz Max. O/P Power:
(Conducted/Peak) 802.11b: 20.65dBm (116mW) 802.11g: 21.98dBm (158mW) Max. SAR (1g):
802.11b: 1.24mW/g 802.11b: 1.22mW/g (Co-location) 802.11g: 0.795mW/g Application Type: Certification FCC Rule Part(s):
15.247 FCC Rule Part(s):
15.247 Host Device (s):
HP, model TC1100 Bluetooth Module: Actiontec, FCC ID: LNQBTM200 Host device (TC1100) Page: 4 of 29 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6 DATE: September 19, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 2. REQUIREMENTS FOR COMPLIANCE TESTING DEFINED BY THE FCC The US Federal Communications Commission has released the report and order Guidelines for Evaluating the Environmental Effects of RF Radiation", ET Docket No. 93-62 in August 1996 [1]. The order requires routine SAR evaluation prior to equipment authorization of portable transmitter devices, including portable telephones. For consumer products, the applicable limit is 1.6 mW/g for an uncontrolled environment and 8.0 mW/g for an occupational/controlled environment as recommended by the ANSI/IEEE standard C95.1-1992 [6]. According to the Supplement C of OET Bulletin 65 Evaluating Compliance with FCC Guide-lines for Human Exposure to Radio frequency Electromagnetic Fields", released on Jun 29, 2001 by the FCC, the device should be evaluated at maximum output power (radiated from the antenna) under worst-case conditions for normal or intended use, incorporating normal antenna operating positions, device peak performance frequencies and positions for maximum RF energy coupling. 3. DOSIMETRIC ASSESSMENT SYSTEM These measurements were performed with the automated near-field scanning system DASY4 from Schmid & Partner Engineering AG (SPEAG). The system is based on a high precision robot (working range greater than 0.9 m) which positions the probes with a positional repeatability of better than 0.02 mm. Special E- and H-field probes have been developed for measurements close to material discontinuity, the sensors of which are directly loaded with a Schottky diode and connected via highly resistive lines to the data acquisition unit. The SAR measurements were conducted with the dosimetric probe ET3DV6-SN: 1577 (manufactured by SPEAG), designed in the classical triangular configuration and optimized for dosimetric evaluation. The probe has been calibrated according to the procedure described in [7] with accuracy of better than 10%. The spherical isotropy was evaluated with the procedure described in [8] and found to be better than 0.25 dB. The phantom used was the SAM Twin Phantom as described in FCC supplement C, IEEE P1528 and EN50361. The Tissue simulation liquid used for each test is in according with the FCC OET65 supplement C as listed below. Ingredients
(% by weight) 450 835 915 1900 2450 Frequency (MHz) Tissue Type Head Body Head Body Head Body Head Body Head Body Water Salt (NaCl) Sugar HEC Bactericide Triton X-100 DGBE 38.56 51.16 41.45 52.4 41.05 3.95 1.49 56.32 46.78 0.98 0.19 0.0 0.0 0.52 0.05 0.0 0.0 58.0 0.83 1.45 56.0 1.0 0.1 0.0 0.0 42.54 0.91 1.4 45.0 1.0 0.1 0.0 0.0 56.1 0.95 1.35 56.5 1.0 0.1 0.0 0.0 42.0 1.0 56.0 0.76 41.76 1.21 0.27 0.0 0.0 56.8 1.07 54.9 0.18 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 44.92 39.9 1.42 40.4 0.5 58.0 1.0 0.1 0.0 0.0 54.0 1.45 62.7 73.2 0.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 36.8 0.0 39.8 1.88 0.04 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 26.7 52.5 1.78 Dielectric Constant 43.42 Conductivity (S/m) 0.85 Page: 5 of 29 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6 DATE: September 19, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 3.1. MEASUREMENT SYSTEM DIAGRAM The DASY4 system for performing compliance tests consists of the following items:
A standard high precision 6-axis robot (Staubli RX family) with controller, teach pendant and software. An arm extension for accommodating the data acquisition electronics (DAE). A dosimetric probe, i.e., an isotropic E-field probe optimized and calibrated for usage in tissue simulating liquid. The probe is equipped with an optical surface detector system. A data acquisition electronics (DAE) which performs the signal amplification, signal multiplexing, AD-conversion, offset measurements, mechanical surface detection, collision detection, etc. The unit is battery powered with standard or rechargeable batteries. The signal is optically transmitted to the EOC. The Electro-optical converter (EOC) performs the conversion between optical and electrical of the signals for the digital communication to the DAE and for the analog signal from the optical surface detection. The EOC is connected to the measurement server. The function of the measurement server is to perform the time critical tasks such as signal filtering, control of the robot operation and fast movement interrupts. A probe alignment unit which improves the (absolute) accuracy of the probe positioning. A computer operating Windows 2000 or Windows XP. DASY4 software. Remote control with teach pendant and additional circuitry for robot safety such as warning lamps, etc. The SAM twin phantom enabling testing left-hand and right-hand usage. The device holder for handheld mobile phones. Tissue simulating liquid mixed according to the given recipes. Validation dipole kits allowing validating the proper functioning of the system. Page: 6 of 29 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6 DATE: September 19, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 3.2. SYSTEM COMPONENTS DASY4 Measurement Server The DASY4 measurement server is based on a PC/104 CPU board with a 166MHz low-power Pentium, 32MB chip disk and 64MB RAM. The necessary circuits for communication with either the DAE3 electronic box as well as the 16-bit AD-converter system for optical detection and digital I/O interface are contained on the DASY4 I/O-board, which is directly connected to the PC/104 bus of the CPU board. The measurement server performs all real-time data evaluation for field measurements and surface detection, controls robot movements and handles safety operation. The PC-operating system cannot interfere with these time critical processes. All connections are supervised by a watchdog, and disconnection of any of the cables to the measurement server will automatically disarm the robot and disable all program-controlled robot movements. Furthermore, the measurement server is equipped with two expansion slots which are reserved for future applications. Please note that the expansion slots do not have a standardized pinout and therefore only the expansion cards provided by SPEAG can be inserted. Expansion cards from any other supplier could seriously damage the measurement server. Calibration: No calibration required. Data Acquisition Electronics (DAE) The data acquisition electronics (DAE3) consists of a highly sensitive electrometer grade preamplifier with auto-zeroing, a channel and gain-switching multiplexer, a fast 16 bit AD converter and a command decoder and control logic unit. Transmission to the measurement server is accomplished through an optical downlink for data and status information as well as an optical uplink for commands and the clock. The mechanical probe mounting device includes two different sensor systems for frontal and sideways probe contacts. They are used for mechanical surface detection and probe collision detection. The input impedance of the DAE3 box is 200MOhm; the inputs are symmetrical and floating. Common mode rejection is above 80 dB. ET3DV6 Isotropic E-Field Probe for Dosimetric Measurements Construction:
Symmetrical design with triangular core Built-in optical fiber for surface detection system (ET3DV6 only) Built-in shielding against static charges PEEK enclosure material (resistant to organic solvents, e.g., glycolether) Basic Broad Band Calibration in air: 10-2500 MHz. Conversion Factors (CF) for HSL 900 and HSL 1800 CF-Calibration for other liquids and frequencies upon request. 10 MHz to 3 GHz; Linearity: 0.2 dB (30 MHz to 3 GHz) 0.2 dB in HSL (rotation around probe axis) 0.4 dB in HSL (rotation normal to probe axis) Dynamic Range: 5 W/g to > 100 mW/g; Linearity: 0.2 dB Optical Surface Detection:
0.2 mm repeatability in air and clear liquids over diffuse reflecting surfaces (ET3DV6 only) Overall length: 330 mm (Tip: 16 mm) Tip diameter: 6.8 mm (Body: 12 mm) Distance from probe tip to dipole centers: 2.7 mm General dosimetric measurements up to 3 GHz Compliance tests of mobile phones Fast automatic scanning in arbitrary phantoms (ET3DV6) Interior of probe E-Field Probe Calibration:
Frequency:
Directivity:
Dimensions:
Application:
Page: 7 of 29 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6 DATE: September 19, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 SAM Phantom (V4.0) Construction: The shell corresponds to the specifications of the Specific Anthropomorphic Mannequin
(SAM) phantom defined in IEEE 1528-
200X, CENELEC 50361 and IEC 62209. It enables the dosimetric evaluation of left and right hand phone usage as well as body mounted usage at the flat phantom region. A cover prevents evaporation of the liquid. Reference markings on the phantom allow the complete setup of all predefined phantom positions and measurement grids by manually teaching three points with the robot. Shell Thickness: 2 0.2 mm Filling Volume: Approx. 25 liters Dimensions:
Height: 810mm; Length: 1000mm; Width:
500mm Device Holder for SAM Twin Phantom Construction:
In combination with the Twin SAM Phantom V4.0 or Twin SAM, the Mounting Device (made from POM) enables the rotation of the mounted transmitter in spherical coordinates, whereby the rotation point is the ear opening. The devices can be easily and accurately positioned according to IEC, IEEE, CENELEC, FCC or other specifications. The device holder can be locked at different phantom locations (left head, right head, flat phantom). System Validation Kits Construction:
Symmetrical dipole with l/4 balun Enables measurement of feedpoint impedance with NWA Matched for use near flat phantoms filled with brain simulating solutions Includes distance holder and tripod adaptor. Frequency:
450, 900, 1800, 2450, 5800 MHz Return loss:
> 20 dB at specified validation position Power capability: > 100 W (f < 1GHz); > 40 W (f > 1GHz) Dimensions:
450V2: dipole length: 270 mm; overall height: 330 mm D900V2: dipole length: 149 mm; overall height: 330 mm D1800V2: dipole length: 72 mm; overall height: 300 mm D2450V2: dipole length: 51.5 mm; overall height: 300 mm D5GHzV2: dipole length: 25.5 mm; overall height: 290 mm Page: 8 of 29 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6 4. EVALUATION PROCEDURES DATE: September 19, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 DATA EVALUATION The DASY4 post processing software (SEMCAD) automatically executes the following procedures to calculate the field units from the microvolt readings at the probe connector. The parameters used in the evaluation are stored in the configuration modules of the software:
Probe parameters:
Device parameters:
Media parameters:
Normi, ai0, ai1, ai2 ConvFi
- Sensitivity
- Conversion factor
- Diode compression point dcpi
- Frequency
- Crest factor
- Conductivity
- Density f cf r These parameters must be set correctly in the software. They can be found in the component documents or be imported into the software from the configuration files issued for the DASY components. In the direct measuring mode of the multi-meter option, the parameters of the actual system setup are used. In the scan visualization and export modes, the parameters stored in the corresponding document files are used. The first step of the evaluation is a linearization of the filtered input signal to account for the compression characteristics of the detector diode. The compensation depends on the input signal, the diode type and the DC-transmission factor from the diode to the evaluation electronics. If the exciting field is pulsed, the crest factor of the signal must be known to correctly compensate for peak power. The formula for each channel can be given as:
=
cfUUV dcp 2 i
+
i i i with Vi Ui cf dcpi = Diode compression point
= Compensated signal of channel i (i = x, y, z)
(i = x, y, z)
= Input signal of channel i
(DASY parameter)
= Crest factor of exciting field
(DASY parameter) From the compensated input signals the primary field data for each channel can be evaluated:
E-field probes:
H-field probes:
=
E i i V ConvF Norm i
=
H i Vi
+
a i 10 i 11 fa f
+
fa 12 i 2 with Vi
= Compensated signal of channel i (i = x, y, z)
(i = x, y, z) Normi = Sensor sensitivity of channel i m V/(V/m)2 for E0field Probes ConvF = Sensitivity enhancement in solution aij f Ei Hi
= Sensor sensitivity factors for H-field probes
= Carrier frequency (GHz)
= Electric field strength of channel i in V/m
= Magnetic field strength of channel i in A/m The RSS value of the field components gives the total field strength (Hermitian magnitude):
=
E tot
+
EEE
+
2 y 2 x 2 z Page: 9 of 29 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. s
REPORT NO: 03U2185-6 DATE: September 19, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 The primary field data are used to calculate the derived field units. SAR
=
E 2 tot s 1000 r with SAR = local specific absorption rate in mW/g
= total field strength in V/m
= conductivity in [mho/m] or [Siemens/m]
= equivalent tissue density in g/cm3 Etot s r Note that the density is normally set to 1 (or 1.06), to account for actual brain density rather than the density of the simulation liquid. The power flow density is calculated assuming the excitation field as a free space field. P pwe
=
tot 2E 3770 or
= HP pwe 2 tot 7.37 with Ppwe = Equivalent power density of a plane wave in mW/cm2 Htot Etot
= total magnetic field strength in A/m
= total electric field strength in V/m Page: 10 of 29 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document.
REPORT NO: 03U2185-6 DATE: September 19, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 SAR EVALUATION PROCEDURES The procedure for assessing the peak spatial-average SAR value consists of the following steps:
Power Reference Measurement The reference and drift jobs are useful jobs for monitoring the power drift of the device under test in the batch process. Both jobs measure the field at a specified reference position, at a selectable distance from the phantom surface. The reference position can be either the selected sections grid reference point or a user point in this section. The reference job projects the selected point onto the phantom surface, orients the probe perpendicularly to the surface, and approaches the surface using the selected detection method. Area Scan The area scan is used as a fast scan in two dimensions to find the area of high field values, before doing a finer measurement around the hot spot. The sophisticated interpolation routines implemented in DASY4 software can find the maximum locations even in relatively coarse grids. The scan area is defined by an editable grid. This grid is anchored at the grid reference point of the selected section in the phantom. When the area scans property sheet is brought-up, grid was at to 15 mm by 15 mm and can be edited by a user. Zoom Scan Zoom scans are used to assess the peak spatial SAR values within a cubic averaging volume containing 1 g and 10 g of simulated tissue. The default zoom scan measures 5 x 5 x 7 points within a cube whose base faces are centered around the maximum found in a preceding area scan job within the same procedure. If the preceding Area Scan job indicates more then one maximum, the number of Zoom Scans has to be enlarged accordingly (The default number inserted is 1). Power Drift measurement The drift job measures the field at the same location as the most recent reference job within the same procedure, and with the same settings. The drift measurement gives the field difference in dB from the reading conducted within the last reference measurement. Several drift measurements are possible for one reference measurement. This allows a user to monitor the power drift of the device under test within a batch process. In the properties of the Drift job, the user can specify a limit for the drift and have DASY4 software stop the measurements if this limit is exceeded. Z-Scan The Z Scan job measures points along a vertical straight line. The line runs along the Z-axis of a one-
dimensional grid. A user can anchor the grid to the current probe location. As with any other grids, the local Z-axis of the anchor location establishes the Z-axis of the grid. Page: 11 of 29 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6 5. MEASUREMENT UNCERTAINTY DATE: September 19, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 UNCERTAINTY BUDGE ACCORDING TO IEEE P1528 Error Description Uncertainty Value [%]
Prob. Dist. Div.
(ci) 1g
(ci) 10g Std. Std. Unc.(1g) Unc. (10g)
(vi) veff Measurement System Probe Calibration Axial Isotropy Hemispherical Isotropy Boundary Effects Linearity System Detection Limits Readout Electronics Response Time Integration Time 4.8 4.7 9.6 1.0 4.7 1.0 1.0 0.8 2.6 RF Ambient Condition 1.59 Probe Positioner Probe Positioning Max. SAR Eval. Test sample Related Device Positioning Device Holder Power Drift Phantom and Setup Phantom Uncertainty Liquid Conductivity (target) Liquid Conductivity (meas.) Liquid Peermittivity (target) Liquid Permittivity (meas.) Combined Std. Uncertainty 1.6 2.9 1.0 1.1 3.6 5.0 4.0 5.0 2.5 5.0 2.5 N R R R R R N R R R R R R N N R R R N R N 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 3 3 3 1 3 1 1 0.7 0.7 1 0.7 0.7 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.43 0.43 0.49 0.49 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0.64 0.64 0.6 0.6 4.8%
1.9%
3.9%
0.6%
2.7%
0.6%
1.0%
0.5%
1.5%
0.9%
0.2%
1.7%
0.6%
1.1%
3.6%
2.9%
2.3%
1.8%
1.6%
1.7%
1.5%
4.8%
1.9%
3.9%
0.6%
2.7%
0.6%
1.0%
0.5%
1.5%
0.9%
0.2%
1.7%
0.6%
1.1%
145 3.6%
2.9%
2.3%
1.2%
1.1%
1.4%
1.2%
55 9.8%
9.6%
330 Expanded STD Uncertainty 19.6%
19.2%
Table: Worst-case uncertainty for DASY4 assessed according to IEEE P1528. The budge is valid for the frequency range 300 MHz to 3G Hz and represents a worst-case analysis. Page: 12 of 29 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6 DATE: September 19, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 6. EXPOSURE LIMIT
(A). Limits for Occupational/Controlled Exposure (W/kg) Whole-Body 0.4 Partial-Body 8.0 Hands, Wrists, Feet and Ankles 2.0
(B). Limits for General Population/Uncontrolled Exposure (W/kg) Partial-Body 1.6 Whole-Body 0.08 NOTE: Whole-Body SAR is averaged over the entire body, partial-body SAR is Hands, Wrists, Feet and Ankles 4.0 averaged over any 1 gram of tissue defined as a tissue volume in the shape of a cube. SAR for hands, wrists, feet and ankles is averaged over any 10 grams of tissue defined as a tissue volume in the shape of a cube. Population/Uncontrolled Environments:
are defined as locations where there is the exposure of individuals who have no knowledge or control of their exposure. Occupational/Controlled Environments:
are defined as locations where there is exposure that may be incurred by people who are aware of the potential for exposure, (i.e. as a result of employment or occupation). GENERAL POPULATION/UNCONTROLLED EXPOSURE NOTE PARTIAL BODY LIMIT 1.6 mW/g Page: 13 of 29 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6 7. MEASUREMENT RESULTS DATE: September 19, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 7.1. SYSTEM PERFORMANCE CHECK The system performance check is performed prior to any usage of the system in order to guarantee reproducible results. The system performance check verifies that the system operates within its specifications of 10%. The system performance check results are tabulated below. And also the corresponding SAR plot is attached as well in the SAR plots files. IEEE P1528 Recommended Reference Value Frequency
(MHz) 300 450 835 900 1450 1800 1900 2450 3000 1 g SAR 10 g SAR Local SAR at surface
(Above feed point) Local SAR at surface
(y=2cm offset from feed point) 3.0 4.9 9.5 10.8 29.0 38.1 39.7 52.4 63.8 2.0 3.3 6.2 6.9 16.0 19.8 20.5 24.0 25.7 4.4 7.2 14.1 16.4 50.2 69.5 72.1 104.2 140.2 2.1 3.2 4.9 5.4 6.5 6.8 6.6 7.7 9.5 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE CHECK MEASUREMENT CONDITIONS The measurements were performed in the flat section of the SAM twin phantom filled with Head simulating liquid of the following parameters. The DASY4 system with an E-fileld probe ET3DV6 SN: 1577 was used for the measurements. The dipole was mounted on the small tripod so that the dipole feed point was positioned below the center marking of the flat phantom section and the dipole was oriented parallel to the body axis (the long side of the phantom). The standard measuring distance was 10 mm (above 1 GHz) from dipole center to the simulating liquid surface. The dipole input power (forward power) was 250 mW. The 1g and 10 g spatial average SAR values normalized to 1 W dipole input power give reference data for comparisons. Page: 14 of 29 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6 DATE: September 19, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE CHECK RESULTS Dipole: D2450V2 SN: 706 Date: August 29, 2003 Ambient condition: Temperature 24.5 C; Relative humidity 40%
H e a d Simulating Liquid Frequency T em p . [ C ] Depth [cm ]
Param eters Target M e a s u r e d D e viation[% ]
Limited[% ]
2 4 5 0 M H z 23.00 15.00 Conductivity:
1.8 1.8877 Permitivity:
39.2 39.5663 1 g S A R :
52.4 53.2 0.93 4.87 1.53 1 0 5 1 0 Date: August 31, 2003 Ambient condition: Temperature 24.5 C; Relative humidity 41%
H e a d Simulating Liquid Frequency T em p . [ C ] Depth [cm ]
Param eters Target M e a s u r e d D e viation[% ]
Limited[% ]
Permitivity:
39.2 39.3783 2 4 5 0 M H z 23.00 15.00 Conductivity:
1.8 1 g S A R :
52.4 1.885 53.2 Date: September 19, 2003 Ambient condition: Temperature 24.5 C; Relative humidity 40%
0.45 4.72 1.53 1 0 5 1 0 H e a d Simulating Liquid Frequency T em p . [ C ] Depth [cm ]
Param eters Target M e a s u r e d D e viation[% ]
Limited[% ]
2 4 5 0 M H z 23.00 15.00 Conductivity:
1.8 1.8864 Permitivity:
39.2 39.4907 1 g S A R :
52.4 52.4 0.74 4.80 0.00 1 0 5 1 0 Page: 15 of 29 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6 DATE: September 19, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 7.2. MEASUREMENT THE DIELECTRIC PARAMETERS OF SIMULATING LIQUIDS SIMULATING LIQUIDS PARAMETER CHECK The simulating liquids should be checked at the beginning of a series of SAR measurements to determine of the dielectric parameters are within the tolerances of the specified target values The relative permittivity and conductivity of the tissue material should be within 5% of the values given in the table below. 5% may not be easily achieved at certain frequencies. Under such circumstances, 10% tolerance may be used until more precise tissue recipes are available IEEE SCC-34/SC-2 P1528 RECOMMENDED TISSUE DIELECTRIC PARAMETERS The head tissue dielectric parameters recommended by the IEEE SCC-34/SC-2 in P1528 have been incorporated in the following table. These head parameters are derived from planar layer models simulating the highest expected SAR for the dielectric properties and tissue thickness variations in a human head. Other head and body tissue parameters that have not been specified in P1528 are derived from the tissue dielectric parameters computed from the 4-Cole-Cole equations and extrapolated according to the head parameters specified in P1528 Target Frequency Head
(MHz) 150 300 450 835 900 915 1450 1610 1800-2000 2450 3000 5800 e r 52.3 45.3 43.5 41.5 41.5 41.5 40.5 40.3 40.0 39.2 38.5 45.3
(S/m) 0.76 0.87 0.87 0.90 0.97 0.98 1.20 1.29 1.40 1.80 2.40 5.27 Body
(S/m) 0.80 0.92 0.94 0.97 1.05 1.06 1.30 1.40 1.52 1.95 2.73 6.00 e r 61.9 58.2 56.7 55.2 55.0 55.0 54.0 53.8 53.3 52.7 52.0 48.2
(e r = relative permittivity, s = conductivity and r = 1000 kg/m3) Page: 16 of 29 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. s s REPORT NO: 03U2185-6 DATE: September 19, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 SIMULATING LIQUIDS PARAMETER CHECK RESULTS Ambient condition: Temperature: 24.5 C; Relative humidity: 40%
Date: August 29, 2003 Body Simulating Liquid Frequency Temp. [C] Depth (cm) 2450 MHz 23 15 Parameters Target Measured Deviation[%] Limited[%]
Permitivity:
Conductivity:
52.7 1.95 52.5148 1.9481
-0.35
-0.10 10 5 Ambient condition: Temperature: 24.5 C; Relative humidity: 41%
Date: August 31, 2003 Body Simulating Liquid Frequency Temp. [C] Depth (cm) 2450 MHz 23 15 Parameters Target Measured Deviation[%] Limited[%]
Permitivity:
Conductivity:
52.7 1.95 52.5238 1.9473
-0.33
-0.14 10 5 Ambient condition: Temperature: 24.5 C; Relative humidity: 40%
Date: September 19, 2003 Body Simulating Liquid Frequency Temp. [C] Depth (cm) 2450 MHz 23 15 Parameters Target Measured Deviation[%] Limited[%]
Permitivity:
Conductivity:
52.7 1.95 52.3142 1.973
-0.73 1.18 10 5 Page: 17 of 29 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6 DATE: September 19, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 7.3. EUT TUNE-UP PROCEDURES The following procedures had been used to prepare the EUT for the SAR test. o The client supplied a special driving program (ART Version 2.5 Build 15) to program the EUT to continually transmit the specified maximum power. And also to change the channel frequency. o The conducted power was measured at the high, middle and low channel frequency before and after the SAR measurement. o Co-Location (Both Wireless LAN and Bluetooth were transmitted: First, Wireless LAN was settled to highest SAR channel measured, and then Bluetooth transmitter was turned on to check if SAR value remains in reasonable reading. Page: 18 of 29 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6 7.4. EUT SETUP PHOTOS DATE: September 19, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 EUT Setup Configuration 1 (Antenna A) Spacing between host device and phantom: In contact (0 cm). Antenna A EUT Setup Configuration 2 (Antenna B) Spacing between host device and phantom: In contact (0 cm). Antenna B Page: 19 of 29 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6 DATE: September 19, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 EUT Setup Configuration 3 (Antenna A) Installation conditions between host device and phantom: Bottom face in parallel with flat phantom. Spacing between host device and phantom: In contact (0 cm). Antenna A EUT Setup Configuration 4 (Antenna B) Installation conditions between host device and phantom: Bottom face in parallel with flat phantom. Spacing between host device and phantom: In contact (0 cm). Antenna B Page: 20 of 29 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6 DATE: September 19, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 EUT Setup Configuration 5 (Antenna A) Installation conditions between host device and phantom: Host device perpendicular to flat phantom. Spacing between host device and phantom: In contact (0 cm). Antenna A Antenna B EUT Setup Configuration 6 (Antenna A) Installation conditions between host device and phantom: Bottom face (keyboard) in parallel with flat phantom. Spacing between host device (keyboard) and phantom: In contact (0 cm). Keyboard Antenna A Page: 21 of 29 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6 DATE: September 19, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 7.5. SAR MEASUREMENTS RESULTS EUT Setup Configuration 1 (Antenna A) 802.11b (DSSS): Duty Cycle = 99%, Crest Factor: 1 Depth of liquid: 15.0 cm Antenna Channel Frequency Rate
[Mbps]
*Conducted Pwr_dBm Before After Sep.
[mm]
0 Co-location 0 1 6 11 2412 2437 2462 1 2412 1 1 1 1 A A Liquid Temp
[ C]
23.0 23.0 23.0 SAR
(W/kg) Limit
(W/kg) 1.24 1.15 1.04 1.6 20.65 20.35 19.45 20.61 20.31 19.41 20.65 20.61 23.0 1.22 1.6 802.11g (OFDM): Duty Cycle = 99%, Crest Factor: 1 0 A 1 6 6
(Turbo) 2412 2437 2437 11 2462 6 6 12 6 21.67 21.90 21.59 21.87 23.0 23.0 0.770 0.748 21.98 21.95 23.0 0.795 1.6 21.52 21.49 23.0 0.701 EUT Setup Configuration 2 (Antenna B) 802.11b (DSSS) Sep.
[mm]
Antenna Channel Frequency Rate
[Mbps]
*Conducted Pwr_dBm Before After 0 B 802.11g (OFDM) 0 B 1 6 11 1 6 6 Turbo) 2412 2437 2462 2412 2437 2437 11 2462 1 1 1 6 6 12 6 20.65 20.35 19.45 21.67 21.90 20.61 20.31 19.41 21.59 21.87 Liquid Temp
[ C]
23.0 23.0 23.0 23.0 23.0 SAR
(W/kg) Limit
(W/kg) 0.480 0.483 0.495 0.273 0.346 1.6 1.6 21.98 21.95 23.0 0.295 21.52 21.49 23.0 0.338 Notes:
1. 2. See attachment for the result presentation in plot format.
*: Average power. Page: 22 of 29 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6 DATE: September 19, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 SAR MEASUREMENT RESULTS (CONTINUE) EUT Setup Configuration 3 (Antenna A) 802.11b (DSSS) Depth of liquid: 15.0 cm Sep.
[mm]
Antenna Channel Frequency Rate
[Mbps]
*Conducted Pwr_dBm Before After Liquid Temp
[ C]
SAR
(W/kg) Limit
(W/kg) 0 A 802.11g (OFDM) 0 A 6 6 2437 2437 1 6 EUT Setup Configuration 4 (Antenna B) 802.11b (DSSS) 20.35 20.31 23.0 0.1 1.6 21.90 21.87 23.0 0.0652 1.6 Sep.
[mm]
Antenna Channel Frequency Rate
[Mbps]
*Conducted Pwr_dBm Before After Liquid Temp
[ C]
SAR
(W/kg) Limit
(W/kg) 0 B 802.11g (OFDM) 0 B 6 6 2437 2437 1 6 EUT Setup Configuration 5 (Antenna A) 802.11b (DSSS) 20.35 20.31 23.0 0.0573 1.6 21.90 21.87 23.0 0.0264 1.6 Sep.
[mm]
Antenna Channel Frequency Rate
[Mbps]
*Conducted Pwr_dBm Before After Liquid Temp
[ C]
SAR
(W/kg) Limit
(W/kg) 0 A 6 2437 1 20.35 20.31 23.0 0.283 1.6 EUT Setup Configuration 6 (Antenna A) 802.11b (DSSS) Sep.
[mm]
Antenna Channel Frequency Rate
[Mbps]
*Conducted Pwr_dBm Before After Liquid Temp
[ C]
SAR
(W/kg) Limit
(W/kg) 0 A 6 2437 1 20.35 20.31 23.0 0.018 1.6 Notes:
1. 2. The SAR measured at the middle channel for this configuration is at least 3 dB lower than SAR limit,
*: Average power. testing at the high and low channels is option. 3. See attachment for the result presentation in plot format. Page: 23 of 29 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. DATE: September 19, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 REPORT NO: 03U2185-6 8. EUT PHOTOS EUT HOST DEVICES Page: 24 of 29 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6 DATE: September 19, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 HOST DEVICES (HP, MODEL: TC1100) With keyboard KEYBOARD Removed keyboard Page: 25 of 29 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6 DATE: September 19, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 EUT Location 802.11 a/b/g WLAN Mini-PCI Module Antenna B ANTENNAS LOCATIONS Antenna A Bluetooth module Page: 26 of 29 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6 DATE: September 19, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 9. EQUIPMENT LIST & CALIBRATION STATUS Manufacturer Agilent Hewlett Packard Giga-tronics Giga-tronics Mini-Circuit Rohde & Schwarz SPEAG SPEAG SPEAG SPEAG Staubli SPEAG SPEAG CCS CCS Name of Equipment S-Parameter Network Analyzer Electronic Probe kit Power Meter Power Sensor Amplifier Radio Communication Tester Data Acquisition Electronics (DAE) Dosimetric E-Field Probe System Validation Dipole Probe Alignment Unit Robot SAM Twin Phantom SAM Twin Phantom Simulating Liquids Simulating Liquids Type/Model 8753ES-6 85070C 8651A 80701A ZHL-42W CMU 200 DAE3 V1 ES3DV6 D2450V2 LB (V2) RX90B L TP-1785 TP-1015 H2450 M2450 Serial Number US39173569 N/A 8651404 1834588 D072701-5 838114/032 427 1577 706 261 F00/5H31A1/A/01 QD 000 P40 CA N/A N/A N/A Cal. Due date 8/8/04 N/A 5/12/04 2/18/04 N/A 2/14/04 2/4/04 2/7/04 6/4/04 N/A N/A N/A N/A Daily check Daily check Page: 27 of 29 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. REPORT NO: 03U2185-6 10. REFERENCES DATE: September 19, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903
[1] Federal Communications Commission, \Report and order: Guidelines for evaluating the environ-
mental effects of radiofrequency radiation", Tech. Rep. FCC 96-326, FCC, Washington, D.C. 20554, 1996.
[2] David L. Means Kwok Chan, Robert F. Cleveland, \Evaluating compliance with FCC guidelines for human exposure to radiofrequency electromagnetic fields", Tech. Rep., Federal Communication Commision, O_ce of Engineering & Technology, Washington, DC, 1997.
[3] Thomas Schmid, Oliver Egger, and Niels Kuster, \Automated E-_eld scanning system for dosimetric assessments", IEEE Transactions on Microwave Theory and Techniques, vol. 44, pp. 105{113, Jan. 1996.
[4] Niels Kuster, Ralph K.astle, and Thomas Schmid, \Dosimetric evaluation of mobile communications equipment with known precision", IEICE Transactions on Communications, vol. E80-B, no. 5, pp. 645{652, May 1997.
[5] CENELEC, \Considerations for evaluating of human exposure to electromagnetic fields (EMFs) from mobile telecommunication equipment (MTE) in the frequency range 30MHz - 6GHz", Tech. Rep., CENELEC, European Committee for Electrotechnical Standardization, Brussels, 1997.
[6] ANSI, ANSI/IEEE C95.1-1992: IEEE Standard for Safety Levels with Respect to Human Exposure to Radio Frequency Electromagnetic Fields, 3 kHz to 300 GHz, The Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc., New York, NY 10017, 1992.
[7] Katja Pokovic, Thomas Schmid, and Niels Kuster, \Robust setup for precise calibration of E-_eld probes in tissue simulating liquids at mobile communications frequencies", in ICECOM _ 97, Dubrovnik, October 15{17, 1997, pp. 120{124.
[8] Katja Pokovic, Thomas Schmid, and Niels Kuster, \E-_eld probe with improved isotropy in brain simulating liquids", in Proceedings of the ELMAR, Zadar, Croatia, 23{25 June, 1996, pp. 172{175.
[9] Volker Hombach, Klaus Meier, Michael Burkhardt, Eberhard K. uhn, and Niels Kuster, \The dependence of EM energy absorption upon human head modeling at 900 MHz", IEEE Transactions onMicrowave Theory and Techniques, vol. 44, no. 10, pp. 1865{1873, Oct. 1996.
[10] Klaus Meier, Ralf Kastle, Volker Hombach, Roger Tay, and Niels Kuster, \The dependence of EM energy absorption upon human head modeling at 1800 MHz", IEEE Transactions on Microwave Theory and Techniques, Oct. 1997, in press.
[11] W. Gander, Computermathematik, Birkhaeuser, Basel, 1992.
[12] W. H. Press, S. A. Teukolsky,W. T. Vetterling, and B. P. Flannery, Numerical Recepies in C, The Art of Scientific Computing, Second Edition, Cambridge University Press, 1992..Dosimetric Evaluation of Sample device, month 1998 9
[13] NIS81 NAMAS, \The treatment of uncertainity in EMC measurement", Tech. Rep., NAMAS Executive, National Physical Laboratory, Teddington, Middlesex, England, 1994.
[14] Barry N. Taylor and Christ E. Kuyatt, \Guidelines for evaluating and expressing the uncertainty of NIST measurement results", Tech. Rep., National Institute of Standards and Technology, 1994. Dosimetric Evaluation of Sample device, month 1998 10 Page: 28 of 29 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document. DATE: September 19, 2003 FCC ID: MCLJ07H06903 REPORT NO: 03U2185-6 11. ATTACHMENTS Contents No. of page (s) System Performance Check Plots SAR Test Plots Dosimetric E-Field Probe - ET3DV6, S/N: 1577 Validation Dipole - D2450V2, S/N: 706 6 32 14 7 No. 1 2 3 4 End of Report Page: 29 of 29 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without the written approval of CCS. This document may be altered or revised by Compliance Certification Services personnel only, and shall be noted in the revision section of the document.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | SAR attachment 1 dipole | RF Exposure Info | 645.06 KiB |
Date/Time: 08/29/03 10:10:52 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services File Name: D2450V2SN706_Probe 1577_082903.da4 DUT: Dipole 2450 MHz; Type: D2450V2; Serial: D2450V2 - SN:706 Program: System Performance Check at 2450 MHz Ambient Temperature: 24.5 deg C; Liquid Temperature: 23.0 deg C Communication System: CW - 2450 MHz; Frequency: 2450 MHz;Duty Cycle: 1:1 Medium: Head 2450 MHz ( = 1.8877 mho/m, r = 39.5663, = 1000 kg/m3) Phantom section: Flat Section DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ET3DV6 - SN1577; ConvF(5.1, 5.1, 5.1); Calibrated: 2/7/2003
Sensor-Surface: 4mm (Mechanical Surface Detection)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 1; Type: SAM 1; Serial: 1185
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.6 Build 115 d=10mm, Pin=250mW/Area Scan (61x61x1): Measurement grid: dx=15mm, dy=15mm Reference Value = 93.6 V/m Power Drift = 0.04 dB Maximum value of SAR = 14.9 mW/g d=10mm, Pin=250mW/Zoom Scan (5x5x7)/Cube 0: Measurement grid: dx=7.5mm, dy=7.5mm, dz=5mm Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 27.8 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 13.3 mW/g; SAR(10 g) = 6.06 mW/g Reference Value = 93.6 V/m Power Drift = 0.04 dB Maximum value of SAR = 14.8 mW/g 0 dB = 14.8mW/g Date/Time: 08/29/03 10:10:52 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services File Name: D2450V2SN706_Probe 1577_082903.da4 DUT: Dipole 2450 MHz; Type: D2450V2; Serial: D2450V2 - SN:706 Program: System Performance Check at 2450 MHz Communication System: CW - 2450 MHz; Frequency: 2450 MHz;Duty Cycle: 1:1 Medium: Head 2450 MHz ( = 1.8877 mho/m, r = 39.5663, = 1000 kg/m3) Phantom section: Flat Section DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ET3DV6 - SN1577; ConvF(5.1, 5.1, 5.1); Calibrated: 2/7/2003
Sensor-Surface: 0mm (Fix Surface)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 1; Type: SAM 1; Serial: 1185
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.6 Build 115 d=10mm, Pin=250mW/Z Scan (1x1x51): Measurement grid: dx=20mm, dy=20mm, dz=2mm Reference Value = 93.6 V/m Power Drift = 0.03 dB Maximum value of SAR = 16.8 mW/g Date/Time: 08/31/03 10:21:00 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services File Name: D2450V2SN706_Probe 1577_083103.da4 DUT: Dipole 2450 MHz; Type: D2450V2; Serial: D2450V2 - SN:706 Program: System Performance Check at 2450 MHz Ambient Temperature: 24.5 deg C; Liquid Temperature: 23.0 deg C Communication System: CW - 2450 MHz; Frequency: 2450 MHz;Duty Cycle: 1:1 Medium: Head 2450 MHz ( = 1.885 mho/m, r = 39.3783, = 1000 kg/m3) Phantom section: Flat Section DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ET3DV6 - SN1577; ConvF(5.1, 5.1, 5.1); Calibrated: 2/7/2003
Sensor-Surface: 4mm (Mechanical Surface Detection)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 1; Type: SAM 1; Serial: 1185
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.6 Build 115 d=10mm, Pin=250mW/Area Scan (61x61x1): Measurement grid: dx=15mm, dy=15mm Reference Value = 92.9 V/m Power Drift = 0.04 dB Maximum value of SAR = 14.8 mW/g d=10mm, Pin=250mW/Zoom Scan (5x5x7)/Cube 0: Measurement grid: dx=7.5mm, dy=7.5mm, dz=5mm Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 27.7 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 13.3 mW/g; SAR(10 g) = 6.05 mW/g Reference Value = 92.9 V/m Power Drift = 0.04 dB Maximum value of SAR = 14.7 mW/g 0 dB = 14.7mW/g Date/Time: 08/31/03 10:21:00 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services File Name: D2450V2SN706_Probe 1577_083103.da4 DUT: Dipole 2450 MHz; Type: D2450V2; Serial: D2450V2 - SN:706 Program: System Performance Check at 2450 MHz Communication System: CW - 2450 MHz; Frequency: 2450 MHz;Duty Cycle: 1:1 Medium: Head 2450 MHz ( = 1.885 mho/m, r = 39.3783, = 1000 kg/m3) Phantom section: Flat Section DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ET3DV6 - SN1577; ConvF(5.1, 5.1, 5.1); Calibrated: 2/7/2003
Sensor-Surface: 0mm (Fix Surface)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 1; Type: SAM 1; Serial: 1185
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.6 Build 115 d=10mm, Pin=250mW/Z Scan (1x1x51): Measurement grid: dx=20mm, dy=20mm, dz=2mm Reference Value = 92.9 V/m Power Drift = 0.03 dB Maximum value of SAR = 17 mW/g Date/Time: 09/19/03 10:25:32 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services File Name: D2450V2SN706_Probe 1577_091903.da4 DUT: Dipole 2450 MHz; Type: D2450V2; Serial: D2450V2 - SN:706 Program: System Performance Check at 2450 MHz Ambient Temperature: 24.5 deg C; Liquid Temperature: 23.0 deg C Communication System: CW - 2450 MHz; Frequency: 2450 MHz;Duty Cycle: 1:1 Medium: Head 2450 MHz ( = 1.8864 mho/m, r = 39.4907, = 1000 kg/m3) Phantom section: Flat Section DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ET3DV6 - SN1577; ConvF(5.1, 5.1, 5.1); Calibrated: 2/7/2003
Sensor-Surface: 4mm (Mechanical Surface Detection)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 1; Type: SAM 1; Serial: 1185
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.6 Build 115 d=10mm, Pin=250mW/Area Scan (61x61x1): Measurement grid: dx=15mm, dy=15mm Reference Value = 93.1 V/m Power Drift = -0.02 dB Maximum value of SAR = 14.4 mW/g d=10mm, Pin=250mW/Zoom Scan (5x5x7)/Cube 0: Measurement grid: dx=7.5mm, dy=7.5mm, dz=5mm Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 27.3 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 13.1 mW/g; SAR(10 g) = 5.93 mW/g Reference Value = 93.1 V/m Power Drift = -0.02 dB Maximum value of SAR = 14.6 mW/g 0 dB = 14.6mW/g Date/Time: 09/19/03 10:25:32 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services File Name: D2450V2SN706_Probe 1577_091903.da4 DUT: Dipole 2450 MHz; Type: D2450V2; Serial: D2450V2 - SN:706 Program: System Performance Check at 2450 MHz Communication System: CW - 2450 MHz; Frequency: 2450 MHz;Duty Cycle: 1:1 Medium: Head 2450 MHz ( = 1.8864 mho/m, r = 39.4907, = 1000 kg/m3) Phantom section: Flat Section DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ET3DV6 - SN1577; ConvF(5.1, 5.1, 5.1); Calibrated: 2/7/2003
Sensor-Surface: 0mm (Fix Surface)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 1; Type: SAM 1; Serial: 1185
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.6 Build 115 d=10mm, Pin=250mW/Z Scan (1x1x51): Measurement grid: dx=20mm, dy=20mm, dz=2mm Reference Value = 93.1 V/m Power Drift = -0.03 dB Maximum value of SAR = 16.5 mW/g
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | SAR attachment 2 device | RF Exposure Info | 2.90 MiB |
Date/Time: 08/29/03 12:27:04 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services File Name: C1_802.11b - Antenna A.da4 DUT: Ambit Microsystems Corp; Type: J07H069.01; Serial: N/A Program: Configuration 1 - 802.11b_Antenna A Ambient Temperature: 24.5 deg C; Liquid Temperature: 23.0 deg C Communication System: DSSS; Frequency: 2412 MHz;Duty Cycle: 1:1 Medium: Muscle 2450 MHz ( = 1.9481 mho/m, r = 52.5148, = 1000 kg/m3) Phantom section: Flat Section DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ET3DV6 - SN1577; ConvF(4.7, 4.7, 4.7); Calibrated: 2/7/2003
Sensor-Surface: 4mm (Mechanical Surface Detection)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 2; Type: SAM 2; Serial: 1050
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.6 Build 115 Low/Area Scan (7x19x1): Measurement grid: dx=15mm, dy=15mm Reference Value = 6.47 V/m Power Drift = 0.16 dB Maximum value of SAR = 1.39 mW/g Low/Zoom Scan (5x5x7)/Cube 0: Measurement grid: dx=7.5mm, dy=7.5mm, dz=5mm Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 3.08 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 1.24 mW/g; SAR(10 g) = 0.57 mW/g Reference Value = 6.47 V/m Power Drift = 0.16 dB Maximum value of SAR = 1.15 mW/g Date/Time: 08/29/03 12:27:04 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services File Name: C1_802.11b - Antenna A.da4 DUT: Ambit Microsystems Corp; Type: J07H069.01; Serial: N/A Program: Configuration 1 - 802.11b_Antenna A Communication System: DSSS; Frequency: 2412 MHz;Duty Cycle: 1:1 Medium: Muscle 2450 MHz ( = 1.9481 mho/m, r = 52.5148, = 1000 kg/m3) Phantom section: Flat Section DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ET3DV6 - SN1577; ConvF(4.7, 4.7, 4.7); Calibrated: 2/7/2003
Sensor-Surface: 0mm (Fix Surface)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 2; Type: SAM 2; Serial: 1050
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.6 Build 115 Low/Z Scan (1x1x51): Measurement grid: dx=20mm, dy=20mm, dz=2mm Reference Value = 6.47 V/m Power Drift = 0.16 dB Maximum value of SAR = 1.18 mW/g Date/Time: 08/29/03 12:53:20 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services File Name: C1_802.11b - Antenna A.da4 DUT: Ambit Microsystems Corp; Type: J07H069.01; Serial: N/A Program: Configuration 1 - 802.11b_Antenna A Ambient Temperature: 24.5 deg C; Liquid Temperature: 23.0 deg C Communication System: DSSS; Frequency: 2437 MHz;Duty Cycle: 1:1 Medium: Muscle 2450 MHz ( = 1.9481 mho/m, r = 52.5148, = 1000 kg/m3) Phantom section: Flat Section DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ET3DV6 - SN1577; ConvF(4.7, 4.7, 4.7); Calibrated: 2/7/2003
Sensor-Surface: 4mm (Mechanical Surface Detection)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 2; Type: SAM 2; Serial: 1050
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.6 Build 115 Middle/Area Scan (7x11x1): Measurement grid: dx=15mm, dy=15mm Reference Value = 7.03 V/m Power Drift = 0.1 dB Maximum value of SAR = 1.2 mW/g Middle/Zoom Scan (5x5x7)/Cube 0: Measurement grid: dx=7.5mm, dy=7.5mm, dz=5mm Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 3.07 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 1.15 mW/g; SAR(10 g) = 0.525 mW/g Reference Value = 7.03 V/m Power Drift = 0.1 dB Maximum value of SAR = 1.23 mW/g Date/Time: 08/29/03 13:28:14 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services File Name: C1_802.11b - Antenna A.da4 DUT: Ambit Microsystems Corp; Type: J07H069.01; Serial: N/A Program: Configuration 1 - 802.11b_Antenna A Ambient Temperature: 24.5 deg C; Liquid Temperature: 23.0 deg C Communication System: DSSS; Frequency: 2462 MHz;Duty Cycle: 1:1 Medium: Muscle 2450 MHz ( = 1.9481 mho/m, r = 52.5148, = 1000 kg/m3) Phantom section: Flat Section DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ET3DV6 - SN1577; ConvF(4.7, 4.7, 4.7); Calibrated: 2/7/2003
Sensor-Surface: 4mm (Mechanical Surface Detection)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 2; Type: SAM 2; Serial: 1050
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.6 Build 115 High/Area Scan (7x11x1): Measurement grid: dx=15mm, dy=15mm Reference Value = 6.83 V/m Power Drift = -0.04 dB Maximum value of SAR = 1.09 mW/g High/Zoom Scan (5x5x7)/Cube 0: Measurement grid: dx=7.5mm, dy=7.5mm, dz=5mm Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 2.75 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 1.04 mW/g; SAR(10 g) = 0.473 mW/g Reference Value = 6.83 V/m Power Drift = -0.04 dB Maximum value of SAR = 1.09 mW/g Date/Time: 09/19/03 18:46:34 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services File Name: C1_802.11b - Anenna A_Co-location-2.da4 DUT: Ambit Microsystems Corp; Type: J07H069.01; Serial: N/A Program: Configuration 1 - 802.11b_Antenna A Ambient Temperature: 24.5 deg C; Liquid Temperature: 23.0 deg C Communication System: DSSS; Frequency: 2412 MHz;Duty Cycle: 1:1 Medium: Muscle 2450 MHz ( = 1.973 mho/m, r = 52.3142, = 1000 kg/m3) Phantom section: Flat Section DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ET3DV6 - SN1577; ConvF(4.7, 4.7, 4.7); Calibrated: 2/7/2003
Sensor-Surface: 4mm (Mechanical Surface Detection)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 2; Type: SAM 2; Serial: 1050
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.6 Build 115 Colocation 2/Area Scan (8x13x1): Measurement grid: dx=15mm, dy=15mm Reference Value = 7.12 V/m Power Drift = -0.12 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.94 mW/g Colocation 2/Zoom Scan (5x5x7)/Cube 0: Measurement grid: dx=7.5mm, dy=7.5mm, dz=5mm Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 2.92 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 1.22 mW/g; SAR(10 g) = 0.564 mW/g Reference Value = 7.12 V/m Power Drift = -0.12 dB Maximum value of SAR = 1.13 mW/g Date/Time: 09/19/03 18:46:34 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services File Name: C1_802.11b - Anenna A_Co-location-2.da4 DUT: Ambit Microsystems Corp; Type: J07H069.01; Serial: N/A Program: Configuration 1 - 802.11b_Antenna A Communication System: DSSS; Frequency: 2412 MHz;Duty Cycle: 1:1 Medium: Muscle 2450 MHz ( = 1.973 mho/m, r = 52.3142, = 1000 kg/m3) Phantom section: Flat Section DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ET3DV6 - SN1577; ConvF(4.7, 4.7, 4.7); Calibrated: 2/7/2003
Sensor-Surface: 0mm (Fix Surface)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 2; Type: SAM 2; Serial: 1050
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.6 Build 115 Colocation 2/Z Scan (1x1x51): Measurement grid: dx=20mm, dy=20mm, dz=2mm Reference Value = 7.12 V/m Power Drift = -0.07 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.963 mW/g Date/Time: 08/29/03 13:58:12 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services File Name: C1_802.11g - Antenna A.da4 DUT: Ambit Microsystems Corp; Type: J07H069.01; Serial: N/A Program: Configuration 1 - 802.11g_Antenna A Ambient Temperature: 24.5 deg C; Liquid Temperature: 23.0 deg C Communication System: DSSS; Frequency: 2412 MHz;Duty Cycle: 1:1 Medium: Muscle 2450 MHz ( = 1.9481 mho/m, r = 52.5148, = 1000 kg/m3) Phantom section: Flat Section DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ET3DV6 - SN1577; ConvF(4.7, 4.7, 4.7); Calibrated: 2/7/2003
Sensor-Surface: 4mm (Mechanical Surface Detection)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 2; Type: SAM 2; Serial: 1050
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.6 Build 115 Low/Area Scan (7x19x1): Measurement grid: dx=15mm, dy=15mm Reference Value = 5.95 V/m Power Drift = 0.01 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.763 mW/g Low/Zoom Scan (5x5x7)/Cube 0: Measurement grid: dx=7.5mm, dy=7.5mm, dz=5mm Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 1.99 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 0.77 mW/g; SAR(10 g) = 0.354 mW/g Reference Value = 5.95 V/m Power Drift = 0.01 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.85 mW/g Date/Time: 08/29/03 14:21:52 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services File Name: C1_802.11g - Antenna A.da4 DUT: Ambit Microsystems Corp; Type: J07H069.01; Serial: N/A Program: Configuration 1 - 802.11g_Antenna A Ambient Temperature: 24.5 deg C; Liquid Temperature: 23.0 deg C Communication System: DSSS; Frequency: 2437 MHz;Duty Cycle: 1:1 Medium: Muscle 2450 MHz ( = 1.9481 mho/m, r = 52.5148, = 1000 kg/m3) Phantom section: Flat Section DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ET3DV6 - SN1577; ConvF(4.7, 4.7, 4.7); Calibrated: 2/7/2003
Sensor-Surface: 4mm (Mechanical Surface Detection)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 2; Type: SAM 2; Serial: 1050
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.6 Build 115 Middle/Area Scan (7x11x1): Measurement grid: dx=15mm, dy=15mm Reference Value = 5.72 V/m Power Drift = 0.05 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.774 mW/g Middle/Zoom Scan (5x5x7)/Cube 0: Measurement grid: dx=7.5mm, dy=7.5mm, dz=5mm Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 1.95 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 0.748 mW/g; SAR(10 g) = 0.34 mW/g Reference Value = 5.72 V/m Power Drift = 0.05 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.802 mW/g Date/Time: 08/29/03 14:40:14 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services File Name: C1_802.11g - Antenna A.da4 DUT: Ambit Microsystems Corp; Type: J07H069.01; Serial: N/A Program: Configuration 1 - 802.11g_Antenna A Ambient Temperature: 24.5 deg C; Liquid Temperature: 23.0 deg C Communication System: DSSS; Frequency: 2437 MHz;Duty Cycle: 1:1 Medium: Muscle 2450 MHz ( = 1.9481 mho/m, r = 52.5148, = 1000 kg/m3) Phantom section: Flat Section DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ET3DV6 - SN1577; ConvF(4.7, 4.7, 4.7); Calibrated: 2/7/2003
Sensor-Surface: 4mm (Mechanical Surface Detection)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 2; Type: SAM 2; Serial: 1050
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.6 Build 115 Turbo Mode/Area Scan (7x11x1): Measurement grid: dx=15mm, dy=15mm Reference Value = 5.89 V/m Power Drift = 0.1 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.831 mW/g Turbo Mode/Zoom Scan (5x5x7)/Cube 0: Measurement grid: dx=7.5mm, dy=7.5mm, dz=5mm Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 2.08 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 0.795 mW/g; SAR(10 g) = 0.363 mW/g Reference Value = 5.89 V/m Power Drift = 0.1 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.85 mW/g Date/Time: 08/29/03 14:40:14 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services File Name: C1_802.11g - Antenna A.da4 DUT: Ambit Microsystems Corp; Type: J07H069.01; Serial: N/A Program: Configuration 1 - 802.11g_Antenna A Communication System: DSSS; Frequency: 2437 MHz;Duty Cycle: 1:1 Medium: Muscle 2450 MHz ( = 1.9481 mho/m, r = 52.5148, = 1000 kg/m3) Phantom section: Flat Section DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ET3DV6 - SN1577; ConvF(4.7, 4.7, 4.7); Calibrated: 2/7/2003
Sensor-Surface: 0mm (Fix Surface)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 2; Type: SAM 2; Serial: 1050
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.6 Build 115 Turbo Mode/Z Scan (1x1x51): Measurement grid: dx=20mm, dy=20mm, dz=2mm Reference Value = 5.89 V/m Power Drift = 0.1 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.817 mW/g Date/Time: 08/29/03 15:07:36 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services File Name: C1_802.11g - Antenna A.da4 DUT: Ambit Microsystems Corp; Type: J07H069.01; Serial: N/A Program: Configuration 1 - 802.11g_Antenna A Ambient Temperature: 24.5 deg C; Liquid Temperature: 23.0 deg C Communication System: DSSS; Frequency: 2462 MHz;Duty Cycle: 1:1 Medium: Muscle 2450 MHz ( = 1.9481 mho/m, r = 52.5148, = 1000 kg/m3) Phantom section: Flat Section DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ET3DV6 - SN1577; ConvF(4.7, 4.7, 4.7); Calibrated: 2/7/2003
Sensor-Surface: 4mm (Mechanical Surface Detection)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 2; Type: SAM 2; Serial: 1050
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.6 Build 115 High/Area Scan (7x11x1): Measurement grid: dx=15mm, dy=15mm Reference Value = 5.6 V/m Power Drift = 0.09 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.731 mW/g High/Zoom Scan (5x5x7)/Cube 0: Measurement grid: dx=7.5mm, dy=7.5mm, dz=5mm Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 1.84 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 0.701 mW/g; SAR(10 g) = 0.318 mW/g Reference Value = 5.6 V/m Power Drift = 0.09 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.735 mW/g Date/Time: 08/29/03 18:32:34 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services File Name: C2_802.11b - Antenna B.da4 DUT: Ambit Microsystems Corp; Type: J07H069.01; Serial: N/A Program: Configuration 2 - 802.11b_Antenna B Ambient Temperature: 24.5 deg C; Liquid Temperature: 23.0 deg C Communication System: DSSS; Frequency: 2412 MHz;Duty Cycle: 1:1 Medium: Muscle 2450 MHz ( = 1.9481 mho/m, r = 52.5148, = 1000 kg/m3) Phantom section: Flat Section DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ET3DV6 - SN1577; ConvF(4.7, 4.7, 4.7); Calibrated: 2/7/2003
Sensor-Surface: 4mm (Mechanical Surface Detection)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 2; Type: SAM 2; Serial: 1050
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.6 Build 115 Low/Area Scan (7x19x1): Measurement grid: dx=15mm, dy=15mm Reference Value = 6.67 V/m Power Drift = 0.1 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.507 mW/g Low/Zoom Scan (5x5x7)/Cube 0: Measurement grid: dx=7.5mm, dy=7.5mm, dz=5mm Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 1.47 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 0.48 mW/g; SAR(10 g) = 0.235 mW/g Reference Value = 6.67 V/m Power Drift = 0.1 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.554 mW/g Date/Time: 08/29/03 19:25:08 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services File Name: C2_802.11b - Antenna B.da4 DUT: Ambit Microsystems Corp; Type: J07H069.01; Serial: N/A Program: Configuration 2 - 802.11b_Antenna B Ambient Temperature: 24.5 deg C; Liquid Temperature: 23.0 deg C Communication System: DSSS; Frequency: 2437 MHz;Duty Cycle: 1:1 Medium: Muscle 2450 MHz ( = 1.9481 mho/m, r = 52.5148, = 1000 kg/m3) Phantom section: Flat Section DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ET3DV6 - SN1577; ConvF(4.7, 4.7, 4.7); Calibrated: 2/7/2003
Sensor-Surface: 4mm (Mechanical Surface Detection)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 2; Type: SAM 2; Serial: 1050
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.6 Build 115 Middle/Area Scan (7x11x1): Measurement grid: dx=15mm, dy=15mm Reference Value = 7.31 V/m Power Drift = 0.1 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.504 mW/g Middle/Zoom Scan (5x5x7)/Cube 0: Measurement grid: dx=7.5mm, dy=7.5mm, dz=5mm Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 1.41 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 0.483 mW/g; SAR(10 g) = 0.243 mW/g Reference Value = 7.31 V/m Power Drift = 0.1 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.562 mW/g Date/Time: 08/29/03 20:00:12 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services File Name: C2_802.11b - Antenna B.da4 DUT: Ambit Microsystems Corp; Type: J07H069.01; Serial: N/A Program: Configuration 2 - 802.11b_Antenna B Ambient Temperature: 24.5 deg C; Liquid Temperature: 23.0 deg C Communication System: DSSS; Frequency: 2462 MHz;Duty Cycle: 1:1 Medium: Muscle 2450 MHz ( = 1.9481 mho/m, r = 52.5148, = 1000 kg/m3) Phantom section: Flat Section DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ET3DV6 - SN1577; ConvF(4.7, 4.7, 4.7); Calibrated: 2/7/2003
Sensor-Surface: 4mm (Mechanical Surface Detection)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 2; Type: SAM 2; Serial: 1050
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.6 Build 115 High/Area Scan (7x11x1): Measurement grid: dx=15mm, dy=15mm Reference Value = 7.23 V/m Power Drift = 0.09 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.492 mW/g High/Zoom Scan (5x5x7)/Cube 0: Measurement grid: dx=7.5mm, dy=7.5mm, dz=5mm Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 1.57 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 0.495 mW/g; SAR(10 g) = 0.242 mW/g Reference Value = 7.23 V/m Power Drift = 0.09 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.545 mW/g Date/Time: 08/29/03 20:10:02 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services File Name: C2_802.11b - Antanna B.da4 DUT: Ambit Microsystems Corp; Type: J07H069.01; Serial: N/A Program: Configuration 2 - 802.11b_Antenna B Communication System: DSSS; Frequency: 2462 MHz;Duty Cycle: 1:1 Medium: Muscle 2450 MHz ( = 1.9481 mho/m, r = 52.5148, = 1000 kg/m3) Phantom section: Flat Section DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ET3DV6 - SN1577; ConvF(4.7, 4.7, 4.7); Calibrated: 2/7/2003
Sensor-Surface: 0mm (Fix Surface)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 2; Type: SAM 2; Serial: 1050
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.6 Build 115 High/Z Scan (TX On) (1x1x51): Measurement grid: dx=20mm, dy=20mm, dz=2mm Reference Value = 7.23 V/m Maximum value of SAR = 0.786 mW/g High/Z Scan (TX Off) (1x1x41): Measurement grid: dx=20mm, dy=20mm, dz=2.5mm Reference Value = 7.23 V/m Maximum value of SAR = 0.747 mW/g High/Z Scan (EUT Off) (1x1x41): Measurement grid: dx=20mm, dy=20mm, dz=2.5mm Reference Value = 7.23 V/m Maximum value of SAR = 0.00109 mW/g Date/Time: 08/29/03 16:01:46 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services File Name: C2_802.11g - Antenna B.da4 DUT: Ambit Microsystems Corp; Type: J07H069.01; Serial: N/A Program: Configuration 2 - 802.11g_Antenna B Ambient Temperature: 24.5 deg C; Liquid Temperature: 23.0 deg C Communication System: DSSS; Frequency: 2437 MHz Frequency: 2412 MHz;Duty Cycle: 1:1 Medium: Muscle 2450 MHz ( = 1.9481 mho/m, r = 52.5148, = 1000 kg/m3) Phantom section: Flat Section DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ET3DV6 - SN1577; ConvF(4.7, 4.7, 4.7); Calibrated: 2/7/2003
Sensor-Surface: 0mm (Fix Surface) Sensor-Surface: 4mm (Mechanical Surface Detection)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 2; Type: SAM 2; Serial: 1050
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.6 Build 115 Middle/Area Scan (7x11x1): Measurement grid: dx=15mm, dy=15mm Low/Area Scan (7x19x1): Measurement grid: dx=15mm, dy=15mm Reference Value = 3.08 V/m Power Drift = -0.12 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.315 mW/g Low/Zoom Scan (5x5x7)/Cube 0: Measurement grid: dx=7.5mm, dy=7.5mm, dz=5mm Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 0.799 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 0.273 mW/g; SAR(10 g) = 0.11 mW/g Reference Value = 3.08 V/m Power Drift = -0.12 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.324 mW/g Date/Time: 08/29/03 16:49:36 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services File Name: C2_802.11g - Antenna B.da4 DUT: Ambit Microsystems Corp; Type: J07H069.01; Serial: N/A Program: Configuration 2 - 802.11g_Antenna B Ambient Temperature: 24.5 deg C; Liquid Temperature: 23.0 deg C Communication System: DSSS; Frequency: 2437 MHz;Duty Cycle: 1:1 Medium: Muscle 2450 MHz ( = 1.9481 mho/m, r = 52.5148, = 1000 kg/m3) Phantom section: Flat Section DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ET3DV6 - SN1577; ConvF(4.7, 4.7, 4.7); Calibrated: 2/7/2003
Sensor-Surface: 4mm (Mechanical Surface Detection)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 2; Type: SAM 2; Serial: 1050
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.6 Build 115 Middle/Area Scan (7x11x1): Measurement grid: dx=15mm, dy=15mm Reference Value = 6.98 V/m Power Drift = -0.004 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.307 mW/g Middle/Zoom Scan (5x5x7)/Cube 0: Measurement grid: dx=7.5mm, dy=7.5mm, dz=5mm Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 0.989 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 0.346 mW/g; SAR(10 g) = 0.188 mW/g Reference Value = 6.98 V/m Power Drift = -0.004 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.387 mW/g Date/Time: 08/29/03 17:00:54 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services File Name: C2_802.11g - Antenna B.da4 DUT: Ambit Microsystems Corp; Type: J07H069.01; Serial: N/A Program: Configuration 2 - 802.11g_Antenna B Communication System: DSSS; Frequency: 2437 MHz;Duty Cycle: 1:1 Medium: Muscle 2450 MHz ( = 1.9481 mho/m, r = 52.5148, = 1000 kg/m3) Phantom section: Flat Section DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ET3DV6 - SN1577; ConvF(4.7, 4.7, 4.7); Calibrated: 2/7/2003
Sensor-Surface: 0mm (Fix Surface)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 2; Type: SAM 2; Serial: 1050
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.6 Build 115 Middle/Z Scan (TX On) (1x1x51): Measurement grid: dx=20mm, dy=20mm, dz=2mm Reference Value = 6.98 V/m Maximum value of SAR = 0.745 mW/g Middle/Z Scan (TX Off) (1x1x41): Measurement grid: dx=20mm, dy=20mm, dz=2.5mm Reference Value = 6.98 V/m Maximum value of SAR = 0.705 mW/g Middle/Z Scan (EUT Off) (1x1x41): Measurement grid: dx=20mm, dy=20mm, dz=2.5mm Reference Value = 6.98 V/m Maximum value of SAR = 0.000855 mW/g Date/Time: 08/29/03 17:37:04 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services File Name: C2_802.11g - Antenna B.da4 DUT: Ambit Microsystems Corp; Type: J07H069.01; Serial: N/A Program: Configuration 2 - 802.11g_Antenna B Ambient Temperature: 24.5 deg C; Liquid Temperature: 23.0 deg C Communication System: DSSS; Frequency: 2437 MHz;Duty Cycle: 1:1 Medium: Muscle 2450 MHz ( = 1.9481 mho/m, r = 52.5148, = 1000 kg/m3) Phantom section: Flat Section DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ET3DV6 - SN1577; ConvF(4.7, 4.7, 4.7); Calibrated: 2/7/2003
Sensor-Surface: 4mm (Mechanical Surface Detection)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 2; Type: SAM 2; Serial: 1050
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.6 Build 115 Turbo Mode/Area Scan (7x11x1): Measurement grid: dx=15mm, dy=15mm Reference Value = 6.53 V/m Power Drift = -0.002 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.319 mW/g Turbo Mode/Zoom Scan (5x5x7)/Cube 0: Measurement grid: dx=7.5mm, dy=7.5mm, dz=5mm Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 0.757 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 0.295 mW/g; SAR(10 g) = 0.164 mW/g Reference Value = 6.53 V/m Power Drift = -0.002 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.347 mW/g Date/Time: 08/29/03 18:03:04 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services File Name: C2_802.11g - Antenna B.da4 DUT: Ambit Microsystems Corp; Type: J07H069.01; Serial: N/A Program: Configuration 2 - 802.11g_Antenna B Ambient Temperature: 24.5 deg C; Liquid Temperature: 23.0 deg C Communication System: DSSS; Frequency: 2462 MHz;Duty Cycle: 1:1 Medium: Muscle 2450 MHz ( = 1.9481 mho/m, r = 52.5148, = 1000 kg/m3) Phantom section: Flat Section DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ET3DV6 - SN1577; ConvF(4.7, 4.7, 4.7); Calibrated: 2/7/2003
Sensor-Surface: 4mm (Mechanical Surface Detection)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 2; Type: SAM 2; Serial: 1050
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.6 Build 115 High/Area Scan (7x11x1): Measurement grid: dx=15mm, dy=15mm Reference Value = 6.52 V/m Power Drift = 0.1 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.335 mW/g High/Zoom Scan (5x5x7)/Cube 0: Measurement grid: dx=7.5mm, dy=7.5mm, dz=5mm Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 1.06 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 0.338 mW/g; SAR(10 g) = 0.176 mW/g Reference Value = 6.52 V/m Power Drift = 0.1 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.351 mW/g Date/Time: 08/31/03 17:59:12 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services File Name: C3_802.11b - Antenna A.da4 DUT: Ambit Microsystems Corp; Type: J07H069.01; Serial: N/A Program: Configuration 3 - 802.11b_Antenna A Ambient Temperature: 24.5 deg C; Liquid Temperature: 23.0 deg C Communication System: DSSS; Frequency: 2437 MHz;Duty Cycle: 1:1 Medium: Muscle 2450 MHz ( = 1.9473 mho/m, r = 52.5238, = 1000 kg/m3) Phantom section: Flat Section DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ET3DV6 - SN1577; ConvF(4.7, 4.7, 4.7); Calibrated: 2/7/2003
Sensor-Surface: 4mm (Mechanical Surface Detection)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 2; Type: SAM 2; Serial: 1050
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.6 Build 115 Low/Area Scan (10x21x1): Measurement grid: dx=15mm, dy=15mm Reference Value = 1.76 V/m Power Drift = -0.13 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.0925 mW/g Low/Zoom Scan (5x5x7)/Cube 0: Measurement grid: dx=7.5mm, dy=7.5mm, dz=5mm Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 0.221 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 0.1 mW/g; SAR(10 g) = 0.0512 mW/g Reference Value = 1.76 V/m Power Drift = -0.13 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.101 mW/g Date/Time: 08/31/03 17:59:12 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services File Name: C3_802.11b - Antenna A.da4 DUT: Ambit Microsystems Corp; Type: J07H069.01; Serial: N/A Program: Configuration 3 - 802.11b_Antenna A Communication System: DSSS; Frequency: 2437 MHz;Duty Cycle: 1:1 Medium: Muscle 2450 MHz ( = 1.9473 mho/m, r = 52.5238, = 1000 kg/m3) Phantom section: Flat Section DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ET3DV6 - SN1577; ConvF(4.7, 4.7, 4.7); Calibrated: 2/7/2003
Sensor-Surface: 0mm (Fix Surface)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 2; Type: SAM 2; Serial: 1050
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.6 Build 115 Low/Z Scan (1x1x51): Measurement grid: dx=20mm, dy=20mm, dz=2mm Reference Value = 1.76 V/m Power Drift = -0.13 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.0987 mW/g Date/Time: 08/31/03 19:06:34 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services File Name: C3_802.11g - Antenna A.da4 DUT: Ambit Microsystems Corp; Type: J07H069.01; Serial: N/A Program: Configuration 3 - 802.11g_Antenna A Ambient Temperature: 24.5 deg C; Liquid Temperature: 23.0 deg C Communication System: DSSS; Frequency: 2437 MHz;Duty Cycle: 1:1 Medium: Muscle 2450 MHz ( = 1.9473 mho/m, r = 52.5238, = 1000 kg/m3) Phantom section: Flat Section DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ET3DV6 - SN1577; ConvF(4.7, 4.7, 4.7); Calibrated: 2/7/2003
Sensor-Surface: 4mm (Mechanical Surface Detection)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 2; Type: SAM 2; Serial: 1050
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.6 Build 115 Low/Area Scan (10x21x1): Measurement grid: dx=15mm, dy=15mm Reference Value = 1.58 V/m Power Drift = -0.16 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.0683 mW/g Low/Zoom Scan (5x5x7)/Cube 0: Measurement grid: dx=7.5mm, dy=7.5mm, dz=5mm Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 0.142 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 0.0652 mW/g; SAR(10 g) = 0.0331 mW/g Reference Value = 1.58 V/m Power Drift = -0.16 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.0684 mW/g Date/Time: 08/31/03 19:06:34 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services File Name: C3_802.11g - Antenna A.da4 DUT: Ambit Microsystems Corp; Type: J07H069.01; Serial: N/A Program: Configuration 3 - 802.11g_Antenna A Communication System: DSSS; Frequency: 2437 MHz;Duty Cycle: 1:1 Medium: Muscle 2450 MHz ( = 1.9473 mho/m, r = 52.5238, = 1000 kg/m3) Phantom section: Flat Section DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ET3DV6 - SN1577; ConvF(4.7, 4.7, 4.7); Calibrated: 2/7/2003
Sensor-Surface: 0mm (Fix Surface)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 2; Type: SAM 2; Serial: 1050
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.6 Build 115 Low/Z Scan (1x1x51): Measurement grid: dx=20mm, dy=20mm, dz=2mm Reference Value = 1.58 V/m Power Drift = -0.15 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.0679 mW/g Date/Time: 08/31/03 20:09:46 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services File Name: C4_802.11b - Antenna B.da4 DUT: Ambit Microsystems Corp; Type: J07H069.01; Serial: N/A Program: Configuration 4 - 802.11b_Antenna B Ambient Temperature: 24.5 deg C; Liquid Temperature: 23.0 deg C Communication System: DSSS; Frequency: 2437 MHz;Duty Cycle: 1:1 Medium: Muscle 2450 MHz ( = 1.9473 mho/m, r = 52.5238, = 1000 kg/m3) Phantom section: Flat Section DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ET3DV6 - SN1577; ConvF(4.7, 4.7, 4.7); Calibrated: 2/7/2003
Sensor-Surface: 4mm (Mechanical Surface Detection)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 2; Type: SAM 2; Serial: 1050
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.6 Build 115 Low/Area Scan (10x17x1): Measurement grid: dx=15mm, dy=15mm Reference Value = 1.61 V/m Power Drift = -0.12 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.0597 mW/g Low/Zoom Scan (5x5x7)/Cube 0: Measurement grid: dx=7.5mm, dy=7.5mm, dz=5mm Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 0.117 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 0.0573 mW/g; SAR(10 g) = 0.0294 mW/g Reference Value = 1.61 V/m Power Drift = -0.12 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.0633 mW/g Date/Time: 08/31/03 20:09:46 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services File Name: C4_802.11b - Antenna B.da4 DUT: Ambit Microsystems Corp; Type: J07H069.01; Serial: N/A Program: Configuration 4 - 802.11b_Antenna B Communication System: DSSS; Frequency: 2437 MHz;Duty Cycle: 1:1 Medium: Muscle 2450 MHz ( = 1.9473 mho/m, r = 52.5238, = 1000 kg/m3) Phantom section: Flat Section DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ET3DV6 - SN1577; ConvF(4.7, 4.7, 4.7); Calibrated: 2/7/2003
Sensor-Surface: 0mm (Fix Surface)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 2; Type: SAM 2; Serial: 1050
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.6 Build 115 Low/Z Scan (1x1x51): Measurement grid: dx=20mm, dy=20mm, dz=2mm Reference Value = 1.61 V/m Power Drift = -0.13 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.0471 mW/g Date/Time: 08/31/03 19:39:58 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services File Name: C4_802.11g - Antenna B.da4 DUT: Ambit Microsystems Corp; Type: J07H069.01; Serial: N/A Program: Configuration 4 - 802.11g_Antenna B Ambient Temperature: 24.5 deg C; Liquid Temperature: 23.0 deg C Communication System: DSSS; Frequency: 2437 MHz;Duty Cycle: 1:1 Medium: Muscle 2450 MHz ( = 1.9473 mho/m, r = 52.5238, = 1000 kg/m3) Phantom section: Flat Section DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ET3DV6 - SN1577; ConvF(4.7, 4.7, 4.7); Calibrated: 2/7/2003
Sensor-Surface: 4mm (Mechanical Surface Detection)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 2; Type: SAM 2; Serial: 1050
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.6 Build 115 Low/Area Scan (10x17x1): Measurement grid: dx=15mm, dy=15mm Reference Value = 1.13 V/m Power Drift = 0.14 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.0281 mW/g Low/Zoom Scan (5x5x7)/Cube 0: Measurement grid: dx=7.5mm, dy=7.5mm, dz=5mm Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 0.0525 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 0.0264 mW/g; SAR(10 g) = 0.0141 mW/g Reference Value = 1.13 V/m Power Drift = 0.14 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.0276 mW/g Date/Time: 08/31/03 19:39:58 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services File Name: C4_802.11g - Antenna B.da4 DUT: Ambit Microsystems Corp; Type: J07H069.01; Serial: N/A Program: Configuration 4 - 802.11g_Antenna B Communication System: DSSS; Frequency: 2437 MHz;Duty Cycle: 1:1 Medium: Muscle 2450 MHz ( = 1.9473 mho/m, r = 52.5238, = 1000 kg/m3) Phantom section: Flat Section DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ET3DV6 - SN1577; ConvF(4.7, 4.7, 4.7); Calibrated: 2/7/2003
Sensor-Surface: 0mm (Fix Surface)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 2; Type: SAM 2; Serial: 1050
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.6 Build 115 Low/Z Scan (1x1x51): Measurement grid: dx=20mm, dy=20mm, dz=2mm Reference Value = 1.13 V/m Power Drift = 0.1 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.0211 mW/g Date/Time: 08/31/03 20:52:28 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services File Name: C5_802.11b - Antenna A.da4 DUT: Ambit Microsystems Corp; Type: J07H069.01; Serial: N/A Program: Configuration 5 - 802.11b_Antenna A Ambient Temperature: 24.5 deg C; Liquid Temperature: 23.0 deg C Communication System: DSSS; Frequency: 2437 MHz;Duty Cycle: 1:1 Medium: Muscle 2450 MHz ( = 1.9473 mho/m, r = 52.5238, = 1000 kg/m3) Phantom section: Flat Section DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ET3DV6 - SN1577; ConvF(4.7, 4.7, 4.7); Calibrated: 2/7/2003
Sensor-Surface: 4mm (Mechanical Surface Detection)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 2; Type: SAM 2; Serial: 1050
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.6 Build 115 Low/Area Scan (9x17x1): Measurement grid: dx=15mm, dy=15mm Reference Value = 1.96 V/m Power Drift = -0.14 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.346 mW/g Low/Zoom Scan (5x5x7)/Cube 0: Measurement grid: dx=7.5mm, dy=7.5mm, dz=5mm Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 0.741 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 0.283 mW/g; SAR(10 g) = 0.12 mW/g Reference Value = 1.96 V/m Power Drift = -0.14 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.348 mW/g Date/Time: 08/31/03 20:52:28 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services File Name: C5_802.11b - Antenna A.da4 DUT: Ambit Microsystems Corp; Type: J07H069.01; Serial: N/A Program: Configuration 5 - 802.11b_Antenna A Communication System: DSSS; Frequency: 2437 MHz;Duty Cycle: 1:1 Medium: Muscle 2450 MHz ( = 1.9473 mho/m, r = 52.5238, = 1000 kg/m3) Phantom section: Flat Section DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ET3DV6 - SN1577; ConvF(4.7, 4.7, 4.7); Calibrated: 2/7/2003
Sensor-Surface: 0mm (Fix Surface)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 2; Type: SAM 2; Serial: 1050
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.6 Build 115 Low/Z Scan (1x1x51): Measurement grid: dx=20mm, dy=20mm, dz=2mm Reference Value = 1.96 V/m Power Drift = -0.13 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.422 mW/g Date/Time: 09/19/03 17:11:08 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services File Name: C6_802.11b - Antenna A.da4 DUT: Ambit Microsystems Corp; Type: J07H069.01; Serial: N/A Program: Configuration 6 - 802.11b_Antenna A Ambient Temperature: 24.5 deg C; Liquid Temperature: 23.0 deg C Communication System: DSSS; Frequency: 2437 MHz;Duty Cycle: 1:1 Medium: Muscle 2450 MHz ( = 1.973 mho/m, r = 52.3142, = 1000 kg/m3) Phantom section: Flat Section DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ET3DV6 - SN1577; ConvF(4.7, 4.7, 4.7); Calibrated: 2/7/2003
Sensor-Surface: 4mm (Mechanical Surface Detection)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 2; Type: SAM 2; Serial: 1050
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.6 Build 115 Low/Area Scan (14x21x1): Measurement grid: dx=15mm, dy=15mm Low/Zoom Scan (5x5x7)/Cube 0: Measurement grid: dx=7.5mm, dy=7.5mm, dz=5mm Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 0.0414 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 0.018 mW/g; SAR(10 g) = 0.00929 mW/g Reference Value = 0.799 V/m Power Drift = 0.12 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.0181 mW/g Low/Zoom Scan (5x5x7)/Cube 1: Measurement grid: dx=7.5mm, dy=7.5mm, dz=5mm Peak SAR (extrapolated) = 0.0309 W/kg SAR(1 g) = 0.0149 mW/g; SAR(10 g) = 0.00905 mW/g Reference Value = 0.799 V/m Power Drift = 0.12 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.0151 mW/g Date/Time: 09/19/03 17:11:08 Test Laboratory: Compliance Certification Services File Name: C6_802.11b - Antenna A.da4 DUT: Ambit Microsystems Corp; Type: J07H069.01; Serial: N/A Program: Configuration 6 - 802.11b_Antenna A Communication System: DSSS; Frequency: 2437 MHz;Duty Cycle: 1:1 Medium: Muscle 2450 MHz ( = 1.973 mho/m, r = 52.3142, = 1000 kg/m3) Phantom section: Flat Section DASY4 Configuration:
Probe: ET3DV6 - SN1577; ConvF(4.7, 4.7, 4.7); Calibrated: 2/7/2003
Sensor-Surface: 0mm (Fix Surface)
Electronics: DAE3 Sn427; Calibrated: 2/4/2003
Phantom: SAM 2; Type: SAM 2; Serial: 1050
Measurement SW: DASY4, V4.1 Build 47; Postprocessing SW: SEMCAD, V1.6 Build 115 Low/Z Scan (1x1x51): Measurement grid: dx=20mm, dy=20mm, dz=2mm Reference Value = 0.799 V/m Power Drift = 0.13 dB Maximum value of SAR = 0.0129 mW/g
frequency | equipment class | purpose | ||
---|---|---|---|---|
1 | 2004-01-13 | 5260 ~ 5320 | NII - Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX | Class II permissive change or modification of presently authorized equipment |
2 | 5745 ~ 5825 | DTS - Digital Transmission System | Class II Permissive Change | |
3 | 2003-12-18 | 5260 ~ 5320 | NII - Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX | |
4 | 5745 ~ 5825 | DTS - Digital Transmission System | ||
5 | 2003-09-25 | 5260 ~ 5320 | NII - Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX | Class II permissive change or modification of presently authorized equipment |
6 | 5745 ~ 5825 | DTS - Digital Transmission System | ||
7 | 2003-03-27 | 5745 ~ 5825 | DTS - Digital Transmission System | Original Equipment |
8 | 5260 ~ 5320 | NII - Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX |
app s | Applicant Information | |||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Effective |
2004-01-13
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
2003-12-18
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
2003-09-25
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
2003-03-27
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Applicant's complete, legal business name |
HON HAI Precision Ind. Co., Ltd.
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | FCC Registration Number (FRN) |
0010777365
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Physical Address |
5F-1, 5, Hsin-An Road Hsinchu Science-Based Industrial Park
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
5F-1, 5, Hsin-An Road
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
Hsinchu, N/A
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
Taiwan
|
|||||
app s | TCB Information | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | TCB Application Email Address |
m******@ccsemc.com
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | TCB Scope |
A4: UNII devices & low power transmitters using spread spectrum techniques
|
||||
app s | FCC ID | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Grantee Code |
MCL
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Equipment Product Code |
J07H06903
|
||||
app s | Person at the applicant's address to receive grant or for contact | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Name |
M******** C********
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Title |
Compliance Deputy Manager
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Telephone Number |
+886-********
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Fax Number |
+886-********
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
r******@foxconn.com
|
|||||
app s | Technical Contact | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Firm Name |
COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION SERVICES
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Name |
S****** C********
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Physical Address |
561F MONTEREY ROAD
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
MORGAN HILL, California 95037
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
United States
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Telephone Number |
408-4********
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Fax Number |
408-4********
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
S******@CCSEMC.COM
|
|||||
app s | Non Technical Contact | |||||
n/a | ||||||
app s | Confidentiality (long or short term) | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Does this application include a request for confidentiality for any portion(s) of the data contained in this application pursuant to 47 CFR § 0.459 of the Commission Rules?: | No | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Yes | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Long-Term Confidentiality Does this application include a request for confidentiality for any portion(s) of the data contained in this application pursuant to 47 CFR § 0.459 of the Commission Rules?: | No | ||||
if no date is supplied, the release date will be set to 45 calendar days past the date of grant. | ||||||
app s | Cognitive Radio & Software Defined Radio, Class, etc | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Is this application for software defined/cognitive radio authorization? | No | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Equipment Class | NII - Unlicensed National Information Infrastructure TX | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | DTS - Digital Transmission System | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Description of product as it is marketed: (NOTE: This text will appear below the equipment class on the grant) | 802.11a/b/g WLAN Mini PCI Module | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | 802.11 a/b/g WLAN Mini-PCI Module | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Related OET KnowledgeDataBase Inquiry: Is there a KDB inquiry associated with this application? | No | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Modular Equipment Type | Limited Single Modular Approval | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Purpose / Application is for | Class II permissive change or modification of presently authorized equipment | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Class II Permissive Change | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Original Equipment | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Composite Equipment: Is the equipment in this application a composite device subject to an additional equipment authorization? | Yes | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | No | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Related Equipment: Is the equipment in this application part of a system that operates with, or is marketed with, another device that requires an equipment authorization? | No | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Grant Comments | Limited Modular Approval. Output power is conducted. In this Class II permissive change, alternate antenna has been evaluated to be used in mobile RF exposure conditions. Co-located transmitter operating conditions with FCC ID: LNQBTM200 in a specific notebook computer have been evaluated in the previous filing. For use in mobile RF exposure conditions, the antenna(s) used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 20cm from all persons and must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter not described in filings under this FCC ID. The only antennas approved for use with this module are as documented in filings under this FCC ID, which must be installed in manners specified therein. Grantee must ensure that installation and use procedures comply with 15.407 integral antenna and indoor-use-only requirements. This device must utilize a BIOS lock mechanism which ensures use only with notebook computers as specified in applicable filings under this FCC ID. OEM integrators and end-users must be provided with transmitter operating conditions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. Use in portable RF exposure conditions is limited to the specific laptop computer configurations evaluated in the previous Class II filing. The highest reported SAR values under this FCC ID are: body 5.2 GHz, 0.44 W/kg. | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Limited Modular Approval. Output power is conducted. In this Class II permissive change, alternate antenna has been evaluated to be used in mobile RF exposure conditions. Co-located transmitter operating conditions with FCC ID: LNQBTM200 in a specific notebook computer have been evaluated in the previous filing. For use in mobile RF exposure conditions, the antenna(s) used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 20cm from all persons and must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter not described in filings under this FCC ID. The only antennas approved for use with this module are as documented in filings under this FCC ID, which must be installed in manners specified therein. Grantee must ensure that installation and use procedures comply with 15.407 integral antenna and indoor-use-only requirements. This device must utilize a BIOS lock mechanism which ensures use only with notebook computers as specified in applicable filings under this FCC ID. OEM integrators and end-users must be provided with transmitter operating conditions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. Use in portable RF exposure conditions is limited to the specific laptop computer configurations evaluated in the previous Class II filing. The highest reported SAR values under this FCC ID are: body 2.4 GHz, 1.24 W/kg; 5.8 GHz, 0.33 W/kg. | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | This Permissive Change/Modification was originally issued on 12/11/2003. | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Class II permissive change by utilizing a BIOS lock mechanism to allow end user to install the module with specific antenna as documented in the original certification filing. Limited Modular Approval. Output power is conducted. Only the antenna(s) documented in this filing, installed in the manner specified, can be used with this device. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 20 cm from all persons and must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. OEM integrators and end-users must be provided with transmitter operation conditions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. Operation in the 5.15 GHz to 5.25 GHz frequency range is restricted to indoor use only. | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Class II permissive change by utilizing a BIOS lock mechanism to allow end user to install the module with HP Notebook computers with specific antenna as documented in the original certification filing. Limited Modular Approval. Output power is conducted. Only the antenna(s) documented in this filing, installed in the manner specified, can be used with this device. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 20 cm from all persons and must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. OEM integrators and end-users must be provided with transmitter operation conditions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Limited Modular Approval. Output power is conducted. Approval is limited to OEM installation only, user installation is prohibited. Only the antenna(s) documented in this filing, installed in the manner specified, can be used with this device. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 20 cm from all persons and must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. OEM integrators must be provided with antenna installation instructions. OEM integrators and end-users must be provided with transmitter operation conditions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. This grant is valid only when the device is sold to OEM integrators and the OEM integrators are instructed to ensure that the end user has no manual instructions to remove or install the device. | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Limited Modular Approval. Output power is conducted. Approval is limited to OEM installation only, user installation is prohibited. Only the antenna(s) documented in this filing, installed in the manner specified, can be used with this device. The antenna(s) used for this transmitter must be installed to provide a separation distance of at least 20 cm from all persons and must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. OEM integrators must be provided with antenna installation instructions. OEM integrators and end-users must be provided with transmitter operation conditions for satisfying RF exposure compliance. This grant is valid only when the device is sold to OEM integrators and the OEM integrators are instructed to ensure that the end user has no manual instructions to remove or install the device. Grantee and OEM integrators must ensure that installation procedures comply with 15.407(d) integral antenna requirements to prevent end-user access to the transmitter module after installation. Operation in the 5.15 GHz to 5.25 GHz frequency range is restricted to indoor use only. | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Is there an equipment authorization waiver associated with this application? | No | ||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | If there is an equipment authorization waiver associated with this application, has the associated waiver been approved and all information uploaded? | No | ||||
app s | Test Firm Name and Contact Information | |||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Firm Name |
Compliance Certification Services Inc
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Name |
S**** C****
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Telephone Number |
408-4******** Extension:
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
408-4******** Extension:
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 | Fax Number |
408-4********
|
||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
s******@ccsemc.com
|
|||||
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 |
s******@ccemc.com
|
|||||
Equipment Specifications | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 1 | 15E | CE | 5180 | 5250 | 0.044 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 | 2 | 15E | CE | 5260 | 5320 | 0.056 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | 1 | 15C | CE | 2412 | 2462 | 0.158 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2 | 2 | 15C | CE | 5745 | 5825 | 0.118 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 1 | 15E | CE | 5180 | 5250 | 0.044 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
3 | 2 | 15E | CE | 5260 | 5320 | 0.056 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
4 | 1 | 15C | CE | 2412 | 2462 | 0.158 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
4 | 2 | 15C | CE | 5745 | 5825 | 0.118 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
5 | 1 | 15E | CE | 5180 | 5250 | 0.044 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
5 | 2 | 15E | CE | 5260 | 5320 | 0.056 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
6 | 1 | 15C | CE | 2412 | 2462 | 0.158 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
6 | 2 | 15C | CE | 5745 | 5825 | 0.118 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
7 | 1 | 15C | CE | 2412 | 2462 | 0.158 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
7 | 2 | 15C | CE | 5745 | 5825 | 0.118 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Line | Rule Parts | Grant Notes | Lower Frequency | Upper Frequency | Power Output | Tolerance | Emission Designator | Microprocessor Number | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
8 | 1 | 15E | CE | 5180 | 5250 | 0.044 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
8 | 2 | 15E | CE | 5260 | 5320 | 0.056 |
some individual PII (Personally Identifiable Information) available on the public forms may be redacted, original source may include additional details
This product uses the FCC Data API but is not endorsed or certified by the FCC